TABLE OF CONTENTS - CLICK HERE
|
1.01 Title |
1.07 Amendments |
|
1.02 Definitions |
1.08 Catchlines and Notes |
|
1.03 City Powers |
1.09 Altering Code |
|
1.04 Indemnity |
1.10 Standard Penalty |
|
1.05 Personal Injuries |
1.11 Severability |
|
1.06 Rules of Construction |
|
1.01 TITLE. This code of ordinances shall be known and may be cited as the Code of Ordinances of the City of Creston, Iowa, 1996.
1.02 DEFINITIONS. Where words and phrases used in this Code of Ordinances are defined by State law, such definitions apply to their use in this Code of Ordinances and are adopted by reference. Those definitions so adopted that need further definition or are reiterated, and other words and phrases used herein, have the following meanings, unless specifically defined otherwise in another portion of this Code of Ordinances:
1. “Alley” means a public right-of-way, other than a street, affording secondary means of access to abutting property.
2. “City” means the City of Creston, Iowa.
3. “Clerk” means the city clerk of Creston, Iowa.
4. “Code” means the specific chapter of this Code of Ordinances in which a specific subject is covered and bears a descriptive title word (such as the Building Code and/or a standard code adopted by reference).
5. “Code of Ordinances” means the Code of Ordinances of the City of Creston, Iowa, 1996.
6. “Council” means the city council of Creston, Iowa.
7. “County” means Union County, Iowa.
8. “Measure” means an ordinance, amendment, resolution or motion.
9. “Month” means a calendar month.
10. “Oath” means an affirmation in all cases in which by law an affirmation may be substituted for an oath, and in such cases the words “affirm” and “affirmed” are equivalent to the words “swear” and “sworn.”
11. “Occupant” or “tenant,” applied to a building or land, includes any person who occupies the whole or a part of such building or land, whether alone or with others.
12. “Ordinances” means the ordinances of the City of Creston, Iowa, as embodied in the Code of Ordinances, ordinances not repealed by the ordinance adopting the Code of Ordinances, and those enacted hereafter.
13. “Person” means an individual, firm, partnership, domestic or foreign corporation, company, association or joint stock association, trust, or other legal entity, and includes a trustee, receiver, assignee, or similar representative thereof, but does not include a governmental body.
14. “Preceding” and “following” mean next before and next after, respectively.
15. “Property” includes real property, and tangible and intangible personal property unless clearly indicated otherwise.
16. “Property owner” means a person owning private property in the City as shown by the County Auditor’s plats of the City.
17. “Public place” includes in its meaning, but is not restricted to, any City-owned open place, such as parks and squares.
18. “Public property” means any and all property owned by the City or held in the name of the City by any of the departments, commissions or agencies within the City government.
19. “Public way” includes any street, alley, boulevard, parkway, highway, sidewalk, or other public thoroughfare.
20. “Sidewalk” means that surfaced portion of the street between the edge of the traveled way, surfacing, or curb line and the adjacent property line, intended for the use of pedestrians.
21. “State” means the State of Iowa.
22. “Statutes” or “laws” means the latest edition of the Code of Iowa, as amended.
23. “Street” or “highway” means the entire width between property lines of every way or place of whatever nature when any part thereof is open to the use of the public, as a matter of right, for purposes of vehicular traffic.
24. “Writing” and “written” include printing, typing, lithographing, or other mode of representing words and letters.
25. “Year” means a calendar year.
1.03 CITY POWERS. The City may, except as expressly limited by the Iowa Constitution, and if not inconsistent with the laws of the Iowa General Assembly, exercise any power and perform any function it deems appropriate to protect and preserve the rights, privileges and property of the City and of its residents, and preserve and improve the peace, safety, health, welfare, comfort and convenience of its residents and each and every provision of this Code of Ordinances shall be deemed to be in the exercise of the foregoing powers and the performance of the foregoing functions.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.1)
1.04 INDEMNITY. The applicant for any permit or license under this Code of Ordinances, by making such application, assumes and agrees to pay for all injury to or death of any person or persons whomsoever, and all loss of or damage to property whatsoever, including all costs and expenses incident thereto, however arising from or related to, directly, indirectly or remotely, the issuance of the permit or license, or the doing of anything thereunder, or the failure of such applicant, or the agents, employees or servants of such applicant, to abide by or comply with any of the provisions of this Code of Ordinances or the terms and conditions of such permit or license, and such applicant, by making such application, forever agrees to indemnify the City and its officers, agents and employees, and agrees to save them harmless from any and all claims, demands, lawsuits or liability whatsoever for any loss, damage, injury or death, including all costs and expenses incident thereto, by reason of the foregoing. The provisions of this section shall be deemed to be a part of any permit or license issued under this Code of Ordinances or any other ordinance of the City whether expressly recited therein or not.
1.05 PERSONAL INJURIES. When action is brought against the City for personal injuries alleged to have been caused by its negligence, the City may notify in writing any person by whose negligence it claims the injury was caused. The notice shall state the pendency of the action, the name of the plaintiff, the name and location of the court where the action is pending, a brief statement of the alleged facts from which the cause arose, that the City believes that the person notified is liable to it for any judgment rendered against the City, and asking the person to appear and defend. A judgment obtained in the suit is conclusive in any action by the City against any person so notified, as to the existence of the defect or other cause of the injury or damage, as to the liability of the City to the plaintiff in the first named action, and as to the amount of the damage or injury. The City may maintain an action against the person notified to recover the amount of the judgment together with all the expenses incurred by the City in the suit.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.14)
1.06 RULES OF CONSTRUCTION. In the construction of the Code of Ordinances the following rules shall be observed, unless such construction would be inconsistent with the manifest intent of the Council or repugnant to the context of the provisions.
1. Verb Tense and Plurals. Words used in the present tense include the future, the singular number includes the plural and the plural number includes the singular.
2. May. The word “may” confers a power.
3. Must. The word “must” states a requirement.
4. Shall. The word “shall” imposes a duty.
5. Gender. The masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter genders.
6. Interpretation. All general provisions, terms, phrases, and expressions contained in the Code of Ordinances shall be liberally construed in order that the true intent and meaning of the Council may be fully carried out.
7. Extension of Authority. Whenever an officer or employee is required or authorized to do an act by a provision of the Code of Ordinances, the provision shall be construed as authorizing performance by a regular assistant, subordinate or a duly authorized designee of said officer or employee.
1.07 AMENDMENTS. All ordinances which amend, repeal or in any manner affect the Code of Ordinances shall include proper reference to title, division, chapter, section and subsection to maintain an orderly codification of ordinances of the City.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 380.2)
1.08 CATCHLINES AND NOTES. The catchlines of the several sections of the Code of Ordinances, titles, headings (chapter, division, section and subsection), editor's notes, cross references and State law references, unless set out in the body of the section itself, contained in the Code of Ordinances, do not constitute any part of the law, and are intended merely to indicate, explain, supplement or clarify the contents of a section.
1.09 ALTERING CODE. It is unlawful for any unauthorized person to change or amend by additions or deletions, any part or portion of the Code of Ordinances, or to insert or delete pages, or portions thereof, or to alter or tamper with the Code of Ordinances in any manner whatsoever which will cause the law of the City to be misrepresented thereby.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 718.5)
1.10 STANDARD PENALTY. Unless another penalty is expressly provided by the Code of Ordinances for any particular provision, section or chapter, any person failing to perform a duty, or obtain a license required by, or violating any provision of the Code of Ordinances, or any rule or regulation adopted herein by reference shall be guilty of a simple misdemeanor and, upon conviction, be subject to a fine of not more than one hundred dollars ($100.00) or imprisonment not to exceed thirty (30) days.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.3[2])
1.11 SEVERABILITY. If any section, provision or part of the Code of Ordinances is adjudged invalid or unconstitutional, such adjudication will not affect the validity of the Code of Ordinances as a whole or any section, provision or part thereof not adjudged invalid or unconstitutional.
[The next page is 9]
|
2.01 Title |
2.04 Number and Term of Council |
|
2.02 Form of Government |
2.05 Term of Mayor |
|
2.03 Powers and Duties |
2.06 Copies on File |
2.01 TITLE. This chapter may be cited as the charter of the City of Creston, Iowa.
2.02 FORM OF GOVERNMENT. The form of government of the City is the Mayor-Council form of government.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.4)
2.03 POWERS AND DUTIES. The Council and Mayor and other City officers have such powers and shall perform such duties as are authorized or required by State law and by the ordinances, resolutions, rules and regulations of the City.
2.04 NUMBER AND TERM OF COUNCIL. The Council consists of two (2) Council Members elected at large and one (1) Council Member from each of five (5) wards as established by the Code of Ordinances, elected for overlapping terms of four (4) years.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 376.2)
2.05 TERM OF MAYOR. The Mayor is elected for a term of four (4) years.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 376.2)
2.06 COPIES ON FILE. The Clerk shall keep an official copy of the charter on file with the official records of the Clerk and the Secretary of State, and shall keep copies of the charter available at the Clerk's office for public inspection.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.1)
EDITOR'S NOTE
Ordinance No. 1.1
adopting a charter for the City was passed and approved
by the Council on June 25, 1975, and published on
January 16, 1976.
Terms of Council Members and the Mayor were
extended to four years pursuant to an election held
February 23, 1993, and Ordinance No. 1.15.
|
3.01 Establishment of Ward Boundaries |
3.03 Boundaries to Be Effective for All Elections |
|
3.02 Property Numbering System |
3.04 Voter Precincts |
3.01 ESTABLISHMENT OF WARD BOUNDARIES. The boundaries of the five (5) wards in the City, to be known as “First Ward,” “Second Ward,” “Third Ward,” “Fourth Ward” and “Fifth Ward,” are hereby established in and for the City, as follows:
1. First Ward. First Ward comprises a geographical area in the north central portion of the City and the boundaries thereof are established as follows:
An area comprising all of that portion of the incorporated limits of the City lying within the boundaries of a line commencing at a point on the north corporation line with the intersection of Hurley Creek, thence southerly along the centerline of Hurley Creek to the intersection of Hurley Creek and Townline Street, thence east along Townline Street to North Walnut Street, thence southerly along the projected centerline of North Walnut Street to the intersection of North Walnut Street and Howard Street, thence westerly along the centerline of Howard Street to Division Street thence southerly along the centerline of Division Street to West Mills Street, thence westerly along the centerline of West Mills Street to North Sycamore Street, thence northerly along the centerline of North Sycamore Street to Townline Street, thence westerly along the centerline of Townline Street to the intersection of North Lincoln Street, thence northerly along the centerline of North Lincoln Street to the north corporation line, thence easterly along the north corporation line to Hurley Creek.
2. Second Ward. Second Ward comprises a geographical area situated in the northwest portion of the City and the boundaries thereof are established as follows:
An area comprising all that portion of the incorporated limits of the City lying within the boundaries of a line commencing at a point on the north corporation line where the projected centerline of North Lincoln Street intersects said north corporation line, thence southerly along the centerline of North Lincoln Street to its intersection with Townline Street, thence easterly along the centerline of West Townline Street to the intersection of North Sycamore Street, thence southerly along the centerline of North Sycamore Street to West Adams Street, thence westerly along the centerline of West Adams Street to the intersection of Cottonwood Street, or the west corporation boundary of the City, thence northerly along the west corporation line to the north corporation line, thence easterly along the north corporation line to the centerline of North Lincoln Street, the place of beginning.
3. Third Ward. Third Ward comprises a geographical area situated in the southwest portion of the City and the boundaries thereof are established as follows:
An area comprising all of that portion of the incorporated limits of the City lying within the boundaries of a line commencing at the intersection of the centerline of West Adams Street and the west corporate line, thence southerly and westerly along the west corporation line to the south corporation line, thence easterly along the south corporation line to a point on the south corporation line coinciding with the centerline of South Cherry Street, thence northerly along the centerline of South Cherry Street to the intersection of Ringgold Street to South Oak Street, thence northerly along the centerline of South Oak Street to the intersection of West Taylor Street, thence westerly to the intersection of South Division Street, thence northerly along the centerline of South Division Street to the intersection of West Union Street, thence westerly along the centerline of West Union Street to the intersection of New York Avenue, thence northerly and easterly along the centerline of New York Avenue to the intersection of West Adams Street, thence westerly along the centerline of West Adams Street to the intersection of Cottonwood and the west corporation boundary, or the place of beginning.
4. Fourth Ward. Fourth Ward comprises a geographical area situated in the southeast portion of the City and the boundaries thereof are established as follows:
An area comprising all of that portion of the incorporated limits of the City lying within the boundaries of a line commencing at a point where East Howard Street intersects Osage Street in the east corporation line, thence westerly along the centerline of East Howard Street to the intersection of North Division Street, thence southerly along the centerline of North Division Street to the intersection of West Mills Street, thence westerly along the centerline of West Mills Street to the centerline of North Sycamore Street, thence southerly along the centerline of North Sycamore Street to West Adams Street, thence easterly along the centerline of West Adams Street to the intersection of New York Avenue to the intersection of West Union Street, thence easterly along the centerline of Union Street to the intersection of South Division Street, thence southerly along the centerline of South Division Street to the intersection of West Taylor Street, thence easterly along the centerline of West Taylor Street to the intersection of South Oak Street, thence southerly along the centerline of South Oak Street to the intersection of Ringgold Street, thence easterly along the centerline of Ringgold Street to the intersection of South Cherry Street, thence southerly along the centerline of South Cherry Street to the south corporation line, thence easterly along the southern corporation line to the eastern corporation line, thence north and northeasterly on the east corporation line to the intersection of the eastern corporation line and Osage Street, thence northerly along the centerline of Osage Street to the intersection of East Howard Street to the point of beginning.
5. Fifth Ward. The Fifth Ward comprises a geographical area situated in the northeast portion of the City and the boundaries thereof are established as follows:
An area comprising all of that portion of the incorporated limits of the City lying within the boundaries of a line commencing at the point on East Townline Street at the northeast corner of the City to the intersection of the east corporation line and the north corporation line, thence westerly along East Townline Street, or the north corporation line, to the intersection of East Townline Street and the centerline of the Burlington, Northern, Inc. right-of-way, thence northerly and northeasterly along said centerline of the Burlington, Northern, Inc. right-of-way or the east corporation line to the north corporation line, thence westerly along said north corporation line to the intersection of said north corporation line and the center of Hurley Creek, thence southerly along the centerline of Hurley Creek to the intersection of Townline Street and easterly along the centerline of Townline Street to its intersection with North Walnut Street, thence southerly along the centerline of North Walnut Street to the intersection of Howard Street, thence easterly along the centerline of East Howard Street to its intersection with Osage Street, or the east corporation line, thence northerly along the east corporation line to the intersection of Osage Street and East Townline Street, the point of beginning.
(Ord. 01-59 – Jan. 02 Supp.)
3.02 PROPERTY NUMBERING SYSTEM. This chapter shall not be construed as repealing or in any manner changing the system of numbering properties for address purposes in the City, which heretofore established Adams Street as a base line or dividing line between the north and south portions of the City for numbering purposes and which heretofore established Pine Street as the base line or dividing line between the east and west portions of the City for numbering purposes.
3.03 BOUNDARIES TO BE EFFECTIVE FOR ALL ELECTIONS. The boundaries or limits of the five (5) wards in the City, as set forth and delineated in this chapter, shall govern and be effective for any and all City municipal primary or general special elections in the City. Said boundaries shall be binding upon any and all voters and electors who may vote in any of said elections and upon any and all officers charged with conducting said elections, as well as all election officials, including the Clerks and Judges of any such election board. The boundaries of said wards shall also be binding upon any and all persons who may be candidates in any of the elections enumerated in this section.
3.04 VOTER PRECINCTS. The City is divided into five (5) election precincts. The boundaries of the five (5) Election Precincts in the City, to be known as the First Precinct, Second Precinct, Third Precinct, Fourth Precinct and Fifth Precinct, are hereby established as follows:
1. Precinct One. Precinct One consists of the boundaries outlined in Code Section 3.01(1) “First Ward” of the City of Creston.
2. Precinct Two. Precinct Two consists of the boundaries established in Code Section 3.01(2) “Second Ward” and includes the areas of Douglas and Spaulding Townships, County of Union.
3. Precinct Three. Precinct Three consists of the boundaries established in Code Section 3.01(3) “Third Ward” of the City of Creston.
4. Precinct Four. Precinct Four consists of the boundaries established in Code Section 3.01(4) “Fourth Ward” and includes the area of Highland Township, County of Union.
5. Precinct Five. Precinct Five consists of the boundaries established in Code Section 3.01(5) “Fifth Ward” and includes the area of Lincoln Township, County of Union.
(Ord. 01-59 – Jan. 02 Supp.)
|
4.01 Municipal Infraction |
4.04 Civil Citations |
|
4.02 Environmental Violation |
4.05 Alternative Relief |
|
4.03 Penalties |
4.06 Criminal Penalties |
4.01 MUNICIPAL INFRACTION. A violation of this Code of Ordinances or any ordinance or code herein adopted by reference or the omission or failure to perform any act or duty required by the same, with the exception of those provisions specifically provided under State law as a felony, an aggravated misdemeanor, or a serious misdemeanor, or a simple misdemeanor under Chapters 687 through 747 of the Code of Iowa, is a municipal infraction punishable by civil penalty as provided herein.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.22[3])
4.02 ENVIRONMENTAL VIOLATION. A municipal infraction which is a violation of Chapter 455B of the Code of Iowa or of a standard established by the City in consultation with the Department of Natural Resources, or both, may be classified as an environmental violation. However, the provisions of this section shall not be applicable until the City has offered to participate in informal negotiations regarding the violation or to the following specific violations:
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.22 [1])
1. A violation arising from noncompliance with a pretreatment standard or requirement referred to in 40 C.F.R. §403.8.
2. The discharge of airborne residue from grain, created by the handling, drying or storing of grain, by a person not engaged in the industrial production or manufacturing of grain products or by a person engaged in such industrial production or manufacturing if such discharge occurs from September 15 to January 15.
4.03 PENALTIES. A municipal infraction is punishable by the following civil penalties:
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.22 [1])
1. Standard Civil Penalties.
A. First Offense - Not to exceed $500.00
B. Each Repeat Offense - Not to exceed $750.00
(Ord. 00-50 – Sep. 00 Supp.)
Each day that a violation occurs or is permitted to exist constitutes a repeat offense.
2. Special Civil Penalties.
A. A municipal infraction arising from noncompliance with a pretreatment standard or requirement, referred to in 40 C.F.R. §403.8, by an industrial user shall be punishable by a penalty of not more than one thousand dollars ($1,000.00) for each day a violation exists or continues.
B. A municipal infraction classified as an environmental violation shall be punishable by a penalty of not more than one thousand dollars ($1,000.00) for each occurrence. However, an environmental violation shall not be subject to such penalty if all of the following conditions are satisfied:
(1) The violation results solely from conducting an initial startup, cleaning, repairing, performing scheduled maintenance, testing, or conducting a shutdown of either equipment causing the violation or the equipment designed to reduce or eliminate the violation.
(2) The City is notified of the violation within twenty-four (24) hours from the time that the violation begins.
(3) The violation does not continue in existence for more than eight (8) hours.
4.04 CIVIL CITATIONS. Any officer authorized by the City to enforce this Code of Ordinances may issue a civil citation to a person who commits a municipal infraction. The citation may be served by personal service as provided in Rule of Civil Procedure 56.1, by certified mail addressed to the defendant at defendant’s last known mailing address, return receipt requested, or by publication in the manner as provided in Rule of Civil Procedure 60 and subject to the conditions of Rule of Civil Procedure 60.1. A copy of the citation shall be retained by the issuing officer, and one copy shall be sent to the Clerk of the District Court. The citation shall serve as notification that a civil offense has been committed and shall contain the following information:
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.22 [4])
1. The name and address of the defendant.
2. The name or description of the infraction attested to by the officer issuing the citation.
3. The location and time of the infraction.
4. The amount of civil penalty to be assessed or the alternative relief sought, or both.
5. The manner, location, and time in which the penalty may be paid.
6. The time and place of court appearance.
7. The penalty for failure to appear in court.
4.05 ALTERNATIVE RELIEF. Seeking a civil penalty as authorized in this chapter does not preclude the City from seeking alternative relief from the court in the same action. Such alternative relief may include, but is not limited to, an order for abatement or injunctive relief.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.22 [8])
4.06 CRIMINAL PENALTIES. This chapter does not preclude a peace officer from issuing a criminal citation for a violation of this Code of Ordinances or regulation if criminal penalties are also provided for the violation. Nor does it preclude or limit the authority of the City to enforce the provisions of this Code of Ordinances by criminal sanctions or other lawful means.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.22[11])
[The next page is 21]
|
5.01 Oaths |
5.07 Conflict of Interest |
|
5.02 Bonds |
5.08 Resignations |
|
5.03 Duties: General |
5.09 Removal of Appointed Officers and Employees |
|
5.04 Books and Records |
5.10 Vacancies |
|
5.05 Transfer to Successor |
5.11 Unlawful Use of City Property |
|
5.06 Meetings |
5.12 Gifts |
5.01 OATHS. The oath of office shall be required and administered in accordance with the following:
1. Qualify for Office. Each elected or appointed officer shall qualify for office by taking the prescribed oath and by giving, when required, a bond. The oath shall be taken, and bond provided, after being certified as elected but not later than noon of the first day which is not a Sunday or a legal holiday in January of the first year of the term for which the officer was elected.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 63.1)
2. Prescribed Oath. The prescribed oath is: “I, (name), do solemnly swear that I will support the constitution of the United States and the Constitution of the State of Iowa, and that I will faithfully and impartially, to the best of my ability, discharge all duties of the office of (name of office) in Creston as now or hereafter required by law.”
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 63.10)
3. Officers Empowered to Administer Oaths. The following are empowered to administer oaths and to take affirmations in any matter pertaining to the business of their respective office:
A. Mayor
B. City Clerk
C. Members of all boards, commissions or bodies created by law.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 63A.2)
5.02 BONDS. Surety bonds are provided in accordance with the following:
1. Required. The Council shall provide by resolution for a surety bond or blanket position bond running to the City and covering the Mayor, Clerk, Treasurer and such other officers and employees as may be necessary and advisable.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 64.13)
2. Bonds Approved. Bonds shall be approved by the Council.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 64.19)
3. Bonds Filed. All bonds, after approval and proper record, shall be filed with the Clerk.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 64.23[6])
4. Record. The Clerk shall keep a book, to be known as the “Record of Official Bonds” in which shall be recorded the official bonds of all City officers, elective or appointive.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 64.24[3])
5.03 DUTIES: GENERAL. Each municipal officer shall exercise the powers and perform the duties prescribed by law and this Code of Ordinances, or as otherwise directed by the Council unless contrary to State law or City charter.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[4])
5.04 BOOKS AND RECORDS. All books and records required to be kept by law or ordinance shall be open to inspection by the public upon request, unless some other provisions of law expressly limit such right or require such records to be kept confidential.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 22.1 & 22.2)
5.05 TRANSFER TO SUCCESSOR. Each officer shall transfer to the officer’s successor in office all books, papers, records, documents and property in the officer’s custody and appertaining to that office.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[4])
5.06 MEETINGS. All meetings of the Council, any board or commission, or any multimembered body formally and directly created by any of the foregoing bodies shall be held in accordance with the following:
1. Notice of Meetings. Reasonable notice, as defined by State law, of the time, date and place of each meeting, and its tentative agenda shall be given.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 21.4)
2. Meetings Open. All meetings shall be held in open session unless closed sessions are held as expressly permitted by State law.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 21.3)
3. Minutes. Minutes shall be kept of all meetings showing the date, time and place, the members present, and the action taken at each meeting. The minutes shall show the results of each vote taken and information sufficient to indicate the vote of each member present. The vote of each member present shall be made public at the open session. The minutes shall be public records open to public inspection.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 21.3)
4. Closed Session. A closed session may be held only by affirmative vote of either two-thirds of the body or all of the members present at the meeting and in accordance with Chapter 21 of the Iowa Code.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 21.5)
5. Cameras and Recorders. The public may use cameras or recording devices at any open session.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 21.7)
6. Electronic Meetings. A meeting may be conducted by electronic means only in circumstances where such a meeting in person is impossible or impractical and then only in compliance with the provisions of Chapter 21 of the Iowa Code.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 21.8)
5.07 CONFLICT OF INTEREST. A City officer or employee shall not have an interest, direct or indirect, in any contract or job of work or material or the profits thereof or services to be furnished or performed for the City, unless expressly permitted by law. A contract entered into in violation of this section is void. The provisions of this section do not apply to:
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 362.5)
1. Compensation of Officers. The payment of lawful compensation of a City officer or employee holding more than one City office or position, the holding of which is not incompatible with another public office or is not prohibited by law.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 362.5[1])
2. Investment of Funds. The designation of a bank or trust company as a depository, paying agent, or for investment of funds.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 362.5[2])
3. City Treasurer. An employee of a bank or trust company, who serves as Treasurer of the City.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 362.5[3])
4. Stock Interests. Contracts in which a City officer or employee has an interest solely by reason of employment, or a stock interest of the kind described in subsection 8 of this section, or both, if the contract is for professional services not customarily awarded by competitive bid, if the remuneration of employment will not be directly affected as a result of the contract, and if the duties of employment do not directly involve the procurement or preparation of any part of the contract.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 362.5[5])
5. Newspaper. The designation of an official newspaper.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 362.5[6])
6. Existing Contracts. A contract in which a City officer or employee has an interest if the contract was made before the time the officer or employee was elected or appointed, but the contract may not be renewed.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 362.5[7])
7. Volunteers. Contracts with volunteer fire fighters or civil defense volunteers.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 362.5[8])
8. Corporations. A contract with a corporation in which a City officer or employee has an interest by reason of stock holdings when less than five percent (5%) of the outstanding stock of the corporation is owned or controlled directly or indirectly by the officer or employee or the spouse or immediate family of such officer or employee.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 362.5[9])
9. Contracts. Contracts made by the City upon competitive bid in writing, publicly invited and opened.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 362.5[4])
10. Cumulative Purchases. Contracts not otherwise permitted by this section, for the purchase of goods or services which benefit a City officer or employee, if the purchases benefiting that officer or employee do not exceed a cumulative total purchase price of fifteen hundred dollars ($1500.00) in a fiscal year.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 362.5[10])
11. Franchise Agreements. Franchise agreements between the City and a utility and contracts entered into by the City for the provision of essential City utility services.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 362.5[12])
5.08 RESIGNATIONS. An elected officer who wishes to resign may do so by submitting a resignation in writing to the Clerk so that it shall be properly recorded and considered. A person who resigns from an elective office is not eligible for appointment to the same office during the time for which the person was elected, if during that time the compensation of the office has been increased.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[9])
5.09 REMOVAL OF APPOINTED OFFICERS AND EMPLOYEES. Except as otherwise provided by State or City law, all persons appointed to City office or employment may be removed by the officer or body making the appointment, but every such removal shall be by written order. The order shall give the reasons, be filed in the office of the Clerk, and a copy shall be sent by certified mail to the person removed, who, upon request filed with the Clerk within thirty (30) days after the date of mailing the copy, shall be granted a public hearing before the Council on all issues connected with the removal. The hearing shall be held within thirty (30) days after the date the request is filed, unless the person removed requests a later date.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.15)
5.10 VACANCIES. A vacancy in an elective City office during a term of office shall be filled, at the Council’s option, by one of the two following procedures:
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13 [2])
1. Appointment. By appointment following public notice by the remaining members of the Council within forty (40) days after the vacancy occurs, except that if the remaining members do not constitute a quorum of the full membership, or if a petition is filed requesting an election, the Council shall call a special election as provided by law.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13 [2a])
2. Election. By a special election held to fill the office for the remaining balance of the unexpired term as provided by law.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13 [2b])
5.11 UNLAWFUL USE OF CITY PROPERTY. No person shall use or
permit any other person to use the property owned by the City for any private purpose and for personal gain, to the detriment of the City.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 721.2[5])
5.12 GIFTS. Except as otherwise provided in Chapter 68B of the Code of Iowa, a public official, public employee or candidate, or that person’s immediate family member, shall not, directly or indirectly, accept or receive any gift or series of gifts from a “restricted donor” as defined in Chapter 68B and a restricted donor shall not, directly or indirectly, individually or jointly with one or more other restricted donors, offer or make a gift or a series of gifts to a public official, public employee or candidate.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 68B.22)
[The next page is 29]
|
6.01 Nominating Method to be Used |
6.04 Preparation of Petition and Affidavit |
|
6.02 Nominations by Petition |
6.05 Filing, Presumption, Withdrawals, Objections |
|
6.03 Adding Name by Petition |
6.06 Persons Elected |
6.01 NOMINATING METHOD TO BE USED. All candidates for elective municipal offices shall be nominated under the provisions of Chapter 45 of the Code of Iowa.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 376.3)
6.02 NOMINATIONS BY PETITION. Nominations for elective municipal offices of the City may be made by nomination paper or papers signed by not less than twenty-five (25) eligible electors, residents of the City.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 45.1)
6.03 ADDING NAME BY PETITION. The name of a candidate placed upon the ballot by any other method than by petition shall not be added by petition for the same office.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 45.2)
6.04 PREPARATION OF PETITION AND AFFIDAVIT. Each eligible elector who signs a nominating petition shall add to the signature the elector’s residence address, and date of signing. The person whose nomination is proposed by the petition shall not sign it. Each candidate shall complete and file a signed, notarized affidavit of candidacy. The affidavit shall be filed at the same time as the nomination petition. The affidavit shall be in the form prescribed by the Secretary of State and shall include information required by the Code of Iowa.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 45.3)
6.05 FILING, PRESUMPTION, WITHDRAWALS, OBJECTIONS. The time and place of filing nomination petitions, the presumption of validity thereof, the right of a candidate so nominated to withdraw and the effect of such withdrawal, and the right to object to the legal sufficiency of such petitions, or to the eligibility of the candidate, shall be governed by the appropriate provisions of Chapter 44 of the Code of Iowa.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 45.4)
6.06 PERSONS ELECTED. The candidates who receive the greatest number of votes for each office on the ballot are elected, to the extent necessary to fill the positions open.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 376.8[3])
[The next page is 35]
|
7.01 Purpose |
7.06 Budget Amendments |
|
7.02 Finance Officer |
7.07 Accounting |
|
7.03 Cash Control |
7.08 Financial Reports |
|
7.04 Fund Control |
7.09 Unauthorized Expenditure |
|
7.05 Operating Budget Preparation |
|
7.01 PURPOSE. The purpose of this chapter is to establish policies and provide for rules and regulations governing the management of the financial affairs of the City.
7.02 FINANCE OFFICER. The Finance Officer is the finance and accounting officer of the City and is responsible for the administration of the provisions of this chapter.
7.03 CASH CONTROL. To assure the proper accounting and safe custody of moneys the following shall apply:
1. Deposit of Funds. All moneys or fees collected for any purpose by any City officer shall be deposited through the office of the Finance Officer. If any said fees are due to an officer, they shall be paid to the officer by check drawn by the Finance Officer and approved by the Council only upon such officer’s making adequate reports relating thereto as required by law, ordinance or Council directive.
2. Deposits and Investments. All moneys belonging to the City shall be promptly deposited in depositories selected by the Council in amounts not exceeding the authorized depository limitation established by the Council or invested in accordance with the City’s written investment policy and State law, including joint investments as authorized by Section 384.21 of the Code of Iowa.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 384.21, 12B.10, 12C.1)
3. Petty Cash Fund. The City Administrator shall be custodian of a petty cash fund not to exceed one hundred dollars ($100.00) for the payment of small claims for minor purchases, collect-on-delivery transportation charges and small fees customarily paid at the time of rendering a service for which payments the City Administrator shall obtain some form of receipt or bill acknowledged as paid by the vendor or agent. At such time as the petty cash fund is approaching depletion, the City Administrator shall draw a check for replenishment in the amount of the accumulated expenditures and said check and supporting detail shall be submitted to the Council as a claim in the usual manner for claims and charged to the proper funds and accounts. It shall not be used for salary payments or other personal services or personal expenses.
(Ord. 04-72 – Mar. 04 Supp.)
7.04 FUND CONTROL. There shall be established and maintained separate and distinct funds in accordance with the following:
1. Revenues. All moneys received by the City shall be credited to the proper fund as required by law, ordinance or resolution.
2. Expenditures. No disbursement shall be made from a fund unless such disbursement is authorized by law, ordinance or resolution, was properly budgeted, and supported by a claim approved by the Council.
3. Emergency Fund. No transfer may be made from any fund to the emergency fund.
(IAC, 545-2.5 [384,388], Sec. 2.5[2])
4. Debt Service Fund. Except where specifically prohibited by State law, moneys may be transferred from any other City fund to the debt service fund to meet payments of principal and interest. Such transfers must be authorized by the original budget or a budget amendment.
(IAC, 545-2.5[384,388] Sec. 2.5[3])
5. Capital Improvements Reserve Fund. Except where specifically prohibited by State law, moneys may be transferred from any City fund to the capital improvements reserve fund. Such transfers must be authorized by the original budget or a budget amendment.
(IAC, 545-2.5[384,388] Sec. 2.5[4])
6. Utility and Enterprise Funds. A surplus in a utility or enterprise fund may be transferred to any other City fund, except the Emergency Fund and Road Use Tax Funds, by resolution of the Council. A surplus may exist only after all required transfers have been made to any restricted accounts in accordance with the terms and provisions of any revenue bonds or loan agreements relating to the utility or enterprise fund. A surplus is defined as the cash balance in the operating account or the unrestricted retained earnings calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in excess of:
A. The amount of the expense of disbursements for operating and maintaining the utility or enterprise for the preceding three (3) months, and
B. The amount necessary to make all required transfers to restricted accounts for the succeeding three (3) months.
(IAC, 545-2.5[384,388], Sec. 2.5[5])
7. Balancing of Funds. Fund accounts shall be reconciled at the close of each month and a report thereof submitted to the Council.
7.05 OPERATING BUDGET PREPARATION. The annual operating budget of the City shall be prepared in accordance with the following:
1. Proposal Prepared. The Finance Officer shall be responsible for preparation of the annual budget detail, for review by the Mayor and Council and adoption by the Council in accordance with directives of the Mayor and Council.
2. Boards and Commissions. All boards, commissions and other administrative agencies of the City that are authorized to prepare and administer budgets must submit their budget proposals to the Finance Officer for inclusion in the proposed City budget no later than January 15 of each year and in such form as may be required by the Finance Officer.
3. Submission to Council. The Finance Officer shall submit the completed budget proposal to the Council no later than February 1 of each year.
4. Council Review. The Council shall review the proposed budget and may make any adjustments in the budget which it deems appropriate before accepting such proposal for publication, hearing and final adoption.
5. Notice of Hearing. Upon adopting a proposed budget the Council shall set a date for public hearing thereon to be held before March 15 and cause notice of such hearing and a summary of the proposed budget to be published not less than four (4) nor more than twenty (20) days before the date established for the hearing. Proof of such publication must be filed with the County Auditor.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 384.16[3])
6. Copies of Budget on File. Not less than twenty (20) days before the date that the budget must be certified to the County Auditor and not less than ten (10) days before the public hearing, the Clerk shall make available a sufficient number of copies of the detailed budget to meet the requests of taxpayers and organizations, and have them available for distribution at the offices of the Mayor and Clerk and at the City library.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 384.16[2])
7. Adoption and Certification. After the hearing, the Council shall adopt, by resolution, a budget for at least the next fiscal year and the Clerk shall certify the necessary tax levy for the next fiscal year to the County Auditor and the County Board of Supervisors. The tax levy certified may be less than, but not more than, the amount estimated in the proposed budget. Two copies each of the detailed budget as adopted and of the tax certificate must be transmitted to the County Auditor.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 384.16[5])
7.06 BUDGET AMENDMENTS. A City budget finally adopted for the following fiscal year becomes effective July 1 and constitutes the City appropriation for each program and purpose specified therein until amended as provided by this section.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 384.18)
1. Program Increase. Any increase in the amount appropriated to a program must be prepared, adopted and subject to protest in the same manner as the original budget.
(IAC, 545-2.2 [384, 388])
2. Program Transfer. Any transfer of appropriation from one program to another must be prepared, adopted and subject to protest in the same manner as the original budget.
(IAC, 545-2.3 [384, 388])
3. Activity Transfer. Any transfer of appropriation from one activity to another activity within a program must be approved by resolution of the Council.
(IAC, 545-2.4 [384, 388])
4. Administrative Transfers. The Finance Officer shall have the authority to adjust, by transfer or otherwise, the appropriations allocated within a specific activity without prior Council approval.
(IAC, 545-2.4 [384, 388])
7.07 ACCOUNTING. The accounting records of the City shall consist of not less than the following:
1. Books of Original Entry. There shall be established and maintained books of original entry to provide a chronological record of cash received and disbursed.
2. General Ledger. There shall be established and maintained a general ledger controlling all cash transactions, budgetary accounts and for recording unappropriated surpluses.
3. Checks. Checks shall be prenumbered and signed by any two of the following officers — the Finance Officer, Clerk and Mayor — following Council approval, except as provided by subsection 5 hereof.
4. Budget Accounts. There shall be established such individual accounts to record receipts by source and expenditures by program, sub-program and activity as will provide adequate information and control for budgeting purposes as planned and approved by the Council. Each individual account shall be maintained within its proper fund and so kept that receipts can be immediately and directly compared with revenue estimates and expenditures can be related to the authorizing appropriation. No expenditure shall be posted except to the appropriation for the function and purpose for which the expense was incurred.
5. Immediate Payment Authorized. The Council may by resolution authorize the Clerk to issue checks for immediate payment of amounts due, which if not paid promptly would result in loss of discount, penalty for late payment or additional interest cost. Any such payments made shall be reported to the Council for review and approval with and in the same manner as other claims at the next meeting following such payment. The resolution authorizing immediate payment shall specify the type of payment so authorized and may include but is not limited to payment of utility bills, contractual obligations, payroll and bond principal and interest.
7.08 FINANCIAL REPORTS. The Finance Officer shall prepare and file the following financial reports:
1. Monthly Reports. There shall be submitted to the Council each month a report showing the activity and status of each fund, program, sub-program and activity for the preceding month.
2. Annual Report. Not later than October first of each year there shall be published an annual report containing a summary for the preceding fiscal year of all collections and receipts, all accounts due the City, and all expenditures, the current public debt of the City, and the legal debt limit of the City for the current fiscal year. A copy of the published annual report must be furnished to the Auditor of State.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 384.22)
7.09 UNAUTHORIZED EXPENDITURE. No City official or employee, or any person acting under color of such office or employment, shall knowingly make any contract or authorize any expenditure known by him or her to be in excess of that authorized by law.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 721.2[1])
[The next page is 45]
INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY TAX EXEMPTIONS
|
8.01 Purpose |
8.06 Applications |
|
8.02 Definitions |
8.07 Approval |
|
8.03 Period of Partial Exemption |
8.08 Exemption Repealed |
|
8.04 Amounts Eligible for Exemption |
8.09 Dual Exemptions Prohibited |
|
8.05 Limitations |
|
8.01 PURPOSE. The purpose of this chapter is to provide for a partial exemption from property taxation of the actual value added to industrial real estate by the new construction of industrial real estate, research-service facilities, warehouses, distribution centers and the acquisition of or improvement to machinery and equipment assessed as real estate.
8.02 DEFINITIONS. For use in this chapter the following terms are defined:
1. “Actual value added” means the actual value added as of the first year for which the exemption is received, except that actual value added by improvements to machinery and equipment means the actual value as determined by the local assessor as of January 1 of each year for which the exemption is received.
2. “Distribution center” means a building or structure used primarily for the storage of goods which are intended for subsequent shipment to retail outlets. Distribution center does not mean a building or structure used primarily to store raw agricultural products, used primarily by a manufacturer to store goods to be used in the manufacturing process, used primarily for the storage of petroleum products, or used for the retail sale of goods.
3. “New construction” means new buildings and structures and includes new buildings and structures which are constructed as additions to existing buildings and structures. New construction does not include reconstruction of an existing building or structure which does not constitute complete replacement of an existing building or structure or refitting of an existing building or structure unless the reconstruction of an existing building or structure is required due to economic obsolescence and the reconstruction is necessary to implement recognized industry standards for the manufacturing and processing of specific products and the reconstruction is required for the owner of the building or structure to continue competitively to manufacture or process those products, which determination shall receive prior approval from the City Council of the City upon the recommendation of the Iowa Department of Economic Development.
4. “New machinery and equipment assessed as real estate” means new machinery and equipment assessed as real estate pursuant to Section 427A.1, Subsection 1, Paragraph “e”, Code of Iowa, unless the machinery or equipment is part of the normal replacement or operating process to maintain or expand the existing operational status.
5. “Research-service facilities” means a building or group of buildings devoted primarily to research and development activities, including, but not limited to, the design and production or manufacture of prototype products for experimental use, and corporate research services which do not have a primary purpose of providing on-site services to the public.
6. “Warehouse” means a building or structure used as a public warehouse for the storage of goods pursuant to Chapter 554, Article 7, of the Code of Iowa, except that it does not mean a building or structure used primarily to store raw agricultural products or from which goods are sold at retail.
8.03 PERIOD OF PARTIAL EXEMPTION. The actual value added to industrial real estate by the new construction of industrial real estate, research-service facilities, warehouses, distribution centers, and the acquisition of or improvement to machinery and equipment assessed as real estate, is eligible to receive a partial exemption from taxation for a period of five (5) years.
8.04 AMOUNTS ELIGIBLE FOR EXEMPTION. The amount of actual value added which is eligible to be exempt from taxation shall be as follows:
1. For the first year, seventy-five percent (75%)
2. For the second year, sixty percent (60%)
3. For the third year, forty-five percent (45%)
4. For the fourth year, thirty percent (30%)
5. For the fifth year, fifteen percent (15%)
8.05 LIMITATIONS. The granting of the exemption under this chapter shall be limited as follows:
1. New construction constituting complete replacement of an existing building or structure shall not result in the assessed value of the industrial real estate being reduced below the assessed value of the industrial real estate before the start of the new construction added;
2. No exemptions shall be allowed for new construction located within an area subject to a tax incremental financing within the James Subdivision Urban Development area.
(Ord. 98-30 - Nov. 98 Supp.)
8.06 APPLICATIONS. An application shall be filed for each project resulting in actual value added for which an exemption is claimed.
1. The application for exemption shall be filed by the owner of the property with the local assessor by February 1 of the assessment year in which the value added is first assessed for taxation.
2. Applications for exemption shall be made on forms prescribed by the Director of Revenue and shall contain information pertaining to the nature of the improvement, its cost, and other information deemed necessary by the Director of Revenue.
8.07 APPROVAL. A person may submit a proposal to the City Council to receive prior approval for eligibility for a tax exemption on new construction. If the City Council resolves to consider such proposal, it shall publish notice and hold a public hearing thereon. Thereafter, at least thirty days after such hearing the City Council, by ordinance, may give its prior approval of a tax exemption for new construction if the new construction is in conformance with City zoning. Such prior approval shall not entitle the owner to exemption from taxation until the new construction has been completed and found to be qualified real estate.
8.08 EXEMPTION REPEALED. When in the opinion of the City Council continuation of the exemption granted by this chapter ceases to be of benefit to the City, the City Council may repeal this chapter, but all existing exemptions shall continue until their expiration.
8.09 DUAL EXEMPTIONS PROHIBITED. A property tax exemption under this chapter shall not be granted if the property for which the exemption is claimed has received any other property tax exemption authorized by law.
° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °
RESIDENTIAL PROPERTY TAX EXEMPTIONS
(Repealed by Ordinance No.
00-48 – Apr. 00 Supp.)
[The next page is 55]
COMMERCIAL PROPERTY TAX EXEMPTIONS
|
10.01 Designation of Urban Revitalization Area |
10.05 Tax Exemption Schedule |
|
10.02 Applicability to Commercial Property |
10.06 Relocation |
|
10.03 Definitions |
10.07 Outside Funding Assistance |
|
10.04 Qualifications for Eligibility |
10.08 Application and Prior Approval |
10.01 DESIGNATION OF URBAN REVITALIZATION AREA. In accordance with Chapter 404 of the Code of Iowa, the City has designated an urban revitalization area and has adopted an urban revitalization plan for said area. The geographic description of the Urban Revitalization District is the entire area within the corporate boundaries of the City.
10.02 APPLICABILITY TO COMMERCIAL PROPERTY. The revitalization is applicable to all commercial property within the designated district. The revitalization is for both new construction and rehabilitation/additions of existing structures. The District was designed a revitalization area on January 4, 1994, and shall continue through December 31, 2013. (Ord. 03-70 – Nov. 03 Supp.)
10.03 DEFINITIONS. For use in this chapter, the following terms are defined:
1. “Date of beginning of new construction of a building” means the date on which occurs the first placement of permanent construction materials which are to become part of a building, such as pouring of slabs or footings, or any work beyond the stage of excavation.
2. “Date of beginning of rehabilitation of or additions to an existing building” means, with respect to each individual project involving rehabilitation or additions, the earliest date of which either of the following occurs: the first placement of permanent construction materials which are to become a physical portion of the rehabilitation or addition; or the first alteration of any wall, ceiling, floor or other structural part of the existing building.
3.
“Qualified tenant” means the legal occupant of a commercial
unit which is located within the District and who has occupied the
same unit continuously since one year prior to the City’s adoption
of the revitalization plan.
10.04 QUALIFICATIONS FOR ELIGIBILITY. Improvements are eligible for the tax abatement plan provided they satisfy all of the following requirements:
1. The improvements must be added during the time the area is designated as a revitalization area.
2. Improvements, consisting of rehabilitation or additions to existing buildings, must increase the actual value of the qualified real estate by at least fifteen percent (15%).
3. The improvements must be completed in accordance with all applicable zoning and other regulations of the City.
4. The improvements must not be located within an area subject to tax incremental financing within an area described as follows:
An area bounded by Cottonwood on the west, Lincoln Street on the east, Townline Road on the north; and Spencer Street as extended straight through from Lincoln Street to Cottonwood on the south.
(Ord. 01-54 ‑ May 01 Supp.)
10.05 TAX EXEMPTION SCHEDULE. Each property owner may implement upon application and approval by the Council, as follows: All qualified real estate is eligible to receive a partial exemption from taxation on the actual value added by the improvements for a period of five (5) years. The amount of partial exemption is equal to a percent of the actual value added by the improvements determined as follows:
1. First year, eighty percent (80%);
2. Second year, sixty percent (60%);
3. Third year, forty percent (40%);
4. Fourth year, thirty percent (30%);
5. Fifth year, fifteen percent (15%).
10.06 RELOCATION. In the event relocation occurs as a result of the tax abatement program, the following provisions must be met:
1. Benefits. Upon application for and verification of eligibility for tax abatement to a property owner by the City, qualified tenants in designated areas, whose displacement is due to action on the part of a property owner to qualify for tax abatement under the revitalization plan, shall be compensated by the property owner for one month’s rent and for actual reasonable moving and related expenses.
2. Eligibility. “Qualified tenant” as used in the revitalization plan means the legal occupant of a commercial unit which is located within the district and who has occupied the same unit continuously since one year prior to the City’s adoption of the revitalization plan.
3. Actual reasonable moving and related expenses for which a qualified tenant of a commercial unit is entitled to include:
A. Transportation of the displaced person and personal property from the displacement to the replacement site. Transportation costs for a distance beyond twenty-five (25) miles are not eligible.
B. Packing, crating, unpacking and uncrating of personal property.
C. Disconnecting, dismantling, removing, reassembling and reinstalling relocated household appliances and other personal property.
4. Least Costly Approach. The amount of compensation for an eligible expense shall not exceed the least costly method of accomplishing the objective of the compensation without causing undue hardship to the displaced tenant and/or landlord.
10.07 OUTSIDE FUNDING ASSISTANCE. The City may seek Federal and/or State grant or loan programs in developing proposed projects. Federal programs are available through the Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) and the Farmers Home Administration (FmHA). State programs are available through the Iowa Housing Finance Authority and the Iowa Department of Economic Development.
10.08 APPLICATION AND PRIOR APPROVAL. A person may submit a proposal for an improvement project to the Council to receive prior approval for eligibility for a tax exemption on the project. The Council shall, by resolution, give its prior approval for an improvement project if the project is in conformance with the plan for revitalization. Such prior approval shall not entitle the owner to exemption from taxation until the improvements have been completed and found to be qualified real estate; however, if the proposal is not approved, the person may submit an amended proposal for the Council to approve or reject. All prior approvals for an improvement project shall be effective for a period of one year from the date of prior approval of the City; if construction has not begun by that date, prior approval is null and void. An application shall be filed for each new exemption claimed.
1. The first application for an exemption shall be filed by the owner of the property with the Council by February 1 of the assessment year for which the exemption is first claimed, but not later than February 1 of the assessment year following the assessment year in which all improvements included in the project are first assessed for taxation. The application shall contain, but not be limited to, the following information:
A. The nature of the improvement;
B. The cost of the improvement;
C. The estimated or actual date of completion;
D. The tenants that occupied the owner’s building on the date the City adopted the resolution of finding.
2. The Council shall approve the application, subject to review by the local assessor, if the project is in conformation with the plan for revitalization developed by the City, is located within a designated revitalization area, and if the improvements were made during the time the area was so designated. The Council shall forward for review all approved applications to the appropriate local assessor by March 1 of each year. Applications for exemptions for succeeding years for approved projects shall not be required.
|
EDITOR’S NOTE |
||
|
The following ordinances not codified herein, and specifically saved from repeal, have been adopted and provide for Urban Renewal Areas in the City and remain in full force and effect, for division of tax levied on taxable property.
|
||
|
ORDINANCE NO. |
ADOPTED |
NAME OF AREA |
|
2.19 |
February 2, 1988 |
Downtown Urban Renewal Area |
|
05-90 |
November 1, 2005 |
Creston Economic Development District 2005 Urban Renewal Project Area |
|
06-98 |
January 2, 2007 |
Amended Creston Urban Renewal Area (James Subdivision) |
|
06-99 |
January 2, 2007 |
Creston Economic Development District 2006 Urban Renewal Project Area |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[The next page is 75]
CHAPTER 12
HOTEL AND MOTEL TAX
|
12.01 Definitions |
12.03 Effective Date |
|
12.02 Tax Rate |
12.04 Payment of Tax |
12.01 DEFINITIONS. The following terms are defined for use in this chapter.
1. “Hotel” and “motel” shall be deemed to mean any hotel, motel, inn, public lodging house, rooming house, mobile home which is tangible personal property, tourist court or any place where sleeping accommodations are furnished to transient guests for rent, whether with or without meals, except the gross receipts from the renting of sleeping rooms in dormitories and in memorial unions of all State of Iowa universities and colleges.
2. “Renting” and “rent,” shall include any kind of direct or indirect charge for such sleeping rooms, apartments or sleeping quarters in hotel or motel, as defined in this chapter.
12.02 TAX RATE. A tax is hereby imposed upon the gross receipts from the renting of any and all rooms, apartments or sleeping quarters in any hotel or motel as defined in this chapter at the rate of seven percent (7%) of such gross receipts derived from the renting of a room, apartment or sleeping quarters while rented by the same person for a period of not more than thirty-one (31) consecutive days.
12.03 EFFECTIVE DATE. The tax herein above established shall be effective on January 1, 2003. The provision of this chapter may be repealed or the tax herein levied may be decreased by ordinance of the City effective on a date and in a manner provided by State law.
12.04 PAYMENT OF TAX. Such tax shall be paid as is provided in Chapter 422A of the Iowa Code. Proceeds of such tax shall be used for the purposes stated in said chapter.
(Ch. 12 – Ord. 02-63 – Dec. 02 Supp.)
[The next page is 85]
|
15.01 Term of Office |
15.04 Compensation |
|
15.02 Powers and Duties |
15.05 Voting |
|
15.03 Appointments |
|
15.01 TERM OF OFFICE. The Mayor is elected for a term of four (4) years.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 376.2)
15.02 POWERS AND DUTIES. The powers and duties of the Mayor are as follows:
1. Chief Executive Officer. Act as the chief executive officer of the City and presiding officer of the Council. (Ord. 00-46 – Apr. 00 Supp.)
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.14[1])
2. Proclamation of Emergency. Have authority to take command of the police and govern the City by proclamation, upon making a determination that a time of emergency or public danger exists. Within the City limits, the Mayor has all the powers conferred upon the Sheriff to suppress disorders.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.14[2])
3. Special Meetings. Call special meetings of the Council when the Mayor deems such meetings necessary to the interests of the City.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.14[1])
4. Mayor’s Veto. Sign, veto or take no action on an ordinance, amendment or resolution passed by the Council. If the Mayor exercises such veto power, the Mayor shall explain the reason for such veto in a written message to the Council at the time of the veto. The Council may override the Mayor’s veto by a two-thirds majority of the Council members.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 380.5 & 380.6[2])
5. Reports to Council. Make such oral or written reports to the Council as required. These reports shall concern municipal affairs generally, the municipal departments, and recommendations suitable for Council action.
6. (Repealed by Ordinance No. 00-46 – Apr. 00 Supp.)
7. Contracts. Whenever authorized by the Council, sign contracts on behalf of the City.
8. (Repealed by Ordinance No. 00-46 – Apr. 00 Supp.)
9. Licenses and Permits. Sign all licenses and permits which have been granted by the Council, except those designated by law or ordinance to be issued by another municipal officer.
10. (Repealed by Ordinance No. 00-46 – Apr. 00 Supp.)
11. Absentee Officer. Make appropriate provision that duties of any absentee officer be carried on during such absence.
15.03 APPOINTMENTS. The Mayor shall appoint the Mayor Pro Tem, Police Chief and Fire Chief, Finance Committee, and the Mayor also appoints, with Council approval, the following officials:
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.4)
1. Library Board of Trustees
2. Cemetery Board
3. Utility Board of Trustees
4. Civil Service Commission
5. Historic Preservation Commission
6. Zoning Board of Adjustment
7. Crest Area Arts and Recreation Center Board
8. Animal Control Officer.
In addition, the Mayor recommends individuals, for appointment by the Council, for membership on the Planning and Zoning Commission and Airport Commission.
(Ord.
00-46 – Apr. 00 Supp.)
15.04 COMPENSATION. The salary of the Mayor is forty-eight hundred dollars ($4800.00) per year, which sum includes $1200.00 to cover expenses. Effective January 1, 2008, the salary of the Mayor shall be one thousand dollars ($1,000.00) per month. (Ord. 06-96 – Oct. 06 Supp.)
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[8])
15.05 VOTING. The Mayor is not a member of the Council and may not vote as a member of the Council.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.4)
[The next page is 89]
|
16.01 Vice President of Council |
16.03 Voting Rights |
|
16.02 Powers and Duties |
16.04 Compensation |
16.01 VICE PRESIDENT OF COUNCIL. The Mayor Pro Tem is vice president of the Council.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.14[3])
16.02 POWERS AND DUTIES. Except for the limitations otherwise provided herein, the Mayor Pro Tem shall perform the duties of the Mayor in cases of absence or inability of the Mayor to perform such duties. In the exercise of the duties of the office the Mayor Pro Tem shall not have power to employ, or discharge from employment, officers or employees that the Mayor has the power to appoint, employ or discharge without the approval of the Council.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.14[3])
16.03 VOTING RIGHTS. The Mayor Pro Tem shall have the right to vote as a member of the Council.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.14[3])
16.04 COMPENSATION. If the Mayor Pro Tem performs the duties of the Mayor during the Mayor’s absence or disability for a continuous period of fifteen (15) days or more, the Mayor Pro Tem may be paid for that period the compensation as determined by the Council, based upon the Mayor Pro Tem’s performance of the Mayor’s duties and upon the compensation of the Mayor.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[8])
° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °
|
17.01 Number and Term of Council |
17.04 Meetings |
|
17.02 Powers and Duties |
17.05 Appointments |
|
17.03 Exercise of Power |
17.06 Compensation |
17.01 NUMBER AND TERM OF COUNCIL. The Council consists of two (2) Council Members elected at large and one Council Member from each of five (5) wards as established by the Code of Ordinances, elected for overlapping terms of four (4) years.
17.02 POWERS AND DUTIES. The powers and duties of the Council include, but are not limited to the following:
1. General. All powers of the City are vested in the Council except as otherwise provided by law or ordinance.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.2[1])
2. Wards. By ordinance, the Council may divide the City into wards based upon population, change the boundaries of wards, eliminate wards or create new wards.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[7])
3. Fiscal Authority. The Council shall apportion and appropriate all funds, and audit and allow all bills, accounts, payrolls and claims, and order payment thereof. It shall make all assessments for the cost of street improvements, sidewalks, sewers and other work, improvement or repairs which may be specially assessed.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.2[1], 384.16 & 384.38 [1])
4. Public Improvements. The Council shall make all orders for the doing of work, or the making or construction of any improvements, bridges or buildings.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.2[1])
5. Contracts. The Council shall make or authorize the making of all contracts, and no contract shall bind or be obligatory upon the City unless either made by ordinance or resolution adopted by the Council, or reduced to writing and approved by the Council, or expressly authorized by ordinance or resolution adopted by the Council.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.2[1] & 384.95 through 384.102)
6. Employees. The Council shall authorize, by resolution, the number, duties, term of office and compensation of employees or officers not otherwise provided for by State law or the Code of Ordinances.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[4])
7. Records. The Council shall require the Clerk to maintain records of its proceedings.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[3])
8. Setting Compensation for Elected Officers. By ordinance, the Council shall prescribe the compensation of the Mayor, Council members, and other elected City officers, but a change in the compensation of the Mayor does not become effective during the term in which the change is adopted, and the Council shall not adopt such an ordinance changing the compensation of any elected officer during the months of November and December in the year of a regular City election. A change in the compensation of Council members becomes effective for all Council members at the beginning of the term of the Council members elected at the election next following the change in compensation.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[8])
17.03 EXERCISE OF POWER. The Council shall exercise a power only by the passage of a motion, a resolution, an amendment, or an ordinance in the following manner:
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.3[1])
1. Action by Council. Passage of an ordinance, amendment or resolution requires a majority vote of all of the members of the Council. Passage of a motion requires a majority vote of a quorum of the Council. A resolution must be passed to spend public funds in excess of one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000.00) on a public improvement project, or to accept public improvements and facilities upon their completion. Each Council member’s vote on a measure must be recorded. A measure which fails to receive sufficient votes for passage shall be considered defeated. (Ord. 07-104 – Dec. 07 Supp.)
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 380.4)
2. Overriding Mayor’s Veto. Within thirty (30) days after the Mayor’s veto, the Council may repass the ordinance or resolution by a vote of not less than two-thirds of the Council members, and the ordinance or resolution becomes effective upon repassage and publication.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 380.6[2])
3. Measures Become Effective. Measures passed by the Council, other than motions, become effective in one of the following ways:
A. If the Mayor signs the measure, a resolution becomes effective immediately upon signing and an ordinance or amendment becomes a law when published, unless a subsequent effective date is provided within the measure.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 380.6[1])
B. If the Mayor vetoes a measure and the Council repasses the measure after the Mayor’s veto, a resolution becomes effective immediately upon repassage, and an ordinance or amendment becomes a law when published, unless a subsequent effective date is provided within the measure.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 380.6[2])
C. If the Mayor takes no action on the measure a resolution becomes effective fourteen (14) days after the date of passage and an ordinance or amendment becomes law when published, but not sooner than fourteen (14) days after the day of passage, unless a subsequent effective date is provided within the measure.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 380.6[3])
17.04 MEETINGS. Procedures for giving notice of meetings of the Council and other provisions regarding the conduct of Council meetings are contained in Section 5.06 of this Code of Ordinances. Additional particulars relating to Council meetings are the following:
1. Regular Meetings. The time and place of the regular meetings of the Council shall be fixed by resolution of the Council.
2. Special Meetings. Special meetings shall be held upon call of the Mayor or upon the written request of a majority of the members of the Council submitted to the Clerk. Notice of a special meeting shall specify the date, time, place and subject of the meeting and such notice shall be given personally or left at the usual place of residence of each member of the Council. A record of the service of notice shall be maintained by the Clerk.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[5])
3. Quorum. A majority of all Council members is a quorum.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[1])
4. Rules of Procedure. The Council shall determine the rules of its own proceedings by resolution and the Clerk shall keep such rules on file for public inspection.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[5])
5. Compelling Attendance. Any three (3) members of the Council can compel the attendance of the absent members at any regular, adjourned or duly called meeting, by serving a written notice upon the absent members to attend at once.
17.05 APPOINTMENTS. The Council shall appoint the following officials and prescribe their powers, duties, compensation and term of office:
1. City Clerk
2. City Attorney
3. Finance Officer
4. Public Works Director
5. Airport Commission, upon recommendation of the Mayor
6. Planning and Zoning Commission, upon recommendation of the Mayor.
17.06 COMPENSATION. The salary of each Council member is eighteen dollars ($18.00) for each meeting attended. Effective January 1, 2008, the salary of each Council member shall be three hundred dollars ($300.00) per month. (Ord. 06-96 – Oct. 06 Supp.)
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[8])
[The next page is 97]
|
18.01 Appointment and Compensation |
18.08 Records |
|
18.02 Powers and Duties: General |
18.09 Attendance at Meetings |
|
18.03 Recording and Publication of Meeting Minutes |
18.10 Issue Licenses and Permits |
|
18.04 Recording Measures Considered |
18.11 Notify Appointees |
|
18.05 Publication |
18.12 Elections |
|
18.06 Authentication |
18.13 City Seal |
|
18.07 Certify Measures |
|
18.01 APPOINTMENT AND COMPENSATION. The Council shall appoint by majority vote a City Clerk to serve at the pleasure of the Council. The Clerk shall receive such compensation as established by resolution of the Council.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[3])
18.02 POWERS AND DUTIES: GENERAL. The Clerk, or in the Clerk’s absence or inability to act, the Deputy Clerk, has the powers and duties as provided in this chapter, this Code of Ordinances and the law.
18.03 RECORDING AND PUBLICATION OF MEETING MINUTES. The Clerk shall attend all regular and special Council meetings and within fifteen (15) days following a regular or special meeting shall cause the minutes of the proceedings thereof to be published. Such publication shall include a list of all claims allowed and a summary of all receipts and shall show the gross amount of the claim.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[6])
18.04 RECORDING MEASURES CONSIDERED. The Clerk shall promptly record each measure considered by the Council, with a statement where applicable, indicating whether the Mayor signed, vetoed or took no action on the measure, and whether the measure was repassed after the Mayor’s veto.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 380.7[1])
18.05 PUBLICATION. The Clerk shall cause to be published all ordinances, enactments, proceedings and official notices requiring publication as follows:
1. Time. If notice of an election, hearing, or other official action is required by the Code of Ordinances or law, the notice must be published at least once, not less than four (4) nor more than twenty (20) days before the date of the election, hearing or other action, unless otherwise provided by law.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 362.3[1])
2. Manner of Publication. A publication required by the Code of Ordinances or law must be in a newspaper published at least once weekly and having general circulation in the City.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 362.3[2])
18.06 AUTHENTICATION. The Clerk shall authenticate all such measures except motions with the Clerk’s signature, certifying the time and manner of publication when required.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 380.7[3])
18.07 CERTIFY MEASURES. The Clerk shall certify all measures establishing any zoning district, building lines, or fire limits and a plat showing the district, lines, or limits to the recorder of the County containing the affected parts of the City.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 380.11)
18.08 RECORDS. The Clerk shall maintain the specified City records in the following manner:
1. Ordinances and Codes. Maintain copies of all effective City ordinances and codes for public use.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 380.7[4])
2. Custody. Have custody and be responsible for the safekeeping of all writings or documents in which the City is a party in interest unless otherwise specifically directed by law or ordinance.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[4])
3. Maintenance. Maintain all City records and documents, or accurate reproductions, for at least five (5) years except that ordinances, resolutions, Council proceedings, records and documents, or accurate reproductions, relating to the issuance, cancellation, transfer, redemption or replacement of public bonds or obligations shall be kept for at least eleven (11) years following the final maturity of the bonds or obligations. Ordinances, resolutions, Council proceedings, records and documents, or accurate reproductions, relating to real property transactions shall be maintained permanently.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[3 & 5])
4. Provide Copy. Furnish upon request to any municipal officer a copy of any record, paper or public document under the Clerk’s control when it may be necessary to such officer in the discharge of such officer’s duty; furnish a copy to any citizen when requested upon payment of the fee set by Council resolution; under the direction of the Mayor or other authorized officer, affix the seal of the City to those public documents or instruments which by ordinance and Code of Ordinances are required to be attested by the affixing of the seal.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[4 & 5] and 380.7 [4])
5. Filing of Communications. Keep and file all communications and petitions directed to the Council or to the City generally. The Clerk shall endorse thereon the action of the Council taken upon matters considered in such communications and petitions.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[4])
18.09 ATTENDANCE AT MEETINGS. At the direction of the Council, the Clerk shall attend meetings of committees, boards and commissions. The Clerk shall record and preserve a correct record of the proceedings of such meetings.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[4])
18.10 ISSUE LICENSES AND PERMITS. The Clerk shall issue or revoke licenses and permits when authorized by this Code of Ordinances, and keep a record of licenses and permits issued which shall show date of issuance, license or permit number, official receipt number, name of person to whom issued, term of license or permit and purpose for which issued.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[4])
18.11 NOTIFY APPOINTEES. The Clerk shall inform all persons appointed by the Mayor or Council to offices in the City government of their position and the time at which they shall assume the duties of their office.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[4])
18.12 ELECTIONS. The Clerk shall perform the following duties relating to elections and nominations:
1. In the event of a change in the method of nomination process used by the City, certify to the Commissioner of Elections the type of nomination process to be used by the City no later than seventy-seven (77) days before the date of the regular City election.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 376.6)
2. Accept the nomination petition of a candidate for a City office for filing if on its face it appears to have the requisite number of signatures and is timely filed.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 376.4)
3. Designate other employees or officials of the City who are ordinarily available to accept nomination papers if the Clerk is not readily available during normal working hours.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 376.4)
4. Note upon each petition and affidavit accepted for filing the date and time that the petition was filed.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 376.4)
5. Deliver all nomination petitions, together with the text of any public measure being submitted by the Council to the electorate, to the County Commissioner of Elections not later than five o’clock (5:00) p.m. on the day following the last day on which nomination petitions can be filed.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 376.4)
18.13 CITY SEAL. The City seal is in the custody of the Clerk and shall be attached by the Clerk to all transcripts, orders and certificates which it may be necessary or proper to authenticate. The City seal is circular in form, in the center of which is the word “CRESTON” and around the margin of which are the words “CITY SEAL” and “IOWA.”
|
19.01 Appointment |
19.03 Duties of Treasurer |
|
19.02 Compensation |
|
19.01 APPOINTMENT. The City Administrator is the Treasurer and performs all functions required of the position of Treasurer.
(Ord. 06-97 – Jan. 07 Supp.)
19.02 COMPENSATION. The Finance Officer receives no additional compensation for performing the duties of the Treasurer.
19.03 DUTIES OF TREASURER. The duties of the Treasurer are as follows:
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[4])
1. Custody of Funds. Be responsible for the safe custody of all funds of the City in the manner provided by law, and Council direction.
2. Record of Fund. Keep the record of each fund separate.
3. Record Receipts. Keep an accurate record of all money or securities received by the Treasurer on behalf of the City and specify the date, from whom, and for what purpose received.
4. Record Disbursements. Keep an accurate account of all disbursements, money or property, specifying date, to whom, and from what fund paid.
5. Special Assessments. Keep a separate account of all money received by the Treasurer from special assessments.
6. Deposit Funds. Upon receipt of moneys to be held in the Treasurer’s custody and belonging to the City, deposit the same in depositories selected by the Council.
7. Reconciliation. Reconcile depository statements with the Treasurer’s books and certify monthly to the Council the balance of cash and investments of each fund and amounts received and disbursed.
8. Debt Service. Keep a register of all bonds outstanding and record all payments of interest and principal.
9. Other Duties. Perform such other duties as specified by the Council by resolution or ordinance.
10. Reconciliation with Clerk. Reconcile the Treasurer’s books with the Clerk’s every month.
|
20.01 Appointment and Compensation |
20.06 Opinion on Contracts |
|
20.02 Attorney for City |
20.07 Provide Legal Opinion |
|
20.03 Power of Attorney |
20.08 Attendance at Council Meetings |
|
20.04 Ordinance Preparation |
20.09 Prepare Documents |
|
20.05 Review and Comment |
20.10 Representation of City Employees |
20.01 APPOINTMENT AND COMPENSATION. The Council shall appoint by majority vote a City Attorney to serve at the pleasure of the Council. The City Attorney shall receive such compensation as established by resolution of the Council.
20.02 ATTORNEY FOR CITY. The City Attorney shall act as attorney for the City in all matters affecting the City’s interest and appear on behalf of the City before any court, tribunal, commission or board. The City Attorney shall prosecute or defend all actions and proceedings when so requested by the Mayor or Council.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[4])
20.03 POWER OF ATTORNEY. The City Attorney shall sign the name of the City to all appeal bonds and to all other bonds or papers of any kind that may be essential to the prosecution of any cause in court, and when so signed the City shall be bound upon the same.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[4])
20.04 ORDINANCE PREPARATION. The City Attorney shall prepare those ordinances which the Council may desire and direct to be prepared and report to the Council upon all such ordinances before their final passage by the Council and publication.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[4])
20.05 REVIEW AND COMMENT. The City Attorney shall, upon request, make a report to the Council and interested department heads, giving an opinion on all contracts, documents, resolutions, or ordinances submitted to or coming under the City Attorney’s notice.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[4])
20.06 OPINION ON CONTRACTS. The City Attorney shall, at the request of the Council, offer a written opinion on and recommend alterations pertaining to contracts involving the City before they become binding upon the City.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[4])
20.07 PROVIDE LEGAL OPINION. The City Attorney shall, upon request, give advice or a written legal opinion upon all questions of law relating to City matters submitted by the Mayor or Council.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[4])
20.08 ATTENDANCE AT COUNCIL MEETINGS. The City Attorney shall attend meetings of the Council at the request of the Mayor or Council.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[4])
20.09 PREPARE DOCUMENTS. The City Attorney shall, upon request, formulate drafts for contracts, forms and other writings which may be required for the use of the City.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[4])
20.10 REPRESENTATION OF CITY EMPLOYEES. The City Attorney shall not appear on behalf of any City officer or employee before any court or tribunal for the purely private benefit of said officer or employee. The City Attorney shall, however, if directed by the Council, appear to defend any City officer or employee in any cause of action arising out of or in the course of the performance of the duties of his or her office or employment.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 670.8)
CITY ADMINISTRATOR
|
21.01 Office Created |
21.03 Duties |
|
21.02 Compensation |
|
21.01 OFFICE CREATED. The office of City Administrator is hereby created, which office shall be filled by a majority vote of Council. The appointee shall hold office during the pleasure of the Council and shall be subject to removal by a majority vote of the Council.
21.02 COMPENSATION. The City Administrator shall receive such annual salary as the Council shall from time to time determine by resolution and the payment shall be made biweekly from the Treasury of the City in the manner provided for payment of other officers and employees.
21.03 DUTIES. The powers and duties of the City Administrator shall include the following:
1. Attend all meetings of the Council unless excused by the Council.
2. Attend meetings of the administrative boards and commissions of the City as required by the Council.
3. Administration of all ordinances, resolutions, Council policies, directives and procedures.
4. Recommend to the Council such measures as he or she deems necessary or expedient for good government and the welfare of the City.
5. Prepare and administer the City’s annual operating budget.
6. Keep the Council fully advised as to financial and other conditions of the City and of its future needs.
7. Prepare and submit to the Council annually the required budgets.
8. Be responsible for all bookkeeping and accounting procedures for the City in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Be responsible for the completion of the annual City audit through outside contractors.
9. Conduct a continuous study of the City government’s operating procedures, organizations and facilities and made recommendations for fiscal and other policy changes to the Council whenever necessary.
10. Supervision of City personnel through department heads.
11. Employ, reclassify or discharge all employees, subject to Council approval, subject to the provisions of the Veteran’s Preference law and the Civil Service law, except the City Clerk, Police Chief and Fire Chief.
12. Supervise the official conduct and work response of all officers and employees of the City who are appointed or employed by the City Administrator.
13. Evaluate or oversee the evaluations of the performance of all City employees.
14. Supervise all purchases of material and supplies and see that such materials and supplies are received and are of a quality and character called for and deemed necessary.
15. Supervise the maintenance and management of all City property, excluding streets, alleys and sewers and the property improvements and undertaking managed by the Municipal Utility Board of Trustees.
16. Cooperate with any administrative agency or utility board of trustees.
17. Perform other duties at the Council’s direction.
18. Negotiations. Represent the City in all negotiations properly entered into in accordance with law or ordinance. The City Administrator shall not represent the City where this duty is specifically delegated to another officer by law, ordinance, or Council direction.
19. Professional Services. Upon order of the Council, secure for the City such specialized and professional services not already available to the City. In executing the order of the Council, the City Administrator shall act in accordance with the Code of Ordinances and the laws of the State.
20. Nuisances. Issue written order for removal, at public expense, any nuisance for which no person can be found responsible and liable.
(Subsections 18-20 added by Ord. 00-47 – Apr. 00 Supp.)
(Ch. 21
– Ord. 99-38 – Oct. 99 Supp.)
|
22.01 Public Library |
22.07 Nonresident Use |
|
22.02 Library Trustees |
22.08 Expenditures |
|
22.03 Qualifications of Trustees |
22.09 Annual Report |
|
22.04 Organization of the Board |
22.10 Injury to Books or Property |
|
22.05 Powers and Duties |
22.11 Theft |
|
22.06 Contracting with Other Libraries |
22.12 Notice Posted |
22.01 PUBLIC LIBRARY. The free public library for the City is known as the Matilda J. Gibson Memorial Library. It is referred to in this chapter as the Library.
22.02 LIBRARY TRUSTEES. The Board of Trustees of the Library, hereinafter referred to as the Board, consists of four (4) resident members and one nonresident member. All resident members are to be appointed by the Mayor with the approval of the Council. The nonresident member is to be appointed by the County Board of Supervisors.
22.03 QUALIFICATIONS OF TRUSTEES. All resident members of the Board shall be bona fide citizens and residents of the City. The nonresident member of the Board shall be a bona fide citizen and resident of the unincorporated County. Members shall be over the age of eighteen (18) years.
22.04 ORGANIZATION OF THE BOARD. The organization of the Board shall be as follows:
1. Term of Office. All appointments to the Board shall be for six (6) years, except to fill vacancies. Each term shall commence on July first. Appointments shall be made every two (2) years of one-third (1/3) the total number or as near as possible, to stagger the terms.
2. Vacancies. The position of any resident Trustee shall be vacated if such member moves permanently from the City. The position of a nonresident Trustee shall be vacated if such member moves permanently from the County or into the City. The position of any Trustee shall be deemed vacated if such member is absent from six (6) consecutive regular meetings of the Board, except in the case of sickness or temporary absence from the City or County. Vacancies in the Board shall be filled in the same manner as an original appointment except that the new Trustee shall fill out the unexpired term for which the appointment is made.
3. Compensation. Trustees shall receive no compensation for their services.
22.05 POWERS AND DUTIES. The Board shall have and exercise the following powers and duties:
1. Officers. To meet and elect from its members a President, a Secretary, and such other officers as it deems necessary.
2. Physical Plant. To have charge, control and supervision of the Library, its appurtenances, fixtures and rooms containing the same.
3. Charge of Affairs. To direct all affairs of the Library.
4. Hiring of Personnel. To employ a librarian, and authorize the librarian to employ such assistants and employees as may be necessary for the proper management of the Library, and fix their compensation; provided, however, that prior to such employment, the compensation of the librarian, assistants and employees shall have been fixed and approved by a majority of the members of the Board voting in favor thereof.
5. Removal of Personnel. To recommend the removal of the librarian, by a two-thirds (2/3) vote of the Board, and provide procedures for the removal of the assistants or employees for misdemeanor, incompetence or inattention to duty, subject however, to the provisions of Chapter 35C of the Code of Iowa.
6. Purchases. To select, or authorize the librarian to select, and make purchases of books, pamphlets, magazines, periodicals, papers, maps, journals, other Library materials, furniture, fixtures, stationery and supplies for the Library within budgetary limits set by the Board.
7. Use by Nonresidents. To authorize the use of the Library by nonresidents and to fix charges therefor unless a contract for free service exists.
8. Rules and Regulations. To make and adopt, amend, modify or repeal rules and regulations, not inconsistent with this Code of Ordinances and the law, for the care, use, government and management of the Library and the business of the Board, fixing and enforcing penalties for violations.
9. Expenditures. To have exclusive control of the expenditure of all funds allocated for Library purposes by the Council, and of all moneys available by gift or otherwise for the erection of Library buildings, and of all other moneys belonging to the Library including fines and rentals collected under the rules of the Board.
10. Gifts. To accept gifts of real property, personal property, or mixed property, and devises and bequests, including trust funds; to take the title to said property in the name of the Library; to execute deeds and bills of sale for the conveyance of said property; and to expend the funds received by them from such gifts, for the improvement of the Library.
11. Enforce the Performance of Conditions on Gifts. To enforce the performance of conditions on gifts, donations, devises and bequests accepted by the City on behalf of the Library.
(Code of Iowa, Ch. 661)
12. Record of Proceedings. To keep a record of its proceedings.
13. County Historical Association. To have authority to make agreements with the local County historical association where such exists, and to set apart the necessary room and to care for such articles as may come into the possession of the association. The Trustees are further authorized to purchase necessary receptacles and materials for the preservation and protection of such articles as are in their judgment of a historical and educational nature and pay for the same out of funds allocated for Library purposes.
22.06 CONTRACTING WITH OTHER LIBRARIES. The Board has power to contract with other libraries in accordance with the following:
1. Contracting. The Board may contract with any other boards of trustees of free public libraries, with any other city, school corporation, private or semiprivate organization, institution of higher learning, township, or County, or with the trustees of any County library district for the use of the Library by their respective residents.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 392.5 & Ch. 28E)
2. Termination. Such a contract may be terminated at any time by mutual consent of the contracting parties. It also may be terminated by a majority vote of the electors represented by either of the contracting parties. Such a termination proposition shall be submitted to the electors by the governing body of a contracting party on a written petition of not less than five (5) percent in number of the electors who voted for governor in the territory of the contracting party at the last general election. The petition must be presented to the governing body not less than forty (40) days before the election. The proposition may be submitted at any election provided by law that is held in the territory of the party seeking to terminate the contract.
22.07 NONRESIDENT USE. The Board may authorize the use of the Library by persons not residents of the City or County in any one or more of the following ways:
1. Lending. By lending the books or other materials of the Library to nonresidents on the same terms and conditions as to residents of the City, or County, or upon payment of a special nonresident Library fee.
2. Depository. By establishing depositories of Library books or other materials to be loaned to nonresidents.
3. Bookmobiles. By establishing bookmobiles or a traveling library so that books or other Library materials may be loaned to nonresidents.
4. Branch Library. By establishing branch libraries for lending books or other Library materials to nonresidents.
22.08 EXPENDITURES. All money appropriated by the Council for the operation and maintenance of the Library shall be set aside in an account for the Library. Expenditures shall be paid for only on orders of the Board, signed by its President and Secretary.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 384.20 & 392.5)
22.09 ANNUAL REPORT. The Board shall make a report to the Council immediately after the close of the fiscal year. This report shall contain statements as to the condition of the Library, the number of books added, the number circulated, the amount of fines collected, and the amount of money expended in the maintenance of the Library during the year, together with such further information as may be required by the Council.
22.10 INJURY TO BOOKS OR PROPERTY. It is unlawful for a person willfully, maliciously or wantonly to tear, deface, mutilate, injure or destroy, in whole or in part, any newspaper, periodical, book, map, pamphlet, chart, picture or other property belonging to the Library or reading room.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 716.1)
22.11 THEFT. No person shall take possession or control of property of the Library with the intent to deprive the Library thereof.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 714.1)
22.12 NOTICE POSTED. There shall be posted in clear public view within the Library notices informing the public of the following:
1. Failure To Return. Failure to return Library materials for two (2) months or more after the date the person agreed to return the Library materials, or failure to return Library equipment for one (1) month or more after the date the person agreed to return the Library equipment, is evidence of intent to deprive the owner, provided a reasonable attempt, including the mailing by restricted certified mail of notice that such material or equipment is overdue and criminal actions will be taken, has been made to reclaim the materials or equipment.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 714.5)
2. Detention and Search. Persons concealing Library materials may be detained and searched pursuant to law.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 808.12)
° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °
PLANNING AND ZONING COMMISSION
|
23.01 Planning and Zoning Commission |
23.04 Compensation |
|
23.02 Term of Office |
23.05 Powers and Duties |
|
23.03 Vacancies |
|
23.01 PLANNING AND ZONING COMMISSION. There shall be a City Planning and Zoning Commission, here and after referred to as the Commission, consisting of five (5) members. Commission members shall be qualified by knowledge or experience to act in matters pertaining to the development of a City plan and shall not hold an elective office in the City government. (Ord. 04-76 – Oct. 04 Supp.)
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 414.6 & 392.1)
23.02 TERM OF OFFICE. The term of office of the members of the Commission shall be five (5) years. The terms of not more than one-third of the members will expire in any one year.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 392.1)
23.03 VACANCIES. If any vacancy exists on the Commission caused by resignation, or otherwise, a successor for the residue of the term shall be appointed in the same manner as the original appointee.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 392.1)
23.04 COMPENSATION. All members of the Commission shall serve without compensation, except their actual expenses, which shall be subject to the approval of the Council.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 392.1)
23.05 POWERS AND DUTIES. The Commission shall have and exercise the following powers and duties:
1. Selection of Officers. The Commission shall choose annually at its first regular meeting one of its members to act as Chairperson and another as Vice Chairperson, who shall perform all the duties of the Chairperson during the Chair person’s absence or disability.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 392.1)
2. Adopt Rules and Regulations. The Commission shall adopt such rules and regulations governing its organization and procedure as it may deem necessary.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 392.1)
3. Zoning. The Commission shall have and exercise all the powers and duties and privileges in establishing the City zoning regulations and other related matters and may from time to time recommend to the Council amendments, supplements, changes or modifications, all as provided by Chapter 414 of the Code of Iowa.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 414.6)
4. Recommendations of Improvements. No statuary, memorial or work of art in a public place, and no public building, bridge, viaduct, street fixtures, public structure or appurtenances, shall be located or erected, or site therefor obtained, nor shall any permit be issued by any department of the City for the erection or location thereof until and unless the design and proposed location of any such improvement shall have been submitted to the Commission and its recommendations thereon obtained, except such requirements and recommendations shall not act as a stay upon action for any such improvement when the Commission after thirty (30) days’ written notice requesting such recommendations, shall have failed to file same.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 392.1)
5. Review and Comment on Plats. All plans, plats, or re-plats of subdivision or re-subdivisions of land embraced in the City or adjacent thereto, laid out in lots or plats with the streets, alleys, or other portions of the same intended to be dedicated to the public in the City, shall first be submitted to the Commission and its recommendations obtained before approval by the Council.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 392.1)
6. Review and Comment of Street and Park Improvements. No plan for any street, park, parkway, boulevard, traffic-way, river front, or other public improvement affecting the City plan shall be finally approved by the City or the character or location thereof determined, unless such proposal shall first have been submitted to the Commission and the Commission shall have had thirty (30) days within which to file its recommendations thereon.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 392.1)
7. Fiscal Responsibilities. The Commission shall have full, complete and exclusive authority to expend for and on behalf of the City all sums of money appropriated to it, and to use and expend all gifts, donations or payments whatsoever which are received by the City for City planning and zoning purposes.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 392.1)
8. Limitation on Entering Contracts. The Commission shall have no power to contract debts beyond the amount of its original or amended appropriation as approved by the Council for the present year.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 392.1)
9. Annual Report. The Commission shall each year make a report to the Mayor and Council of its proceedings, with a full statement of its receipts, disbursements and the progress of its work during the preceding fiscal year.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 392.1)
° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °
|
24.01 Park and Recreation Board Created |
24.04 Reports |
|
24.02 Board Organization |
24.05 Rules |
|
24.03 Duties of the Board |
24.06 Penalties |
24.01 PARK AND RECREATION BOARD CREATED. A Park and Recreation Board is hereby created to advise the Council on the needed facilities to provide open space such as parks, playgrounds and community facilities for other forms of recreation. It shall, through the Director of the Park and Recreation Department, plan and oversee City programs, facilities and encourage other programs and facilities to enhance the leisure time activities of the City’s residents of all ages.
24.02 BOARD ORGANIZATION. The Board shall consist of three (3) members, all residents of the City, and shall be elected and hold their offices for overlapping terms of six (6) years. Compensation for service shall be at the rate determined by the Council. The Mayor shall designate the first Chairperson and Vice Chairperson and the Board shall choose its Chairperson and Vice Chairperson every two years thereafter. Vacancies shall be filled by appointment of the Mayor and Council.
24.03 DUTIES OF THE BOARD. The duties of the Board are to plan for the facilities and recreational needs of the City and provide policy to the Director for implementation. The Board has authority over the properties and hiring authority over the Director of the department. The Director is responsible to the Board for the total department functions.
24.04 REPORTS. The Board shall make written reports to the Council of its activities by minutes of the monthly meeting as it deems advisable or upon Council request. Its revenues and expenditures shall be reported monthly by the Finance Officer in the manner of other departmental expenditures, and a copy shall be provided to each member of the Board and to the department head and in the Finance Officer’s report to the Council.
24.05 RULES. The Board has the power to make rules and regulations for the use of park or other recreational facilities or for the conduct of recreation programs, and any changes of these rules and regulations will be amended by the Board. Such rules shall be either posted on the facility or otherwise publicized in a manner to provide adequate notice to the using public.
24.06 PENALTIES.
Violations of
Board rules may be cause for denial of use of a facility or
participation in a program, but such denial which extends more than
one day may be appealed to the Board for a hearing.
The violation may be prosecuted as a misdemeanor.
CREST AREA
ARTS AND RECREATION CENTER BOARD
|
25.01 Board Created |
25.04 Reports |
|
25.02 Board Organization |
25.05 Rules |
|
25.03 Duties of the Board |
25.06 Penalties |
25.01 BOARD CREATED. A Crest Area Arts and Recreation Board is hereby created to operate and maintain the needed facilities for the Crest Area Arts and Recreation Center. The Board shall also plan and oversee the operation of the Crest Area Arts and Recreation Center program and encourage other programs to be operated in the Crest Area Arts and Recreation Center.
25.02 BOARD ORGANIZATION. The Board shall consist of five (5) members, with three (3) members being residents of the City appointed by the Mayor, with approval of the Council, for overlapping five-year terms. The Mayor shall appoint one member from the City Council, one Arts Council member and one at-large member. The fourth and fifth members shall be appointed by the Creston Community Betterment Foundation and Southwestern Community College, respectively. The Mayor shall designate the terms of the first appointed members and the first Chairperson and Vice Chairperson and the Board shall choose its Chairperson and Vice Chairperson every one or two years thereafter. Members shall serve without compensation but may receive their actual expenses. Vacancies shall be filled by appointment of the Mayor and Council.
25.03 DUTIES OF THE BOARD. In addition to its duties to operate and maintain the Crest Area Arts and Recreation Center, and oversee and plan programs for the Center, the Board shall have the authority over the property and personnel for the Crest Area Arts and Recreation Center, subject to limitations of expenditures for salaries and supplies, contracts and capital outlay set forth in the annual budget provided for by the Council for the Crest Area Arts and Recreation Center. The Board shall also cooperate with the Mayor in the allotment of time for City employees for use of the Crest Area Arts and Recreation Center. The Chairperson shall warrant by the Clerk for invoices submitted and approved by the Board.
25.04 REPORTS. The Board shall make written reports to the Council of its activities from time to time as the Council requests. Its revenues and expenditures shall be reported monthly by the Finance Officer in the manner of other departmental revenues and expenditures, and a copy shall be provided to each member of the Board and in the Finance Officer’s report to the Council.
25.05 RULES. The Board has the power to make rules and regulations for the use of the Crest Area Arts and Recreation Center subject to the approval of the rules by the Council. Such rules shall be either posted on the facility or otherwise publicized in a manner to provide adequate notice to the using public.
25.06 PENALTIES.
Violations of
Board rules which have been approved by the Council and adopted by
ordinance may be cause for denial of use of a facility or
participation in a program.
The violation of Board rules may be prosecuted as a
misdemeanor.
|
26.01 Purpose |
26.06 Control of Funds |
|
26.02 Appointment of Trustees |
26.07 Accounting |
|
26.03 Compensation |
26.08 Discriminatory Rates Illegal |
|
26.04 Vacancies |
26.09 Discontinuance of Board |
|
26.05 Powers and Duties of the Board |
|
26.01 PURPOSE. The purpose of this chapter is to provide for the operation of the municipally owned Waterworks Utility by a Board of Trustees.
26.02 APPOINTMENT OF TRUSTEES. The Mayor shall appoint, subject to the approval of the Council, five (5) persons to serve as trustees for staggered six (6) year terms. No public officer or salaried employee of the City may serve on the Utility Board.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 388.3)
26.03 COMPENSATION. The Council shall by resolution set the compensation of Board members.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 388.3)
26.04 VACANCIES. An appointment to fill a vacancy on the Board of Trustees shall be made in the same manner as an original appointment except that such appointment shall be for the balance of the unexpired term.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 388.3)
26.05 POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE BOARD. The Board of Trustees may exercise all powers of the City in relation to the utility, with the following exceptions:
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 388.4)
1. Taxes, ordinances and bonds. The Board may not certify taxes to be levied, pass ordinances or amendments, or issue general obligation or special assessment bonds.
Code of Iowa, Sec. 388.4[1])
2. Property. Title to all property must be in the name of the City but the Board has full control of such property subject to limitations imposed by law.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 388.4[2])
3. Reports to Council. The Board shall make a detailed annual report to the Council including a complete financial statement.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 388.4[3])
4. Proceedings Published. Immediately following a regular or special meeting, the Board Secretary shall prepare and cause to be published in a newspaper of general circulation in the City a condensed statement of proceedings including a list of all claims.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 388.4[4])
26.06 CONTROL OF FUNDS. The Board shall control tax revenues allocated to it as well as all moneys derived from operations.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 388.5)
26.07 ACCOUNTING. Utility moneys must be held in a separate utility fund.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 388.5)
26.08 DISCRIMINATORY RATES ILLEGAL. The utility may not provide use or service at a discriminatory rate, except to the City or its agencies, as provided in Section 384.91, Code of Iowa.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 388.6)
26.09 DISCONTINUANCE OF BOARD. A proposal, on motion of the Council or upon receipt of a valid petition, to discontinue the utility board is subject to the approval of the voters of the City, except that the Board may be discontinued by resolution of the Council when the utility is disposed of or leased for a period of over five (5) years.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 388.2)
[The next page is 127]
|
27.01 Purpose |
27.06 Chairperson |
|
27.02 Appointment and Term |
27.07 Clerk |
|
27.03 Qualifications |
27.08 Records |
|
27.04 Human Rights Commission |
27.09 Rooms and Supplies |
|
27.05 Compensation |
27.10 Powers and Duties |
27.01 PURPOSE. The purpose of this chapter is to provide for the appointment, powers and duties of a Civil Service Commission in accordance with the requirements of State law.
27.02 APPOINTMENT AND TERM. A Civil Service Commission consisting of three (3) members shall be appointed by the Mayor with the approval of the Council. Following appointment of the initial Commission according to law one member shall be appointed one (1) year after each regular municipal election to hold office for a term of four (4) years commencing the first Monday of April following such municipal election.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 400.1)
(Ord. 08-110 – Jul. 08 Supp.)
27.03 QUALIFICATIONS. Commissioners must be citizens of Iowa, eligible electors and residents of the City preceding their appointment. No person while on said Commission shall hold or be a candidate for any office of public trust.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 400.2)
27.04 HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 27.03, when a human rights commission has been established, the director thereof shall ex officio be a member, without vote, of the Civil Service Commission.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 400.2)
27.05 COMPENSATION. Civil service Commissioners shall serve without compensation.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 400.2)
27.06 CHAIRPERSON. The Commission shall elect a chairperson from among its members.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 400.4)
27.07 CLERK. The City Clerk shall be clerk of the Commission.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 400.4)
27.08 RECORDS. The Civil Service Commission shall keep a record of all its meetings and also a complete individual service record of each civil service employee which record shall be permanent and kept up to date.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 400.4)
27.09 ROOMS AND SUPPLIES. The Council shall provide suitable rooms in which the Commission may hold its meetings and supply the Commission with all necessary equipment and a qualified shorthand reporter or an electronic voice recording device to enable it to properly perform its duties.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 400.5)
27.10 POWERS AND DUTIES. The Commission shall administer the civil service procedure as contained in Chapter 400, Code of Iowa, and amendments thereto and shall have, exercise and perform all powers and duties as provided thereby.
|
28.01 Cemetery Board |
28.04 Reports |
|
28.02 Board Organization |
28.05 Rules |
|
28.03 Duties |
28.06 Veterans |
28.01 CEMETERY BOARD. A Cemetery Board of Trustees (hereinafter referred to as the “Board”) is responsible for the maintenance and operation of the municipal cemetery known as Graceland Cemetery, to provide grounds for human interments. The Board also advises the Council from time to time on the need for additional cemetery facilities.
28.02 BOARD ORGANIZATION. The Board consists of three (3) members who are residents of the City, appointed by the Mayor with the approval of the Council, for overlapping six-year terms. The Chairperson is chosen from and by the members of the Board, and he or she serves in that capacity for a term of two (2) years. Members serve without compensation, but they may receive reimbursement for their actual expenses.
28.03 DUTIES. As a part of its duties for the maintenance and operation of Graceland Cemetery, the Board oversees the cemetery properties and the hiring and discharge of personnel working on cemetery properties, subject to the limitation of expenditures for salaries and supplies, contracts and capital outlays set forth in the annual budget provided by the Council for cemetery operations. The Board may appoint a caretaker who shall have authority to order supplies at the direction of the Board, consistent with the procedures established by the Council for all departments of the City, and payments will be made by warrant/check written by the Secretary of the Board for invoices submitted and approved by the Board.
28.04 REPORTS. The Board shall make written reports to the Council of its activities from time to time as it deems advisable or upon Council request. Its revenues and expenditures shall be reported monthly by the Secretary of the Board to the Council in the manner of other departmental expenditures, and a copy shall be included in the Finance Officer’s report to the Council.
28.05 RULES. The Board has the power to make rules and regulations for the use and operations of the cemetery, subject to the approval of the rules by the Council.
28.06 VETERANS. Any veteran, as defined in Section 35.1 of the Code of Iowa, or a resident of the State who served in the armed forces of the United States, completed a minimum aggregate of ninety days of active Federal service and was discharged under honorable conditions, who is a landowner or who lives within the City shall be allowed to purchase an interment space and to be interred within the cemetery. (Ord. 07-105 – Dec. 07 Supp.)
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 523I.304)
|
29.01 Airport Commission |
29.05 Officers |
|
29.02 Appointment and Term |
29.06 Powers and Duties |
|
29.03 Vacancies |
29.07 Annual Report |
|
29.04 Compensation |
|
29.01 AIRPORT COMMISSION. There shall be an airport commission consisting of five (5) resident voters of the City.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 330.20)
29.02 APPOINTMENT AND TERM. Commissioners shall be appointed by the Council for staggered terms of six (6) years.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 330.20)
29.03 VACANCIES. Vacancies shall be filled by appointment of the Council to fill out the unexpired term for which the appointment was made.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 330.20)
29.04 COMPENSATION. Members of the commission shall serve without compensation.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 330.20)
29.05 OFFICERS. The commission shall elect from its own members a chairperson and secretary who shall serve for such term as the commission shall determine.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 330.20)
29.06 POWERS AND DUTIES. The commission shall have and exercise the following powers and duties.
1. General. The commission has all the powers in relation to airports granted to cities under State law except powers to sell the airport.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 330.21)
2. Budget. The commission shall annually certify the amount of tax to be levied for airport purposes, and upon such certification the Council may include all or a portion of said amount in its budget.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 330.21)
3. Funds. All funds derived from taxation or otherwise for airport purposes shall be under the full and absolute control of the commission for the purposes prescribed by law, and shall be deposited with the Treasurer or City Clerk to the credit of the airport commission, and shall be disbursed only on the written orders of the airport commission, including the payment of all indebtedness arising from the acquisition and construction of airports and the maintenance, operation, and extension thereof.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 330.21)
29.07 ANNUAL REPORT. The airport commission shall immediately after the close of each municipal fiscal year, file with the Finance Officer a detailed and audited written report of all money received and disbursed by the commission during said fiscal year, and shall publish a summary thereof in an official newspaper.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 330.22)
[The next page is 135]
HISTORIC PRESERVATION COMMISSION
|
30.01 Purpose and Intent |
30.03 Structure of the Commission |
|
30.02 Definitions |
30.04 Powers of the Commission |
30.01 PURPOSE AND INTENT. The purposes of this chapter are to:
1. Promote the educational, cultural, economic and general welfare of the public through the recognition, enhancement and perpetuation of sites and districts of historical and cultural significance;
2. Safeguard the City’s historic, aesthetic and cultural heritage by preserving sites and districts of historic and cultural significance;
3. Stabilize and improve property values;
4. Foster pride in the legacy of beauty and achievements of the past;
5. Protect and enhance the City’s attractions to tourists and visitors and the support and stimulus to business thereby provided;
6. Strengthen the economy of the City;
7. Promote the use of sites and districts of historic and cultural significance as places for the education, pleasure, and welfare of the people of the City.
30.02 DEFINITIONS. For use in this chapter, the following terms are defined:
1. “Commission” means the Creston Historic Preservation Commission, as established by this chapter.
2. “Historic district” means an area which contains a significant portion of buildings, structures or other improvements which, considered as a whole, possess integrity of location, design, setting, materials, workmanship, feeling and association, and which area as a whole:
A. Embodies the distinctive characteristics of a type, period or method of construction, or represents the work of a master, or possesses high artistic values, or represents a significant and distinguishable entity whose components may lack individual distinction; or
B. Is associated with events that have made significant contributions to the broad patterns of our local, state or national history; or
C. Possesses a coherent and distinctive visual character or integrity based upon similarity of scale, design, color, setting, workmanship, materials or combinations thereof which is deemed to add significantly to the value and attractiveness of properties within such area; or
D. Is associated with the lives of persons significant in our past; or
E. Has yielded, or may be likely to yield, information important in prehistory or history.
3. “Historic site” means a structure or building which:
A. Is associated with events that have made a significant contribution to the broad patterns of our history; or
B. Is associated with the lives of persons significant in our past; or
C. Embodies the distinctive characteristics of a type, period or method of construction or represents the work of a master, or possesses high artistic values, or represents a significant and distinguishable entity whose components may lack individual distinction; or
D. Has yielded, or may be likely to yield, information important in prehistory or history.
30.03 STRUCTURE OF COMMISSION.
1. The Commission consists of the Mayor and four (4) members who reside in or around the City of Creston. (Ord. 08-108 – Jun. 08 Supp.)
2. Members of the Commission shall be appointed by the Mayor with the advice and consent of the Council. Members shall demonstrate a positive interest in historic preservation, possessing interest or expertise in architecture, architectural history, historic preservation, city planning, building rehabilitation, conservation in general or real estate.
3. The Commission members are appointed for staggered terms of three (3) years. Members may serve for more than one term. Each member shall serve until the appointment of a successor.
4. Vacancies occurring in the Commission, other than expiration of term of office, shall be only for the unexpired portion of the term of the member replaced.
5. Members shall serve without compensation.
6. A simple majority of the Commission shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.
7. The Commission shall elect a Chairperson who shall preside over all Commission meetings and elect a Secretary who shall be responsible for maintaining written records of the Commission’s proceedings.
8. The Commission shall meet at least three (3) times a year.
30.04 POWERS OF THE COMMISSION.
1. The Commission may conduct studies for the identification and designation of historic districts and sites meeting the definitions established by this chapter. The Commission may proceed at its own initiative or upon a petition from any person, group or association. The Commission shall maintain records of all studies and inventories for public use.
2. The Commission may make a recommendation to the State Bureau of Historic Preservation for the listing of an historic district or site in the National Register of Historic Places and may conduct a public hearing thereon.
3. In addition to those duties and powers specified above, the Commission may, with Council approval,
A. Accept unconditional gifts and donations of real and person property, including money, for the purpose of historic preservation;
B. Acquire, by purchase, bequest or donation, fee and lesser interests in historic properties, including properties adjacent to or associated with historic properties;
C. Preserve, restore, maintain and operate historic properties under the ownership or control of the Commission;
D. Lease, sell and otherwise transfer or dispose of historic properties subject to rights of public access and other covenants and in a manner that will preserve the property.
E. Contract, with the approval of the Council, with State or Federal government or other organizations;
F. Cooperate with Federal, State and local governments in the pursuance of the objectives of historic preservation;
G. Provide information for the purpose of historic preservation to the Council; and
H. Promote and conduct an educational and interpretive program on historic properties within its jurisdiction.
I. Create an Endowment whose interest would be used to fund:
(1) The office of Historic Preservation, including a manager, staff person and day-to-day operational costs such as rent, communications and educational expenses.
(2) A matching grant for rehabilitation of potentially historic properties in and around Creston.
(3) A revolving loan program for rehabilitation of potentially historic properties in and around Creston
(4) Historic preservation education opportunities for anyone interested in rehabilitation of potentially historic properties in and around Creston.
(Ord. 08-108 – Jun. 08 Supp.)
[The next page is 141]
CHAPTER 31
CABLE TELEVISION COMMISSION
|
31.01 Commission Established |
31.02 Term |
31.01 COMMISSION ESTABLISHED. A Cable Television Commission is hereby established to consist of five (5) members comprised as follows: one (1) Council person, one (1) representative selected by the Council, and three (3) at large representatives.
31.02 TERM. Each Commission representative shall be appointed for a three (3) year rotating term.
(Ch. 31
– Ord. 98-32 – Jan. 99 Supp.)
° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °
CHAPTER 32
CITY FINANCE COMMITTEE
|
32.01 Finance Committee |
32.03 Vacancies |
|
32.02 Term of Office |
32.04 Powers and Duties |
32.01 FINANCE COMMITTEE. There shall be created a City Finance Committee, consisting of five (5) members. The standing members of the City Finance Committee shall be the Mayor and the City Administrator. The remaining three (3) members shall be three Council persons, appointed by the Mayor and approved by the City Council. (Ord. 06-93 – June 06 Supp.)
32.02 TERM OF OFFICE. The term of office of the members of the Finance Committee shall be four (4) years. The Finance Committee shall be reappointed in January immediately following each mayoral election, which includes special elections.
32.03 VACANCIES. If an vacancy exists on the Finance Committee, caused by resignation or otherwise, a successor for the residue of the term shall be appointed in the same manner as the original appointee.
32.04 POWERS AND DUTIES. The Finance Committee shall have and exercise the following powers and duties:
1. The Mayor shall serve as the Chairperson of the Finance Committee and the entire Committee shall elect a Vice-Chairperson. The Chairperson of the Committee will call a meeting at a time in which financial matters must be dealt with concerning City operations. Also, any member of the Committee shall have the right to request a meeting to deliberate any issue pertinent to the Finance Committee as a whole. The request for a meeting shall be given to the City Clerk, who shall make the Chairperson or Vice-Chairperson, in the absence of the Chairperson, aware of the request.
2. The Finance Committee is to review the City annual budget, amend the budget document as necessary and determine the tax levy to carry out the budget and report the budget to the City Council, as a whole, for final passage.
3. The Finance Committee shall take appointments from City Department Heads or personnel in order to discuss financial matters deemed important to the City operations.
4. The Finance Committee, as part of their review of the annual City budget, is to receive budget requests, comments and recommendations from any board and/or departments within the City. Due deliberation is to be given to any and all requests submitted to the Finance Committee. The Finance Committee will either deny the request or pass favorable comment to the Council as a whole.
5. The Finance Committee shall review with the City Administrator recommended budget amendments to the current City budget and make recommendations to City Council, as a whole, on such amendments.
6. The Finance Committee will review grant application funding requests if the applicant cannot obtain such funding through appropriate board action due to budgetary constraints in effect.
7. The Finance Committee may approve a funding request, on its own authority, if the total costs are not to exceed $5,000.00 and only if the funding is available through the appropriate Program area of the overall City budget currently in effect.
8. The Finance Committee is responsible for the review of the salaries of all non-bargaining unit employees. Salary recommendations are to be made to the full Council as to merit increases, cost-of-living increases, changes in benefits or starting wages for new hires.
9. The Finance Committee will review all contracts in which the City is engaged at least 120 days prior to the expiration date. Council may approve the contracts as a whole with the recommendation of the Finance Committee. An example is the contract for hauling residential solid waste.
10. The City Council, from time to time, may make certain requests of the Finance Committee, as needs dictate. In each instance, the Finance Committee will only take the role of review and report back to City Council, as a whole, with their findings, unless specifically authorized to take final actions. Any final actions taken shall be reported to City Council.
11. The Finance Committee may be asked to assume other duties or responsibilities by action of City Council, which are not outlined in this chapter. In each instance, the Finance Committee will act accordingly and respond as quickly as possible to any requests made by City Council.
(Ch. 32 – Ord. 04-73 – Mar. 04 Supp.)
[The next page is 155]
|
35.01 Department Established |
35.06 Police Chief Appointed |
|
35.02 Organization |
35.07 Duty Hours |
|
35.03 Peace Officer Qualifications |
35.08 Police Chief: Duties |
|
35.04 Required Training |
35.09 Departmental Rules |
|
35.05 Compensation |
|
35.01 DEPARTMENT ESTABLISHED. The police department of the City is established to provide for the preservation of peace and enforcement of law and ordinances within the corporate limits of the City.
35.02 ORGANIZATION. The department consists of the Police Chief and such other law enforcement officers and personnel, whether full or part time, as may be authorized by the Council.
35.03 PEACE OFFICER QUALIFICATIONS. In no case shall any person be selected or appointed as a law enforcement officer unless such person meets the minimum qualification standards established by the Iowa Law Enforcement Academy.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 80B.11)
35.04 REQUIRED TRAINING. All peace officers shall have received the minimum training required by law at an approved law enforcement training school within one year of employment. Peace officers shall also meet the minimum in-service training as required by law.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 80B.11 [2])
(IAC, 501-3 and 501-8)
35.05 COMPENSATION. Members of the department are designated by rank and receive such compensation as shall be determined by resolution of the Council.
35.06 POLICE CHIEF APPOINTED. The Mayor shall appoint the Police Chief. (Ord. 99-43 – Jan. 00 Supp.)
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 400.13)
35.07 DUTY HOURS.
The Police Chief shall be on call twenty-four (24) hours per
day, and shall work a regular shift from seven o’clock (7:00) a.m.
to three o’clock (3:00) p.m. from Monday through Friday of each
week, unless circumstances warrant a different schedule.
All other officers shall work the shifts and hours as
directed by the Police Chief.
35.08 POLICE CHIEF: DUTIES. The Police Chief has the following powers and duties subject to the approval of the Council.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13 [4])
1. General. Perform all duties required of the police chief or marshal by law or ordinance.
2. Enforce Laws. Enforce all laws, ordinances and regulations and bring all persons committing any offense before the proper court.
3. Writs. Execute and return all writs and other processes directed to the Police Chief.
4. Accident Reports. Report all motor vehicle accidents investigated to the State Department of Transportation.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.266)
5. Prisoners. Be responsible for the custody of prisoners, including conveyance to detention facilities as may be required.
6. Assist Officials. When requested, provide aid to other City officers, boards and commissions in the execution of their official duties.
7. Investigations. Provide for such investigation as may be necessary for the prosecution of any person alleged to have violated any law or ordinance.
8. Record of Arrests. Keep a record of all arrests made in the City by showing whether said arrests were made under provisions of State law or City ordinance, the offense charged, who made the arrest and the disposition of the charge.
9. Reports. Compile and submit to the Mayor and Council an annual report as well as such other reports as may be requested by the Mayor or Council.
10. Command. Be in command of all officers appointed for police work and be responsible for the care, maintenance and use of all vehicles, equipment and materials of the department.
35.09 DEPARTMENTAL RULES. The Police Chief shall establish such rules, not in conflict with the Code of Ordinances, and subject to the approval of the Council, as may be necessary for the operation of the department.
|
36.01 Establishment and Purpose |
36.06 Fire Chief: Duties |
|
36.02 Organization |
36.07 Obedience to Fire Chief |
|
36.02A Volunteer Fire Department |
36.08 Department Rules |
|
36.03 Training |
36.09 Calls Outside Fire District |
|
36.04 Compensation |
36.10 Mutual Aid |
|
36.05 Fire Chief Appointed |
36.11 Authority to Cite Violations |
36.01 ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE. A fire department is hereby established to prevent and extinguish fires and to protect lives and property against fires, to promote fire prevention and fire safety, and to answer all emergency calls for which there is no other established agency.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.16)
36.02 ORGANIZATION. The department consists of the Fire Chief and such other officers and personnel as may be authorized and approved by the Creston City Council. The Creston Fire Department shall consist of both professional and volunteer firefighters. (Ord. 03-71 – Dec. 03 Supp.)
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[4])
36.02A VOLUNTEER FIRE DEPARTMENT. The Volunteer Fire Department Incorporated is recognized as a non-profit corporation to promote the welfare of all firefighting personnel, fire prevention and other civic and social activities as may be specified in the Volunteer Fire Department Incorporated Articles of Incorporation. (Ord. 03-71 – Dec. 03 Supp.)
36.03 TRAINING. All members of the department shall attend and actively participate in regular or special training drills or programs as directed by the Fire Chief.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[4])
36.04 COMPENSATION. Members of the department shall be designated by rank and receive such compensation as shall be determined by resolution of the Council.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[4])
36.05 FIRE CHIEF APPOINTED. The Mayor shall appoint the Fire Chief.
36.06 FIRE CHIEF: DUTIES. The Fire Chief shall perform all duties required of the Fire Chief by law or ordinance, including but not limited to the following:
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[4])
1. Enforce Laws. Enforce ordinances and laws regulating fire prevention and the investigation of the cause, origin and circumstances of fires.
2. Technical Assistance. Upon request, give advice concerning private fire alarm systems, fire extinguishing equipment, fire escapes and exits and development of fire emergency plans.
3. Authority at Fires. When in charge of a fire scene, direct an operation as necessary to extinguish or control a fire, perform a rescue operation, investigate the existence of a suspected or reported fire, gas leak, or other hazardous condition, or take any other action deemed necessary in the reasonable performance of the department’s duties.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 102.2)
4. Control of Scenes. Prohibit an individual, vehicle or vessel from approaching a fire scene and remove from the scene any object, vehicle, vessel or individual that may impede or interfere with the operation of the fire department.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 102.2)
5. Authority to Barricade. When in charge of a scene, place or erect ropes, guards, barricades or other obstructions across a street, alley, right-of-way, or private property near the location of the fire or emergency so as to prevent accidents or interference with the fire fighting efforts of the fire department, to control the scene until any required investigation is complete, or to preserve evidence related to the fire or other emergency.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 102.3)
6. Command. Be charged with the duty of maintaining the efficiency, discipline and control of the fire department. The members of the fire department shall, at all times, be subject to the direction of the Fire Chief.
7. Property. Exercise and have full control over the disposition of all fire apparatus, tools, equipment and other property used by or belonging to the fire department.
8. Notification. Whenever death, serious bodily injury, or property damage in excess of two hundred thousand dollars ($200,000) has occurred as a result of a fire, or if arson is suspected, notify the State Fire Marshal’s Division immediately. For all fires causing an estimated damage of fifty dollars ($50.00) or more or emergency responses by the Fire Department, file a report with the Fire Marshal’s Division within ten (10) days following the end of the month. The report shall indicate all fire incidents occurring and state the name of the owners and occupants of the property at the time of the fire, the value of the property, the estimated total loss to the property, origin of the fire as determined by investigation, and other facts, statistics, and circumstances concerning the fire incidents.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 100.2 & 100.3)
9. Right of Entry. Have the right, during reasonable hours, to enter any building or premises within the Fire Chief’s jurisdiction for the purpose of making such investigation or inspection which under law or ordinance may be necessary to be made and is reasonably necessary to protect the public health, safety and welfare.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 100.12)
10. Recommendation. Make such recommendations to owners, occupants, caretakers or managers of buildings necessary to eliminate fire hazards.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 100.13)
11. Assist State Fire Marshal. At the request of the State Fire Marshal, and as provided by law, aid said marshal in the performance of duties by investigating, preventing and reporting data pertaining to fires.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 100.4)
12. Records. Cause to be kept records of the fire department personnel, fire fighting equipment, depreciation of all equipment and apparatus, the number of responses to alarms, their cause and location, and an analysis of losses by value, type and location of buildings.
13. Reports. Compile and submit to the Mayor and Council an annual report of the status and activities of the department as well as such other reports as may be requested by the Mayor or Council.
36.07 OBEDIENCE TO FIRE CHIEF. No person shall willfully fail or refuse to comply with any lawful order or direction of the Fire Chief.
36.08 DEPARTMENT RULES. The Fire Chief shall establish such rules, not in conflict with this Code of Ordinances and the rules of the Civil Service Commission, and subject to the approval of the Council, as may be necessary for the operation of the department.
36.09 CALLS OUTSIDE FIRE DISTRICT. The department shall answer calls to fires and other emergencies outside the Fire District if the Fire Chief determines that such emergency exists and that such action will not endanger persons and property within the Fire District.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.4 [2 & 3])
36.10 MUTUAL AID. Subject to approval by resolution of the Council, the department may enter into mutual aid agreements with other legally constituted fire departments. Copies of any such agreements shall be filed with the Clerk.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.4 [2 & 3])
36.11 AUTHORITY TO CITE VIOLATIONS. Fire officials acting under the authority of Chapter 100 of the Code of Iowa may issue citations in accordance to Chapter 805 of the Code of Iowa, for violations of state and/or local fire safety regulations.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 100.41)
36.12 EMERGENCY AMBULANCE SERVICE. (REPEALED BY ORDINANCE NO. 97-14 - OCT. 97 SUPP.)
HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE SPILLS
|
37.01 Purpose |
37.06 Site Access |
|
37.02 Definitions |
37.07 Incident Commander |
|
37.03 Mitigation and Cleanup Required |
37.08 City Liability |
|
37.04 Liability for Mitigation and Cleanup Costs |
37.09 Penalty |
|
37.05 Notification |
|
37.01 PURPOSE. In order to reduce the danger to public health, safety and welfare from the storage, transportation, and spills of hazardous substances, these regulations are promulgated to establish responsibility for the removal and cleanup of spills, leakage or release of hazardous substances which create an immediate and/or a potential danger to the public health or safety within the boundary limits of Creston.
37.02 DEFINITIONS. For the purpose of this chapter, these terms have the following meanings:
1.
“Cleanup” means the same as defined in Section 455B.381 (1), Code of
Iowa.
2.
“Hazardous condition” means any circumstances as defined in Section
455B.381 Subsection 4, Code of Iowa.
3.
“Hazardous substance” means any substance as defined in Section
455B.411 Subsection 2, Code of Iowa.
4.
“Hazardous waste” means such wastes as defined in Section 455B.411
Subsection 3 (a) and (b), Code of Iowa.
5.
“Incident Commander” means the Fire Chief or his or her duly
appointed designee, of the Fire Department in whose district said
release or potential release has occurred.
The Chief or his or her duly appointed designee may also
appoint one or more Fire Chiefs or Assistant Fire Chiefs of any
municipality or Fire District or Fire Department as his or her
temporary deputy, or may delegate the duties of Incident Commander
to one or more such Fire Chiefs or Assistant Fire Chiefs, at his or
her discretion.
6.
“Mitigation” means any action designed to contain, control, stop or
eliminate a release or potential release of a hazardous substance or
waste or condition.
7.
“Release” means a threatened or real emission, discharge, spillage,
leakage, pumping, pouring, emptying or dumping of a hazardous
substance into or onto the land, air, or waters of Creston as stated
in Section 455B.381 Subsection 8, Code of Iowa.
8.
“Responsible person” means a person who at any time produces,
handles, stores, uses, transports, refines, or disposes of a
hazardous substance, the release of which creates a hazardous
condition, including bailees, carriers, and any person in control of
a hazardous substance when a hazardous condition occurs, whether the
person owns the hazardous substance or is operating under a lease,
contract, or other agreement with the legal owner of the hazardous
substance, as defined in Section 455B.381 (7), Code of Iowa.
9.
“Treatment” means a method, technique, or process, including
neutralization, designed to change the physical, chemical or
biological character or composition of a hazardous substance so as
to neutralize it or to render the substance non-hazardous, safe for
transport, amenable for recovery and for storage, or to reduce it in
volume. “Treatment”
includes any activity or processing composition designed to change
the physical form or chemical composition of a hazardous substance
to render it non-hazardous, as defined in Section 455B.411(10), Code
of Iowa.
37.03 MITIGATION AND CLEANUP REQUIRED.
1. Whenever a hazardous condition is created so that a hazardous substance or waste or a constituent of a hazardous substance or waste has entered or may enter the environment, be emitted into the air, or discharged into any waters, including ground waters, the person having control over a hazardous substance shall alleviate, or cause to alleviate, the condition by cleanup or treatment, as defined by Section 37.02, and shall restore the affected area to its condition prior to the hazardous condition as far as practicable. The cost of cleanup or treatment shall be borne by the responsible person.
2. If the person having control over a hazardous substance cannot be located within a reasonable period of time, or if the person having control over a hazardous substance does not cause the cleanup or treatment to begin within a time reasonable in relation to the hazard and circumstances of the incident, the City of Creston may, by establishment of control of the scene of emergency by the Incident Commander and having rendered the problem as no longer an emergency, give notice to the responsible person, which shall be reasonable considering the character of the hazardous condition. The notice shall state a deadline for accomplishing the cleanup or treatment and state that the City of Creston will proceed to procure cleanup or treatment services if the cleanup or treatment is not accomplished within the deadline. The notice shall state that the person having control over a hazardous substance will be billed for all costs associated with the cleanup or treatment and that the total shall be due and payable within thirty (30) days following the receipt of the bill.
3. If the bill for the above services is not paid within thirty (30) days, the City of Creston may proceed, after service of notice, either by certified mail or by one publication in a newspaper having general circulation within Union County, and hearing before the City Council, to obtain payment by all available legal means.
4. If the costs of response, mitigation, cleanup and/or treatment is beyond the capability of the City of Creston, the Incident Commander shall proceed pursuant to Section 455B.387 Subsection (2), Code of Iowa, and immediately seek any state or federal resources that may be available for such mitigation, cleanup or treatment.
5. Whenever a hazardous condition which creates an immediate danger to public health or safety exists and it is necessary to take immediate action to correct this condition in order to protect the public health or safety, the Incident Commander or any Peace Officer may, without prior notice to the responsible person, take any mitigation action necessary to limit the immediate danger to the public health or safety. The responsible person shall be liable for the cost of all such mitigation action.
37.04 LIABILITY FOR MITIGATION AND CLEANUP COSTS. The responsible person shall be strictly liable to the City of Creston and/or the Fire Department having jurisdiction whose personnel or equipment is involved, for all of the following:
1. All costs relative to Section 37.03(2) of this chapter, as may be incurred by the County, any city or Fire Department.
2. Reasonable costs incurred by the County, any city, or Fire Department, to evacuate persons from the area threatened by a hazardous condition caused by the person having control over a hazardous substance.
3. Reasonable damages for injury to, destruction of, or loss of Creston property, including but not limited to, parks, roads and rights of way, resulting from a hazardous condition caused by the person having control over a hazardous substance, including the cost of assessing the injury, destruction or loss.
4.
The
repair and/or replacement costs for all equipment, material or
supplies, lost, contaminated or otherwise rendered unusable,
including laboratory analytical costs, transportation costs,
disposal costs; costs of repair or decontamination of equipment;
medical expense, and personal injury to personnel responding to the
hazardous condition; and all such other costs and expenses of the
County, City or Fire Department(s) expended to deal with the
hazardous condition.
37.05 NOTIFICATION.
1. Any person, manufacturing, storing, handling, transporting, or disposing of a hazardous substance or waste shall notify the Union County Law Enforcement Center via 911 of the occurrence of a hazardous situation as soon as possible, but no later than six (6) hours after the onset or discovery of the hazardous situation. The Law Enforcement Center shall immediately notify the Fire Department having jurisdiction, the appropriate law enforcement agency, the Union County Emergency Coordinator, the operator of any threatened public or private water supply system which may be threatened and the Iowa Department of Natural Resources.
2. Any County or municipal employee or member of a law enforcement agency, city or township fire department, or ambulance service who discovers a hazardous condition shall immediately notify the Union County Law Enforcement Communication Center Dispatcher, and upon receipt of such notification the Law Enforcement Communication Center Dispatcher shall proceed in the manner provided in subsection 1 of this section.
37.06 SITE ACCESS. Access to any site, public or private, where a prohibited discharge, whether it is potential, occurring, or after the fact, is indicated, or suspected will be provided to the Incident Commander of the fire department, its officers and personnel, to law enforcement personnel and to the emergency coordinator for the purpose of evaluating the threat to the public, for monitoring, containment, cleanup and restoration activities.
37.07 INCIDENT COMMANDER. If the circumstance so requires, the Incident Commander may:
1. Establish zones or other boundaries at, near or projected from the site of a hazardous condition and limit the access to such zones to persons engaged in the mitigation, cleanup or treatment of the hazardous situation, and/or
2. Order the evacuation of persons to areas away from the site or potential sites of a hazardous condition based on nationally published information and/or the manufacturer’s information.
3. No person shall disobey an order of the Incident Commander or any law enforcement official acting under direction of the Incident Commander issued under this section.
37.08 CITY LIABILITY. Except where the City of Creston is the responsible person as defined in Section 37.02(8) of this chapter, the City of Creston shall not be liable to any person for claims or damages, injuries, or loss resulting from any hazardous condition.
37.09 PENALTY. Any person violating any provision, section, or paragraph of this chapter shall be guilty of a simple misdemeanor, and upon conviction be subject to a fine not exceeding five hundred dollars ($500.00) or be imprisoned for not more than thirty (30) days. Each day of the violation shall constitute a separate offense.
(Ch. 37 – Ord. 07-100 – Aug. 07 Supp.)
[The next page is 185]
|
40.01 Assault |
40.05 Failure to Disperse |
|
40.02 Harassment |
40.06 Loitering in Municipal Parking Lots |
|
40.03 Disorderly Conduct |
40.07 Loitering in Public Places |
|
40.04 Unlawful Assembly |
|
40.01 ASSAULT. No person shall, without justification, commit any of the following:
1. Pain or Injury. Any act which is intended to cause pain or injury to, or which is intended to result in physical contact which will be insulting or offensive to another, coupled with the apparent ability to execute the act.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 708.1 [1])
2. Threat of Pain or Injury. Any act which is intended to place another in fear of immediate physical contact which will be painful, injurious, insulting, or offensive, coupled with the apparent ability to execute the act.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 708.1 [2])
However, where the person doing any of the above enumerated acts, and such other person, are voluntary participants in a sport, social or other activity, not in itself criminal, and such act is a reasonably foreseeable incident of such sport or activity, and does not create an unreasonable risk or serious injury or breach of the peace, the act is not an assault. Provided, where the person doing any of the above enumerated acts is employed by a school district or accredited nonpublic school, or is an area education agency staff member who provides services to a school or school district, and intervenes in a fight or physical struggle, or other disruptive situation that takes place in the presence of the employee or staff member performing employment duties in a school building, on school grounds or at an official school function regardless of the location, the act is not an assault, whether the fight or physical struggle or other disruptive situation is between students or other individuals if the degree and the force of the intervention is reasonably necessary to restore order and to protect the safety of those assembled.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 708.1)
40.02 HARASSMENT. No person shall commit harassment.
1. A person commits harassment when, with intent to intimidate, annoy or alarm another person, the person does any of the following:
A. Communicates with another by telephone, telegraph, or writing without legitimate purpose and in a manner likely to cause the other person annoyance or harm.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 708.7)
B. Places any simulated explosive or simulated incendiary device in or near any building, vehicle, airplane, railroad engine or railroad car, or boat occupied by another person.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 708.7)
C. Orders merchandise or services in the name of another, or to be delivered to another, without such other person’s knowledge or consent.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 708.7)
D. Reports or causes to be reported false information to a law enforcement authority implicating another in some criminal activity, knowing that the information is false, or reports the alleged occurrence of a criminal act, knowing the same did not occur.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 708.7)
2. A person commits harassment when the person, purposefully and without legitimate purpose, has personal contact with another person, with the intent to threaten, intimidate or alarm that other person. As used in this section, unless the context otherwise requires, “personal contact” means an encounter in which two or more people are in visual or physical proximity to each other. “Personal contact” does not require a physical touching or oral communication, although it may include these types of contacts.
40.03 DISORDERLY CONDUCT. No person shall do any of the following:
1. Fighting. Engage in fighting or violent behavior in any public place or in or near any lawful assembly of persons, provided that participants in athletic contests may engage in such conduct which is reasonably related to that sport.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 723.4 [1])
2. Noise. Make loud and raucous noise in the vicinity of any residence, business or public building which causes unreasonable distress to the occupants thereof.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 723.4 [2])
2A. Loud Motor Vehicle Stereos or Radios. No person shall operate a motor vehicle in a public in a public place or on any public street, highway, or alley in which a stereo (stereo, tape player, compact disc player, radio or any other sound amplification device) can be heard a distance of one hundred (100) feet or more from the vehicle. The provisions of this subsection may be enforced following personal observation or hearing by any police officer or upon receipt of a complaint made or filed with the Police Department by the person disturbed by such noise. (Ord. 01-58 – Sep. 01 Supp.)
3. Abusive Language. Direct abusive epithets or make any threatening gesture which the person knows or reasonably should know is likely to provoke a violent reaction by another.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 723.4 [3])
4. Disrupt Lawful Assembly. Without lawful authority or color of authority, disturb any lawful assembly or meeting of persons by conduct intended to disrupt the meeting or assembly.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 723.4 [4])
5. False Report of Catastrophe. By words or action, initiate or circulate a report or warning of fire, epidemic, or other catastrophe, knowing such report to be false or such warning to be baseless.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 723.4 [5])
6. Disrespect of Flag. Knowingly and publicly use the flag of the United States in such a manner as to show disrespect for the flag as a symbol of the United States, with the intent or reasonable expectation that such use will provoke or encourage another to commit trespass or assault. As used in this subsection:
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 723.4[6])
A. “Deface” means to intentionally mar the external appearance.
B. “Defile” means to intentionally make physically unclean.
C. “Flag” means a piece of woven cloth or other material designed to be flown from a pole or mast.
D. “Mutilate” means to intentionally cut up or alter so as to make imperfect.
E. “Show disrespect” means to deface, defile, mutilate or trample.
F. “Trample” means to intentionally tread upon or intentionally cause a machine, vehicle or animal to tread upon.
(Ord. 07-103 – Dec. 07 Supp.)
7. Obstruct Use of Street. Without authority or justification, obstruct any street, sidewalk, highway, or other public way, with the intent to prevent or hinder its lawful use by others.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 723.4 [7])
8. Obstruct Use of Buildings. Harass or intimidate, by word or conduct, individuals attempting to enter or exit businesses or other public places.
40.04 UNLAWFUL ASSEMBLY. It is unlawful for three (3) or more persons to assemble together, with them or any of them acting in a violent manner, and with intent that they or any of them will commit a public offense. No person shall willingly join in or remain part of an unlawful assembly, knowing or having reasonable grounds to believe it is such.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 723.2)
40.05 FAILURE TO DISPERSE. A peace officer may order the participants in a riot or unlawful assembly or persons in the immediate vicinity of a riot or unlawful assembly to disperse. No person within hearing distance of such command shall refuse to obey.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 723.3)
40.06 LOITERING IN MUNICIPAL PARKING LOTS. It is unlawful for any person to congregate, stand, loaf or loiter in any municipal parking lot which is either owned, operated or leased by the City, and it is also unlawful for any person to make any remarks, gestures, noises, signs or to do any other act which will in any way disturb, annoy, insult or interfere with any person using said parking facilities.
40.07 LOITERING IN PUBLIC PLACES. It is unlawful for any person to do any of the following:
1. Congregate, stand, loaf or loiter upon any street, sidewalk, bridge or crossing so as to obstruct the same or to hinder or prevent persons passing or attempting or desiring to pass thereon;
2. Congregate, stand, loaf or loiter in or in front of any hall, lobby, doorway, passage or entrance of any public building, theatre, hotel, eating house, lodging house, office building, store, shop, office or factory, or in front of persons walking along or into or out of the same or persons attempting or desiring to do so;
3. Sit upon or lean upon or against any railing or other barrier about any area, entrance, basement or window to obstruct the light or to prevent passage of persons or tenants occupying the building to which such area, entrance, basement or window belongs.
° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °
|
41.01 Distributing Dangerous Substances |
41.07 Barbed Wire and Electric Fences |
|
41.02 False Reports to or Communications with |
41.08 Discharging Weapons |
|
Public Safety Entities |
41.09 Throwing and Shooting |
|
41.03 Refusing to Assist Officer |
41.10 Urinating and Defecating |
|
41.04 Harassment of Public Officers and Employees |
41.11 Fireworks Permit |
|
41.05 Abandoned or Unattended Refrigerators |
41.12 Wells |
|
41.06 Antenna and Radio Wires |
|
41.01 DISTRIBUTING DANGEROUS SUBSTANCES. No person shall distribute samples of any drugs or medicine, or any corrosive, caustic, poisonous or other injurious substance unless the person delivers such into the hands of a competent person, or otherwise takes reasonable precautions that the substance will not be taken by children or animals from the place where the substance is deposited.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 727.1)
41.02 FALSE REPORTS TO OR COMMUNICATIONS WITH PUBLIC SAFETY ENTITIES. No person shall do any of the following:
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 718.6)
1. Report or cause to be reported false information to a fire department, a law enforcement authority, or other public safety entity knowing that the information is false, or report the alleged occurrence of a criminal act knowing the act did not occur.
2. Telephone an emergency 911 communications center knowing that he or she is not reporting an emergency or otherwise needing emergency information or assistance.
3. Knowingly provide false information to a law enforcement officer who enters the information on a citation.
41.03 REFUSING TO ASSIST OFFICER. Any person who is requested or ordered by any magistrate or peace officer to render the magistrate or officer assistance in making or attempting to make an arrest, or to prevent the commission of any criminal act, shall render assistance as required. No person shall unreasonably and without lawful cause, refuse or neglect to render assistance when so requested.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 719.2)
41.04 HARASSMENT OF PUBLIC OFFICERS AND EMPLOYEES. No person shall willfully prevent or attempt to prevent any public officer or employee from performing the officer’s or employee’s duty.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 718.4)
41.05 ABANDONED OR UNATTENDED REFRIGERATORS. No person shall abandon or otherwise leave unattended any refrigerator, ice box, or similar container, with doors that may become locked, outside of buildings and accessible to children, nor shall any person allow any such refrigerator, ice box, or similar container, to remain outside of buildings on premises in the person’s possession or control, abandoned or unattended and so accessible to children.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 727.3)
41.06 ANTENNA AND RADIO WIRES. It is unlawful for a person to allow antenna wires, antenna supports, radio wires or television wires to exist over any street, alley, highway, sidewalk, public way, public ground or public building without written consent of the Council.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.12 [2])
41.07 BARBED WIRE AND ELECTRIC FENCES. It is unlawful for a person to use barbed wire or electric fences to enclose land within the City limits without the written consent of the Council unless such land consists of ten (10) acres or more and is used as agricultural land.
41.08 DISCHARGING WEAPONS. It is unlawful for a person to discharge rifles, shotguns, revolvers, pistols, guns, BB guns or other firearms of any kind within the City limits except by written consent of the Council.
41.09 THROWING AND SHOOTING. It is unlawful for a person to throw stones, bricks or missiles of any kind or to shoot arrows, rubber guns, slingshots, air rifles or other dangerous instruments or toys on or into any street, alley, highway, sidewalk, public way, public ground or public building, without written consent of the Council.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.12 [2])
41.10 URINATING AND DEFECATING. It is unlawful for any person to urinate or defecate onto any sidewalk, street, alley, or other public way, or onto any public or private building, including but not limited to the wall, floor, hallway, steps, stairway, doorway or window thereof, or onto any public or private land.
41.11 FIREWORKS PERMIT. It is unlawful for any person to use or explode any fireworks as defined in Section 727.2 of the Code of Iowa; provided the City may, upon application in writing, grant a permit for the display of fireworks by a City agency, fair associations, amusement parks and other organizations or groups of individuals approved by City authorities when such fireworks display will be handled by a competent operator. No permit shall be granted hereunder unless the operator or sponsoring organization has filed with the City evidence of insurance in the following amounts:
1. Personal Injury: - $250,000.00 per person.
2. Property Damage: - $50,000.00.
3. Total Exposure: - $1,000,000.00.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 727.2)
41.12 WELLS. Any owner, tenant or occupant of any premises within the City on which a well, whether abandoned or in use, is situated shall provide such well with a substantial cover.
[The next page is 199]
|
42.01 Trespassing |
42.05 Unauthorized Entry |
|
42.02 Criminal Mischief |
42.06 Fraud |
|
42.03 Defacing Proclamations or Notices |
42.07 Theft |
|
42.04 Posting Notices on Utility Poles |
|
42.01 TRESPASSING. It is unlawful for a person to knowingly trespass upon the property of another. As used in this section, the term “property” includes any land, dwelling, building, conveyance, vehicle or other temporary or permanent structure whether publicly or privately owned. The term “trespass” means one or more of the following acts:
(Code of Iowa Sec. 716.7 and 716.8)
1. Entering Property Without Permission. Entering upon or in property without the express permission of the owner, lessee, or person in lawful possession with the intent to commit a public offense or to use, remove therefrom, alter, damage, harass, or place thereon or therein anything animate or inanimate.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 716.7 [2a])
2. Entering or Remaining on Property. Entering or remaining upon or in property without justification after being notified or requested to abstain from entering or to remove or vacate therefrom by the owner, lessee, or person in lawful possession, or by any peace officer, magistrate, or public employee whose duty it is to supervise the use or maintenance of the property.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 716.7 [2b])
3. Interfering with Lawful Use of Property. Entering upon or in private property for the purpose or with the effect of unduly interfering with the lawful use of the property by others.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 716.7 [2c])
4. Using Property Without Permission. Being upon or in property and wrongfully using, removing therefrom, altering, damaging, harassing, or placing thereon or therein anything animate or inanimate, without the implied or actual permission of the owner, lessee, or person in lawful possession.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 716.7 [2d])
None of the above shall be construed to prohibit entering upon the property of another for the sole purpose of retrieving personal property which has accidentally or inadvertently been thrown, fallen, strayed, or blown onto the property of another, provided that the person retrieving the property takes the most direct and accessible route to and from the property to be retrieved, quits the property as quickly as is possible, and does not unduly interfere with the lawful use of the property.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 716.7(3))
42.02 CRIMINAL MISCHIEF. It is unlawful, for any person who has no right to do so, to intentionally damage, deface, alter or destroy tangible property.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 716.1)
42.03 DEFACING PROCLAMATIONS OR NOTICES. It is unlawful for a person intentionally to deface, obliterate, tear down, or destroy in whole or in part, any transcript or extract from or of any law of the United States or the State, or any proclamation, advertisement or notification, set up at any place within the City by authority of the law or by order of any court, during the time for which the same is to remain set up.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 716.1)
42.04 POSTING NOTICES ON UTILITY POLES.
It is unlawful for any person to post, paste,
paint or tack any sign, bill, sale bill or poster on any telephone
or electric light pole within the City limits.
42.05 UNAUTHORIZED ENTRY. No unauthorized person shall enter or remain in or upon any public building, premises or grounds in violation of any notice posted thereon or when said building, premises or grounds are closed and not open to the public. When open to the public, a failure to pay any required admission fee also constitutes an unauthorized entry.
42.06 FRAUD. It is unlawful for any person to commit a fraudulent practice as defined in Section 714.8 of the Code of Iowa.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 714.8)
42.07 THEFT. It is unlawful for any person to commit theft as defined in Section 714.1 of the Code of Iowa.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 714.1)
[The next page is 225]
ALCOHOL CONSUMPTION AND INTOXICATION
|
45.01 Persons Under the Age of Eighteen |
45.03 Public Consumption or Intoxication |
|
45.02 Persons Age Eighteen, Nineteen and Twenty |
45.04 Open Container on Streets and Highways |
45.01 PERSONS UNDER THE AGE OF EIGHTEEN. A person shall not sell, give, or otherwise supply alcoholic liquor, wine or beer to any person knowing or having reasonable cause to believe that person to be under the age of eighteen (18), and a person or persons under the age of eighteen shall not purchase or attempt to purchase or individually or jointly have alcoholic liquor, wine or beer in their possession or control; except in the case of liquor, wine or beer given or dispensed to a person under the age of eighteen within a private home and with the knowledge, presence and consent of the parent or guardian for beverage or medicinal purposes or as administered to the person by either a physician or dentist for medicinal purposes and except to the extent that a person under the age of eighteen may handle alcoholic beverages, wine, and beer during the regular course of the person’s employment by a liquor control licensee, or wine or beer permittee under State laws.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 123.47)
45.02 PERSONS AGE EIGHTEEN, NINETEEN AND TWENTY. A person shall not sell, give or otherwise supply alcoholic liquor, wine or beer to any person knowing or having reasonable cause to believe that the person is age eighteen (18), nineteen (19) or twenty (20). A person age eighteen, nineteen or twenty shall not purchase or possess alcoholic liquor, wine or beer. However, a person age eighteen, nineteen or twenty may possess alcoholic liquor, wine or beer given to the person within a private home with the knowledge, presence and consent of the person’s parent or guardian, or with the signed, written consent of the parent or guardian specifying the date and place for the consumption and displayed by the person upon demand, and a person age eighteen, nineteen or twenty may handle alcoholic liquor, wine and beer during the course of the person’s employment by a liquor control licensee or wine or beer permittee.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 123.47A)
45.03 PUBLIC CONSUMPTION OR INTOXICATION.
1. As used in this section unless the context otherwise requires:
A. “Arrest” means the same as defined in Section 804.5 of the Code of Iowa and includes taking into custody pursuant to Section 232.19 of the Code of Iowa.
B. “Chemical test” means a test of a person’s blood, breath, or urine to determine the percentage of alcohol present by a qualified person using devices and methods approved by the Commissioner of Public Safety.
C. “Peace Officer” means the same as defined in Section 801.4 of the Code of Iowa.
D. “School” means a public or private school or that portion of a public or private school which provides teaching for any grade from kindergarten through grade twelve.
2. A person shall not use or consume alcoholic liquor, wine or beer upon the public streets or highways. A person shall not use or consume alcoholic liquor in any public place, except premises covered by a liquor control license. A person shall not possess or consume alcoholic liquors, wine or beer on public school property or while attending any public or private school-related function. A person shall not be intoxicated or simulate intoxication in a public place. A person violating this subsection is guilty of a simple misdemeanor.
3. When a peace officer arrests a person on a charge of public intoxication under this section, the peace officer shall inform the person that the person may have a chemical test administered at the person’s own expense. If a device approved by the Commissioner of Public Safety for testing a sample of a person’s breath to determine the person’s blood alcohol concentration is available, that is the only test that need be offered the person arrested. In a prosecution for public intoxication, evidence of the results of a chemical test performed under this subsection is admissible upon proof of a proper foundation. The percentage of alcohol present in a person’s blood, breath, or urine established by the results of a chemical test performed within two hours after the person’s arrest on a charge of public intoxication is presumed to be the percentage of alcohol present at the time of arrest.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 123.46)
45.04 OPEN CONTAINER ON STREETS AND HIGHWAYS.
(See
Section 62.07 of this Code of Ordinances)
° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °
|
46.01 Cigarettes and Tobacco |
46.03 Contributing to Delinquency |
|
46.02 Minors in Taverns |
46.04 Curfew |
46.01 CIGARETTES AND TOBACCO. It is unlawful for any person under eighteen (18) years of age to smoke, use, possess, purchase or attempt to purchase any tobacco, tobacco products or cigarettes.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 453A.2)
46.02 MINORS IN TAVERNS.
It is unlawful for any person under legal age
to enter, remain in or frequent a business establishment holding a
retail liquor or beer permit unless over fifty percent (50%) of the
dollar volume of the business establishment comes from the sale and
serving of prepared foods.
The provisions of this section do not apply to premises
having a Class “C” beer permit.
46.03 CONTRIBUTING TO DELINQUENCY. It is unlawful for any per-son to encourage any child under eighteen (18) years of age to commit any act of delinquency.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 709A.1)
46.04 CURFEW. This matter comes before the Creston City Council and the Council has determined that a curfew for minors is necessary to promote the public health, safety, moral and general welfare of the City and specifically to reinforce the primary authority and responsibility of adults responsible for minors; to protect the public from the illegal acts of minors committed after the curfew hour; and to protect minors from improper influences and criminal activity that prevail in public places after the curfew hour.
1. Definitions. For use in this section, the following terms are defined:
A. “Emergency errand” means, but is not limited to, an errand relating to a fire, a natural disaster, an automobile accident or any other situation requiring immediate action to prevent serious illness, bodily injury or loss of life.
B. “Knowingly” means knowledge which a responsible adult should reasonably be expected to have concerning the whereabouts of a minor in that responsible adult’s custody. It is intended to continue to hold the neglectful or careless adult responsible for a minor to a reasonable standard of adult responsibility through an objective test. It is therefore no defense that an adult responsible for a minor was completely indifferent to the activities or conduct or whereabouts of the minor.
C. “Minor” means any unemancipated person under the age of sixteen (16) years.
D. “Nonsecured custody” means custody in an unlocked multipurpose area, such as a lobby, office or interrogation room which is not designed, set aside or used as a secure detention area, and the person arrested is not physically secured during the period of custody in the area; the person is physically accompanied by a law enforcement officer or a person employed by the facility where the person arrested is being held; and the use of the area is limited to providing nonsecured custody only while awaiting transfer to an appropriate juvenile facility or to court, for contacting of and release to the person’s parents or other responsible adult or for other administrative purposes; but not for longer than six (6) hours without the oral or written order of a judge or magistrate authorizing the detention. A judge shall not extend the period of time in excess of six hours beyond the initial six-hour period.
E. “Public place” includes stores, parking lots, parks, playgrounds, streets, alleys and sidewalks dedicated to public use; and also includes such parts of buildings and other premises whether publicly or privately owned which are used by the general public or to which the general public is invited commercially for a fee or otherwise; or in or on which the general public is permitted without specific invitation; or to which the general public has access. For purposes of this section, a vehicle or other conveyance is considered to be a public place when in the areas defined above.
F. “Responsible adult” means a parent, guardian or other adult specifically authorized by law or authorized by a parent or guardian to have custody or control of a minor.
2. Curfew Established. It is unlawful for any minor to be or remain upon any of the alleys, streets or public places or to be in places of business and amusement in the City between the hours of 11:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m. daily Sunday through Thursday; and between the hours of 12:30 a.m. and 6:00 a.m. daily Friday and Saturday.
3. Exceptions. The following are exceptions to the curfew:
A. During the summer vacation from school, it is unlawful for any minor to be or remain upon any of the alleys, streets or public places or to be in places of business and amusement in the City between the hours of 12:00 a.m. and 6:00 a.m. of any day.
B. The minor is accompanied by a responsible adult.
C. The minor is on the sidewalk or property where the minor resides or on either side of the place where the minor resides and the adult responsible for the minor has given permission for the minor to be there.
D. The minor is present at or is traveling between home and one of the following:
(1) Minor’s place of employment in a business, trade or occupation in which the minor is permitted by law to be engaged or, if traveling, after the end or before the beginning of work;
(2) Minor’s place of religious activity or, if traveling, after the end or before the beginning of the religious activity;
(3) Governmental or political activity or, if traveling, after the end or before the beginning of the activity;
(4) School activity or, if traveling, after the end or before the beginning of the activity;
(5) Assembly such as a march, protest, demonstration, sit-in or meeting of an association for the advancement of economic, political, religious or cultural matters, or for any other activity protected by the First Amendment of the U.S. Constitution guarantees of free exercise of religion, freedom of speech, freedom of assembly or, if traveling, after the end or before the beginning of the activity.
E. The minor is on an emergency errand for a responsible adult;
F. The minor is engaged in interstate travel through the City beginning, ending or passing through the City when such travel is by direct route.
4. Responsibility of Adults. It is unlawful for any responsible adult knowingly to permit or to allow a minor to be in any public place in the City within the time periods prohibited by this section unless the minor’s presence falls within one of the above exceptions.
5. Enforcement Procedures.
A. Determination of Age. In determining the age of the juvenile and in the absence of convincing evidence such as a birth certificate or driver’s license, a law enforcement officer on the street shall, in the first instance, use his or her best judgment in determining age.
B. Grounds for Arrest; Conditions of Custody. Grounds for arrest are that the person refuses to sign the citation without qualification; persists in violating the ordinance; refuses to provide proper identification or to identify himself or herself; or constitutes an immediate threat to the person’s own safety or to the safety of the public. A law enforcement officer who arrests a minor for a curfew violation may keep the minor in custody either in a shelter care facility or in any non-secured setting. The officer shall not place bodily restraints, such as handcuffs, on the minor unless the minor physically resists or threatens physical violence when being taken into custody. A minor shall not be placed in detention following a curfew violation.
C. Notification of Responsible Adult. After a minor is taken into custody, the law enforcement officer shall notify the adult responsible for the minor as soon as possible. The minor shall be released to the adult responsible for the minor upon the promise of such person to produce the child in court at such time as the court may direct.
D. Minor Without Adult Supervision. If a law enforcement officer determines that a minor does not have adult supervision because the law enforcement officer cannot locate the minor’s parent, guardian or other person legally responsible for the care of the minor, within a reasonable time, the law enforcement officer shall attempt to place the minor with an adult relative of the minor, an adult person who cares for the child or another adult person who is known to the child.
6. Penalties.
A. Responsible Adult’s First Violation. In the case of a first violation by a minor, the law enforcement officer shall, by certified mail or personal delivery, send to the adult responsible for the minor, written notice of the violation with a warning that any subsequent violation will result in full enforcement of the curfew ordinance against both the responsible adult and minor, with applicable penalties.
B. Responsible Adult’s Second Violation. Any responsible adult as defined in this section who, following receipt of a warning, knowingly allows the minor to violate any of the provisions of this section is guilty of a municipal infraction.
C. Minor’s First Violation. In the case of a first violation by a minor, the law enforcement officer shall give the minor a written warning, which states that any subsequent violation will result in full enforcement of the curfew ordinance against the responsible adult and the minor, with applicable penalties, or, at the law enforcement officer’s discretion, may issue the minor a citation for a first violation.
D. Minor’s Second Violation. For the minor’s second and subsequent violations of any of the provisions of this section, the minor is guilty of a municipal infraction.
(Ord. 05-81 – Feb. 05 Supp.)
° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °
|
47.01 Purpose |
47.05 Parks Closed |
|
47.02 Use of Drives Required |
47.06 Camping |
|
47.03 Fires |
47.07 McKinley Lake |
|
47.04 Littering |
|
47.01 PURPOSE. The purpose of this chapter is to facilitate the enjoyment of park facilities by the general public by establishing rules and regulations governing the use of park facilities.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.12)
47.02 USE OF DRIVES REQUIRED. No person shall drive any car, cycle or other vehicle, or ride or lead any horse, in any portion of a park except upon the established drives or roadways therein or such other places as may be officially designated by the City unless written permission has been given by the Park and Recreation Board.
47.03 FIRES. No fires shall be built, except in a place provided therefor, and such fire shall be extinguished before leaving the area unless it is to be immediately used by some other party.
47.04 LITTERING. No person shall place, deposit, or throw any waste, refuse, litter or foreign substance in any area or receptacle except those provided for that purpose.
47.05 PARKS CLOSED.
1. McKinley Park. The closing hour for the public park situated in the City known as McKinley Park is ten o’clock (10:00) p.m., and the only exceptions to this closing hour shall be for the park custodian and members of the custodian’s family, persons attending or participating in or in any manner connected with athletic contests at the athletic field situated in the park, and persons participating in or attending any carnival, Fourth of July celebration or similar special events held in the park, or attending any meeting at the Izaak Walton Club House in the park or persons staying overnight n the tourist camping area or in the Girl Scout cabin situated in the park.
2. Fishing in McKinley Park. Any person desiring to fish at the Lake situated in McKinley Park may enter the park at any time between the hours of four o’clock (4:00) a.m. and ten o’clock (10:00) p.m. It is unlawful for any person other than said fisherman or persons coming within the exceptions mentioned in subsection 1 hereof to be present in McKinley Park between the hours of ten o’clock (10:00) p.m. and seven o’clock (7:00) a.m.
3.
Rainbow Park.
The closing hour for the public park situated in the City known as
Rainbow Park is hereby fixed at ten o’clock (10:00) p.m., and it is
unlawful for any person, other than the custodian of said park to be
present therein between the hours of 10:00 p.m. and seven o’clock
(7:00) a.m. It is also
unlawful for any child under the age of twelve (12) to be present in
the park during the hour of nine o’clock (9:00) p.m. to ten o’clock
(10:00) p.m. unless accompanied by a parent, guardian or other
adult.
47.06 CAMPING. No person shall camp in any portion of a park except in portions prescribed or designated by the Council, and the City may refuse camping privileges or rescind any and all camping privileges for cause.
47.07 McKINLEY LAKE. With the exception of a motor vehicle operated at the direction of the Park and Recreation Board of the City, it is unlawful to operate a motor vehicle of any kind or character on the ice on McKinley Lake in the City.
|
50.01 Definition of Nuisance |
50.08 Request for Hearing |
|
50.02 Nuisances Enumerated |
50.09 Abatement in Emergency |
|
50.03 Other Conditions |
50.10 Abatement by City |
|
50.04 Nuisances Prohibited |
50.11 Collection of Costs |
|
50.05 Nuisance Abatement |
50.12 Installment Payment of Cost of Abatement |
|
50.06 Notice to Abate: Contents |
50.13 Failure to Abate |
|
50.07 Method of Service |
|
50.01 DEFINITION OF NUISANCE. Whatever is injurious to health, indecent, or unreasonably offensive to the senses, or an obstruction to the free use of property so as essentially to interfere unreasonably with the comfortable enjoyment of life or property is a nuisance.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 657.1)
50.02 NUISANCES ENUMERATED. The following subsections include, but do not limit, the conditions which are deemed to be nuisances in the City:
1. Offensive Smells. Erecting, continuing or using any building or other place for the exercise of any trade, employment or manufacture, which, by occasioning noxious exhalations, unreasonably offensive smells, or other annoyances, becomes injurious and dangerous to the health, comfort or property of individuals or the public.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 657.2[1])
2. Filth or Noisome Substance. Causing or suffering any offal, filth or noisome substance to be collected or to remain in any place to the prejudice of others.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 657.2[2])
3. Impeding Passage of Navigable River. Obstructing or impeding without legal authority the passage of any navigable river, harbor or collection of water.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 657.2[3])
4. Water Pollution. Corrupting or rendering unwholesome or impure the water of any river, stream or pond, or unlawfully diverting the same from its natural course or state, to the injury or prejudice of others.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 657.2[4])
5. Blocking Public and Private Ways. Obstructing or encumbering, by fences, buildings or otherwise, the public roads, private ways, streets, alleys, commons, landing places or burying grounds.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 657.2[5])
6. Billboards. Billboards, signboards and advertising signs, whether erected and constructed on public or private property, which so obstruct and impair the view of any portion or part of a public street, avenue, highway, boulevard or alley or of a railroad or street railway track as to render dangerous the use thereof. (See also Section 62.08 and Chapter 146)
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 657.2[7])
7. Cottonwood Trees. Cotton-bearing cottonwood trees and all other cotton-bearing poplar trees. (See also Chapter 151)
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 657.2[8])
8. Storing of Flammable Junk. Depositing or storing of flammable junk, such as old rags, rope, cordage, rubber, bones and paper, by dealers in such articles within the fire limits of the City, unless in a building of fireproof construction. (See also Chapter 51)
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 657.2[10])
9. Air Pollution. Emission of dense smoke, noxious fumes or fly ash.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 657.2[11])
10. Weeds, Brush. (Repealed by Ordinance No. 05-88 – Jul. 05 Supp.) (See Chapter 56)
11. Dutch Elm Disease. Trees infected with Dutch Elm Disease. (See also Chapter 151)
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 657.12[13])
12.
Tree Limbs. All
limbs of trees which are less than eight (8) feet above the surface
of any public sidewalk or street.
(See also Chapter
151)
13. Wires. All wires which are strung less than twenty (20) feet above the surface of any public sidewalk or street.
14. Explosives and Flammable Liquids. All explosives, flammable liquids and other substances which are dangerous, stored in any manner or in any amount other than as provided by law or ordinance.
15. Fireworks. Use or display of fireworks, except as provided by law or ordinance. (See also Section 41.12)
16. Noises. All unnecessary noises and annoying vibrations. (See also Sections 40.03(2) and 62.04)
17. Excavations. Obstructions and excavations affecting the ordinary use by the public of streets, alleys, sidewalks or public grounds, except under such conditions as are provided by law and ordinance.
18. Obstructing Streets or Sidewalks. Any use of property abutting on a public street, alley or sidewalk or any use of a public street, alley or sidewalk which causes large crowds of people to gather, obstructing traffic and free use of the public streets, alleys or sidewalks. (See also Chapters 135 and 136)
19. Airport Air Space. Any object or structure hereafter erected within one thousand (1,000) feet of the limits of any municipal or regularly established airport or landing place, which may endanger or obstruct aerial navigation including take-off and landing, unless such object or structure constitutes a proper use or enjoyment of the land on which the same is located.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 657.2[9])
20. Houses of Ill Fame. Houses of ill fame, kept for the purpose of prostitution and lewdness; gambling houses; places resorted to by persons participating in criminal gang activity prohibited by Chapter 723A of the Code of Iowa or places resorted to by persons using controlled substances, as defined in Section 124.101 of the Code of Iowa, in violation of law, or houses where drunkenness, quarreling, fighting or breaches of the peace are carried on or permitted to the disturbance of others.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 657.2[6])
50.03 OTHER CONDITIONS. The following chapters of this Code of Ordinances contain regulations prohibiting or restricting other conditions which are deemed to be nuisances:
1. Junk and Junk Vehicles (See Chapter 51)
2. Dangerous Buildings (See Chapter 145)
3. Storage and Disposal of Solid Waste (See Chapter 105)
4. Trees (See Chapter 151)
50.04 NUISANCES PROHIBITED. The creation or maintenance of a nuisance is prohibited, and a nuisance, public or private, may be abated in the manner provided for in this chapter or State law.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 657.3)
50.05 NUISANCE ABATEMENT. Whenever the Mayor or other authorized municipal officer finds that a nuisance exists, such officer shall cause to be served upon the property owner a written notice to abate the nuisance within a reasonable time after notice.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.12[3h])
50.06 NOTICE TO ABATE: CONTENTS. The notice to abate shall contain:
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.12[3h])
1. Description of Nuisance. A description of what constitutes the nuisance.
2. Location of Nuisance. The location of the nuisance, if stationary.
3. Acts Necessary to Abate. A statement of the act or acts necessary to abate the nuisance.
4. Reasonable Time. A reasonable time within which to complete the abatement.
5. Assessment of City Costs. A statement that if the nuisance or condition is not abated as directed and no request for hearing is made within the time prescribed, the City will abate it and assess the costs against such person.
50.07 METHOD OF SERVICE. The notice may be in the form of an ordinance or sent by certified mail to the property owner.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.12[3h])
50.08 REQUEST FOR HEARING. Any person ordered to abate a nuisance may have a hearing with the officer ordering the abatement as to whether a nuisance exists. A request for a hearing must be made in writing and delivered to the officer ordering the abatement within the time stated in the notice, or it will be conclusively presumed that a nuisance exists and it must be abated as ordered. At the conclusion of the hearing, the hearing officer shall render a written decision as to whether a nuisance exists. If the officer finds that a nuisance exists, he or she must order it abated within an additional time, which must be reasonable under the circumstances. An appeal from the decision may be had by immediately filing a written notice with the hearing officer. This appeal will be heard before the Council at a time and place fixed by the Council. The findings of the Council shall be conclusive and, if a nuisance is found to exist, it shall be ordered abated within a reasonable time under the circumstances.
50.09 ABATEMENT IN EMERGENCY. If it is determined that an emergency exists by reason of the continuing maintenance of the nuisance or condition, the City may perform any action which may be required under this chapter without prior notice. The City shall assess the costs as provided in Section 50.11 after notice to the property owner under the applicable provisions of Sections 50.05, 50.06 and 50.07 and hearing as provided in Section 50.08.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.12[3h])
50.10 ABATEMENT BY CITY. If the person notified to abate a nuisance or condition neglects or fails to abate as directed, the City may perform the required action to abate, keeping an accurate account of the expense incurred. The itemized expense account shall be filed with the Clerk who shall pay such expenses on behalf of the City.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.12[3h])
50.11 COLLECTION OF COSTS. The Clerk shall send a statement of the total expense incurred by certified mail to the property owner who has failed to abide by the notice to abate, and if the amount shown by the statement has not been paid within one (1) month, the Clerk shall certify the costs to the County Treasurer and such costs shall then be collected with, and in the same manner, as general property taxes.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.12[3h])
50.12 INSTALLMENT PAYMENT OF COST OF ABATEMENT. If the amount expended to abate the nuisance or condition exceeds one hundred dollars ($100.00), the City shall permit the assessment to be paid in up to ten (10) annual installments, to be paid in the same manner and with the same interest rates provided for assessments against benefited property under State law.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.13)
50.13 FAILURE TO ABATE. Any person causing or maintaining a nuisance who shall fail or refuse to abate or remove the same within the reasonable time required and specified in the notice to abate is in violation of this Code of Ordinances.
EDITOR’S NOTE
A suggested form of
notice for the abatement of nuisances is included in the
appendix of this Code of Ordinances.
Caution is urged in
the use of this administrative abatement procedure,
particularly where cost of abatement is more than
minimal or where there is doubt as to whether or not a
nuisance does in fact exist.
If compliance is not secured following notice and
hearings, we recommend you review the situation with
your attorney before proceeding with abatement and
assessment of costs.
Your attorney may recommend proceedings in court
under Chapter 657 of the Code of Iowa rather than this
procedure.
|
51.01 Definitions |
51.04 Exceptions |
|
51.02 Junk and Junk Vehicles Prohibited |
51.05 Notice to Abate |
|
51.03 Junk and Junk Vehicles a Nuisance |
|
51.01 DEFINITIONS. For use in this chapter, the following terms are defined:
1. “Junk” means all old or scrap copper, brass, lead, or any other non-ferrous metal; old or discarded rope, rags, batteries, paper, trash, rubber, debris, waste or used lumber, or salvaged wood; dismantled vehicles, machinery and appliances or parts of such vehicles, machinery or appliances; iron, steel or other old or scrap ferrous materials; old or discarded glass, tinware, plastic or old or discarded household goods or hardware. Neatly stacked firewood located on a side yard or a rear yard is not considered junk.
2. “Junk vehicle” means any vehicle legally placed in storage with the County Treasurer or unlicensed and which has any of the following characteristics:
A. Broken Glass. Any vehicle with a broken or cracked windshield, window, headlight or tail light, or any other cracked or broken glass.
B. Broken or Loose Part. Any vehicle with a broken or loose fender, door, bumper, hood, hood ornament, door handle, window handle, running board, steering wheel, trunk top, trunk handle, radio aerial, tail pipe or decorative piece.
C. Habitat for Nuisance Animals or Insects. Any vehicle which has become the habitat for rats, mice, or snakes, or any other vermin or insects.
D. Flammable Fuel. Any vehicle which contains gasoline or any other flammable fuel.
E. Inoperable. Any motor vehicle if it lacks an engine or two or more wheels or other structural parts, rendering said motor vehicle totally inoperable.
F. Defective or Obsolete Condition. Any other vehicle which, because of its defective or obsolete condition, in any other way constitutes a threat to the public health and safety.
Mere licensing of such vehicle shall not constitute a defense to the finding that the vehicle is a junk vehicle.
3. “Vehicle” means every device in, upon, or by which a person or property is or may be transported or drawn upon a highway or street, excepting devices moved by human power or used exclusively upon stationary rails or tracks, and includes without limitation a motor vehicle, automobile, truck, motorcycle, tractor, buggy, wagon, farm machinery, or any combination thereof.
51.02 JUNK AND JUNK VEHICLES PROHIBITED. It is unlawful for any person to store, accumulate, or allow to remain on any private property within the corporate limits of the City any junk or junk vehicle.
51.03 JUNK AND JUNK VEHICLES A NUISANCE. It is hereby declared that any junk or junk vehicle located upon private property, unless excepted by Section 51.04, constitutes a threat to the health and safety of the citizens and is a nuisance within the meaning of Section 657.1 of the Code of Iowa. If any junk or junk vehicle is kept upon private property in violation hereof, the owner of or person occupying the property upon which it is located shall be prima facie liable for said violation.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.12[3a])
51.04 EXCEPTIONS. The provisions of this chapter do not apply to any junk or a junk vehicle stored within:
1. Structure. A garage or other enclosed structure; or
2. Salvage Yard. An auto salvage yard or junk yard lawfully operated in compliance with the City’s Zoning Regulations.
3. Other Businesses. The premises of a business enterprise operated in a district properly zoned therefor, when necessary to the operation of said business enterprise, as authorized under the Zoning Regulations of the City.
51.05 NOTICE TO ABATE. Upon discovery of any junk or junk vehicle located upon private property in violation of Section 51.03, the City shall within five (5) days initiate abatement procedures as outlined in Chapter 50 of this Code of Ordinances.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.12[3a])
[The next page is 251]
|
52.01 Definitions |
52.03 Deliver, Possess or Manufacture |
|
52.02 Use or Possession |
|
52.01 DEFINITIONS. For the purpose of this chapter, the folowing terms and words are hereby defined:
1. “Drug paraphernalia” means all equipment, products and materials of any kind which are used, intended for use, or designed for use, in manufacturing, injecting, ingesting, inhaling, or otherwise introducing into the human body a controlled substance, as defined by Chapter 124 of the Code of Iowa, as amended. It includes, but is not limited to:
A. Diluents and adulterants, such as quinine, hydrochloride, mannitol, mannite, dextrose or lactose, used, intended for use, or designed for use in cutting controlled substances.
B. Separation gins and sifters used, intended for use, or designed for use in removing twigs and seeds from, or in otherwise cleaning or refining marijuana.
C. Hypodermic syringes, needles and other objects used, intended for use, or designed for use in parenterally injecting controlled substances into the human body.
D. Objects used, intended for use, or designed for use in ingesting, inhaling, or otherwise introducing marijuana, cocaine, hashish, or hashish oil into the human body, which shall include but not be limited to the following:
(1) Metal, wooden, acrylic, glass, stone, plastic, or ceramic pipes with or without screens, permanent screens, hashish heads, or punctured metal bowls;
(2) Water pipes;
(3) Carburetion tubes and devices;
(4) Smoking and carburetion masks;
(5) Roach clips, meaning objects used to hold burning materials, such as a marijuana cigarette that has become too small or too short to be held in the hand;
(6) Miniature cocaine spoons and cocaine vials;
(7) Chamber pipes;
(8) Carburetor pipes;
(9) Electric pipes;
(10) Air-driven pipes;
(11) Chillums;
(12) Bongs;
(13) Ice pipes or chillers.
2. “Determiniation of what constitutes whether an object is drug paraphernalia” means in determining whether an object is drug paraphernalia, a court or other authority shall consider, in addition to all other logically relevant factors, the following:
A. Statements by an owner or by anyone in control of the object concerning its use.
B. Prior convictions, if any, of an owner, or of anyone in control of the object under any State or Federal law in relation to any controlled substance, as defined in Chapter 124 of the Code of Iowa, as amended.
C. The proximity of the object, in time and space, to a direct violation of Chapter 124 of the Code of Iowa, as amended.
D. The proximity of the object to a controlled substance as defined in Chapter 124 of the Code of Iowa, as amended.
E. The existence of any residue of a controlled substance as defined in Chapter 124 of the Code of Iowa, as amended.
F. Direct or circumstantial evidence of the intent of an owner or of anyone in control of the object, delivering it to any person whom he or she knows, or should reasonably know, may use the object to facilitate a violation of this chapter. The innocence of an owner, or of anyone in control of the object, as to a direct violation of this chapter shall not prevent a finding that the object is intended for use, or designed for use as drug paraphernalia.
G. Instructions, oral or written, provided with the object concerning its use.
H. Descriptive materials accompanying the object which explain or depict its use.
I. National and local advertising concerning its use.
J. The manner in which the object is displayed for sale.
K. Whether the owner, or anyone in control of the object, is a legitimate supplier of like or related items in the County, such as a licensed distributor or dealer of tobacco products.
L. Direct or circumstantial evidence of the ratio of sales of the objects to the total sales of the business enterprise.
M. The existence and scope of legitimate uses for the object in the County.
N. Expert testimony concerning its use.
52.02 USE OR POSSESSION. It is unlawful for any person to use or to possess drug paraphernalia to manufacture, inject, ingest, inhale, or otherwise introduce into the human body a controlled substance as defined in Chapter 124 of the Code of Iowa, as amended. However, it shall not be unlawful to possess drug paraphernalia for the purpose of use as evidence or for use in education.
52.03 DELIVER, POSSESS OR MANUFACTURE. It is unlawful for any person to deliver, possess or manufacture drug paraphernalia knowing, or under circumstances where one reasonably should know that it will be used to manufacture, inject, ingest, inhale, or otherwise introduce into the human body a controlled substance as defined in Chapter 124 of the Code of Iowa, as amended. However, it shall not be unlawful to possess drug paraphernalia for the purpose of use as evidence or for use in education.
(Ch. 52 - Ord. 96-12 - Oct. 97 Supp.)
[The next page is 265]
|
55.01 Definitions |
55.11 Number of Animals Limited |
|
55.02 Animal Control Officer |
55.12 Potentially Dangerous Animals and Dangerous |
|
55.03 Animal Neglect |
Animals |
|
55.04 Livestock Neglect |
55.13 Rabies Vaccination |
|
55.05 Abandonment of Cats and Dogs |
55.14 Leash Control by Proclamation |
|
55.06 At Large Prohibited |
55.15 Owner’s Duty |
|
55.07 Destruction of Animals at Large |
55.16 Confinement |
|
55.08 Damage or Interference |
55.17 Catching and Impounding |
|
55.09 Annoyance or Disturbance |
55.18 Enforcement |
|
55.10 Sanitation |
55.19 Penalty |
|
|
55.20 Livestock Confinement Operations |
55.01 DEFINITIONS. The following terms are defined for use in this chapter.
1. “Animal” means a nonhuman vertebrate.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 717B.1)
2. “At large” means off the premises of the owner and not restrained within a motor vehicle, or housed in a veterinary hospital or kennel. All dogs at large must be on a leash sufficient to restrain the dog.
(Ord.
99-39 – Oct. 99 Supp.)
3. “Commercial” means any operation where the raising and sale of livestock is not for personal, household or family purposes, excluding all sale barn operations.
4. “Confinement” means an operation where animals are raised within a confined area and fed with no area for grazing or pasturing.
5. “Dangerous animal” means any dog or other animal which has committed an unprovoked attack on a person or animal requiring treatment deemed necessary by either a medical professional or doctor of veterinary medicine.
6. “Livestock” means an animal belonging to the bovine, caprine, equine, ovine or porcine species; farm deer, as defined in Section 481A.1 of the Code of Iowa; ostriches, rheas, emus, or poultry.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 717.1)
7. “Owner” means any person owning, keeping, sheltering or harboring an animal.
8. “Potentially dangerous animal” means any animal which approaches a person or an animal on any public or private property in a menacing fashion or an apparent attitude of attack.
55.02 ANIMAL CONTROL OFFICER.
The Animal Control Officer is appointed by the
Mayor and is paid an amount on a regular basis as determined by the
Council. The Animal
Control Officer is authorized and empowered to seize and impound in
the City Pound any animal found at large and may use any humane
means or force necessary to impound or catch an animal at large and
is further authorized to request assistance from the Police
Department if it is needed.
The Animal Control Officer is provided a vehicle by the City
suitable for the purpose of transporting and impounding animals and
which is otherwise outfitted for the purpose of animal control.
The Animal Control Officer is responsible for collecting all
costs and expenses from the owners for all animals redeemed.
55.03 ANIMAL NEGLECT. It is unlawful for a person who impounds or confines, in any place, an animal, excluding livestock, to fail to supply the animal during confinement with a sufficient quantity of food or water, or to fail to provide a confined dog or cat with adequate shelter, or to torture, deprive of necessary sustenance, mutilate, beat, or kill such animal by any means which causes unjustified pain, distress or suffering.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 717B.3)
55.04 LIVESTOCK NEGLECT. It is unlawful for a person who impounds or confines livestock in any place to fail to provide the livestock with care consistent with customary animal husbandry practices or to deprive the livestock of necessary sustenance or to injure or destroy livestock by any means which causes pain or suffering in a manner inconsistent with customary animal husbandry practices.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 717.2)
55.05 ABANDONMENT OF CATS AND DOGS. A person who has ownership or custody of a cat or dog shall not abandon the cat or dog, except the person may deliver the cat or dog to another person who will accept ownership and custody or the person may deliver the cat or dog to an animal shelter or pound.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 717B.8)
55.06 AT LARGE PROHIBITED. It is unlawful for any owner to allow an animal to run at large within the corporate limits of the City.
55.07 DESTRUCTION OF ANIMALS AT LARGE.
It is lawful for an Animal Control Officer or peace officer
to destroy, if necessary, any animal found at large which cannot be
captured.
55.08 DAMAGE OR INTERFERENCE. It is unlawful for the owner of an animal to allow or permit such animal to pass upon the premises of another thereby causing damage to, or interference with, the premises.
55.09 ANNOYANCE OR DISTURBANCE. It is unlawful for the owner of a dog to allow or permit such dog to cause serious annoyance or disturbance to any person or persons by frequent and habitual howling, yelping, barking, or otherwise; or, by running after or chasing persons, bicycles, automobiles or other vehicles.
55.10 SANITATION. It is the duty of every person owning or having custody or control of an animal to clean up, remove and dispose of the feces deposited by such animal upon public property, park property, public right-of-way or the property of another person.
55.11 NUMBER OF ANIMALS LIMITED.
It is unlawful for an owner to harbor or house on the same
premises more than four (4) animals over the age of six (6) months
unless such animals are in a licensed kennel or pet shop, veterinary
hospital or animal grooming shop.
55.12 POTENTIALLY DANGEROUS ANIMALS AND DANGEROUS ANIMALS.
1. Any animal which has been deemed potentially dangerous or dangerous shall be seized by the Animal Control Officer or other authorized person and impounded at the City Pound.
2. Any animal which has been deemed potentially dangerous or dangerous is considered to be a nuisance and notice to abate said nuisance shall be filed by the Mayor’s office on the owner of the animal for removal of the animal from the City limits within seventy-two (72) hours from the reception of the notice. Upon payment of pickup and impoundment fees, and upon the animal being tattooed or a microchip being implanted at the owner’s expense, the animal’s owner may remove the animal from the City Pound to outside the City limits. The animal’s owner shall provide a notarized statement designating the place to which the animal has been removed. An animal not removed as required or an animal which has been removed and which is found again within the City limits shall be destroyed with no right of appeal.(Ord. 99-45 – Jan. 00 Supp.)
3. Any owner of an animal deemed potentially dangerous or dangerous may appeal the removal order to the Council by having a written appeal on file at the office of the Clerk within seventy-two (72) hours of reception of the notice.
4. Any owner of an animal which the Council allows to be returned to the owner’s premises shall, while on the owner’s property, be securely confined indoors or in a securely enclosed and locked pen or structure, suitable to prevent the entry of young children and designed to prevent the animal from escaping. Such pen or structure must have minimum dimensions of four feet by eight feet (4¢ by 8¢) and must have secure sides and secure top. The bottom shall be constructed of a four-inch (4²) concrete slab. The enclosure must also provide protection from the elements for the animal. A potentially dangerous or dangerous animal may be off the owner’s premises if it is muzzled and restrained by a substantial chain or leash not exceeding six feet (6¢) in length and under the control of a responsible adult person. Any such animal which is again found to be at large shall be seized by the Animal Control Officer or other authorized person and the animal shall be destroyed, with the owner having no right of appeal.
5. Vicious Dogs. Notwithstanding any other provision of this chapter, no person owning, possessing, harboring or having the care of a vicious dog shall permit such animal within the City except as provided in this section of the Code.
A. For purposes of this section a “vicious” dog means:
(1) Any dog which has attacked a human being or domestic animal one or more times, without provocation; or
(2) Any dog with a history, tendency or disposition to attack, to cause injury or to otherwise endanger the safety of human beings or domestic animals; or
(3) Any dog that snaps, bites, or manifests a disposition to snap or bite; or
(4) Any dog that has been trained for dog fighting, animal fighting or animal baiting, or is owned or kept for such purposes; or
(5) Any dog trained to attack human beings upon command or spontaneously in response to human activities except dogs owned by and under the control of the police department, a law enforcement agency of the State of Iowa or the United States or a branch of the armed forces of the United States; or
(6) The American pit bull terrier breed of dog; or
(7) The American Staffordshire terrier breed of dog; or
(8) Any dog which has the appearance and characteristics of being predominantly of the breeds of American Pit Bull Terrier or American Staffordshire Terrier.
B. Vicious Animal Exceptions. The owner of any dog defined as a vicious dog shall comply with the following:
(1) Present to the City Clerk a certificate of insurance issued by an insurance company licensed to do business in the State of Iowa, providing personal liability insurance coverage as in a homeowner’s policy, with a minimum amount of liability of $100,000 for the injury or death of any person, for damage to property of others and for acts of negligence by the owner or his other agents, in the keeping or owning of such vicious dog. The certificate shall require notice to the City, in conformity with general standards for certificates of insurance, if the underlying policy of insurance is cancelled for any reason. In lieu of such a certificate, a copy of a current homeowner’s policy designating these requirements shall be sufficient proof of insurance for purposes of this subsection. If a certificate of insurance or policy is not immediately available, a binder indicating the coverage may be accepted for up to thirty (30) days subsequent to the determination that a dog is vicious; however, if after thirty (30) days a certificate of insurance or a policy has not been submitted, the dog shall be removed from the City within ten (10) days.
C. Confinement of Vicious Dogs.
(1) All vicious dogs shall be securely confined within an occupied house or residence or in a secured, enclosed and locked pen or structure. Such pen or structure must have secure sides and a secure top attached to the sides, or in lieu of a top, walls at least six feet in height or at least six feet taller than an internal structure, such as a doghouse.
(2) All pens or structures designed, constructed or used to confine vicious dogs must be locked with a key or combination lock when such animals are within the structure. Such structure must have a four inch thick concrete bottom, attached to the sides of the pen, or the sides of the pen must be embedded in the ground no less than two feet so as to prevent digging under the walls by the confined vicious dog.
(3) All structures erected to house vicious dogs must comply with the City zoning and building regulations. All such structures must be adequately lighted and ventilated and kept in a clean and sanitary condition. No vicious dog may be kept on a porch, patio, or in any part of a house or structure that would allow the dog to exit such building on it own volition.
(4) No person shall permit a vicious dog to go outside its pen or structure unless such dog is securely leashed with a leash no longer than six (6) feet in length. No person shall permit a vicious dog to be kept on a chain, rope or other type of leash outside its pen or structure unless both the dog and leash are under the actual physical control of a person eighteen (18) years of age or older.
(5) Such dogs may not be leashed to inanimate objects such as trees, posts, buildings, or any other object or structure.
(6) Violation of this section is a misdemeanor.
D. Seizure, Impoundment and Disposition of Vicious Animals.
(1) In the event that a vicious animal, as defined in this section, is found at large, such animal may, in the sole discretion of the Mayor or his designee be destroyed rather than captured and impounded. The City shall not be under any duty to attempt the capture and impoundment of a vicious animal as defined in this section nor shall the City have a duty to notify any person of the vicious animal at large prior to its destruction.
(2) The Mayor, or his designee, either upon receipt of a complaint or upon his or her action may initiate proceedings to determine whether or not an animal being kept, sheltered or harbored within the City limits is a vicious animal as defined in this section.
(3) If the Mayor or his designee concludes the animal is a vicious animal as defined in this section, then the Mayor or his designee shall order the person owning, keeping, sheltering, or harboring the animal to comply with this section or remove the vicious animal from the corporate limits of the City or to destroy the vicious animal in a humane manner. This order shall be served upon the person or entity by personal service or registered mail.
(4) Unless appealed, the order of the Mayor or designee shall be deemed final for all purposes three (3) days after the order is served as provided by subparagraph (3) above.
(5) The person or entity against whom the order of the Mayor or his designee is issued shall have the right to appeal the order to the City Council. The order shall be stayed pending Creston City Council action on the appeal. The appeal shall be filed in writing with the office of the City Clerk, within three (3) days of the date of the service of the order as above provided. Failure to timely file such written appeal shall constitute a waiver of the right of appeal and the order of the Mayor or his designee shall be then deemed final for all purposes. The notice of appeal shall state the grounds for appeal. The appeal hearing shall be held as expeditiously as reasonably possible. The appellant shall be entitled to at least one (1) day notice of the date of the hearing. Following the hearing, the City Council may affirm or reverse the order of the Mayor or designee. The City Council shall cause notice of its decision to be served upon the appellant by personal service or certified mail. The City Council decision shall be deemed final for all purposes three (3) days after the appellant’s receipt of the City Council notice of decision.
(6) If the City Council affirms the Mayor or designee, then the notice of decision shall order the person or entity owning, keeping, sheltering or harboring such vicious animal to comply with this section or to remove such animal from the corporate limits of the City or to destroy the animal in a humane manner.
(7) The person or entity owning, keeping, sheltering, or harboring the vicious animal shall comply with the order of the City Council on or before the date the order becomes final. In the event the person or entity does not timely comply with the order, then the Mayor or designee is authorized to seize and impound such vicious animal and such animal shall be impounded for a period of seven (7) days. If at the end of the impoundment period the person or entity against whom the order has been entered has not petitioned the Iowa District Court of Union County for further review of the order, the Mayor or designee shall then cause the vicious animal to be destroyed in a humane manner.
(8) The failure to comply with a final order issued pursuant to this section shall constitute a municipal infraction.
(Ord. 06-94 ‑ June 06 Supp.)
55.13 RABIES VACCINATION. Every owner of an animal shall obtain a rabies vaccination for such animal. It is unlawful for any person to own or have an animal in said person’s possession, six months of age or over, which has not been vaccinated against rabies and which is not wearing a current certificate of vaccination tag required under the rules of the Iowa Department of Agriculture. This section does not apply to animals that are under the control of the owner or keeper and in transit and to be in the City for less than thirty (30) days or which are assigned to a research institution or similar facility.
55.14 LEASH CONTROL BY PROCLAMATION.
The Mayor may, by published proclamation, order all animals
to be constantly confined or restrained by leash, cord or chain for
a period of time not exceeding one hundred twenty (120) days.
Any animal not confined during the proclaimed time may
summarily be disposed of by the Animal Control Officer and the owner
thereof shall be subject to a fine.
55.15 OWNER’S DUTY. It is the duty of the owner of any dog, cat or other animal which has bitten or attacked a person or any person having knowledge of such bite or attack to report this act to a local health or law enforcement official. It is the duty of physicians and veterinarians to report to the local board of health the existence of any animal known or suspected to be suffering from rabies.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 351.38)
55.16 CONFINEMENT. When a local board of health receives information that any person has been bitten by an animal or that a dog or animal is suspected of having rabies, it shall order the owner to confine such animal in the manner it directs. If the owner fails to confine such animal in the manner directed, the animal shall be apprehended and impounded by such board, and after two weeks the board may humanely destroy the animal. If such animal is returned to its owner, the owner shall pay the cost of impoundment.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 351.39)
55.17 CATCHING AND IMPOUNDING.
1. Any animal found at large, wherever found, shall be seized and impounded or, at the discretion of the Animal Control Officer, the owner may be served a summons to appear before the proper court to answer charges. The Animal Control Officer may use any humane means or force necessary to impound or catch the animal at large.
2. The owner of an animal which has rabies vaccination tag or identification tag attached shall be notified in writing or by one publication of said notice in a newspaper published in the City. The payment for the animal shall be made to the Animal Control Officer. The daily holding fee is $5.00, and the payment schedule of pickup fees is as follows:
A. First offense within two (2) years $25.00
A photograph of the dog will be taken for future identification.
B. Second offense within two (2) years $50.00
The dog will be tattooed or a microchip will be implanted at the owner’s expense prior to release. (Ord. 99-45 – Jan. 00 Supp.)
C. Third offense within two (2) years $100.00
Upon a third offense, the animal shall be removed from the City limits permanently.
(Ord. 99-39 – Oct. 99 Supp.)
If the impounded animal is not recovered by its owner within seven (7) days after notice, the animal shall be humanely disposed of under the direction of the Animal Control Officer.
3. Impounded, unlicensed animals may be removed by the owner upon proper identification and presentation to the Animal Control Officer proof that said animal has been currently vaccinated for rabies, by payment of all pickup and impounding costs, and by proof that proper insurance is in place to cover any damages or injuries that may be caused by the animal. If such animals are not claimed within seven (7) days after impounding, they shall be humanely disposed of under the direction of the Animal Control Officer. (Ord. 99-39 – Oct. 99 Supp.)
4. If any animal impounded at the Pound is sold, there shall be deducted from the selling price all accrued costs and expenses for impounding the animal. The balance of the sale price, if any, shall be paid to the owner of the animal.
5. Any animal which has bitten and broken skin on any human shall be impounded at the City Pound or with a veterinarian of the owner’s choice for a period of not less than ten (10) days or for a period directed by a veterinarian or at the direction of a medical professional. The animal’s owner shall be liable for all costs accrued during impoundment.
55.18 ENFORCEMENT. Individuals may, and the Animal Control Officer shall, cause enforcement of this chapter upon written or oral complaint. Peace officers shall additionally cause enforcement of this chapter against known violators.
55.19 PENALTY. Anyone violating the provisions of this chapter within a two (2) year time limit shall, upon conviction, be subject to imprisonment not exceeding thirty (30) days and a fine as follows: (Ord. 99-39 – Oct. 99 Supp.)
1. For the first violation, a minimum of $25.00 fine shall be imposed.
2. Upon the second violation, a minimum fine of $50.00 shall be imposed.
3. Upon the third and subsequent offenses, a minimum fine of $100.00 shall be imposed for each violation and the animal removed from the City limits permanently.
4. Each day that the owner of an animal does not comply with this chapter is deemed a separate offense.
55.20 LIVESTOCK CONFINEMENT OPERATIONS. No commercial livestock confinement operations shall be allowed within the City limits. In the event of continued operation after providing notice to cease and desist, a fine may be levied in an amount not to exceed $100.00 per day for each day the violation continues after receiving notice to cease and desist.
CHAPTER 56
MOWING OF PROPERTIES
|
56.01 Mowing of Properties |
56.03 Method of Service and Billing |
|
56.02 Penalty |
|
56.01 MOWING OF PROPERTIES. Any property within the City of Creston, whether vacated or non-vacated, is required to be mowed any time the vegetation reaches a height of more than 12 inches by the fifteenth (15th) day of the month in May, June, July, August, September and October of each year.
56.02 PENALTY. The City or their agents may mow any property, which is not mowed by the above dates, and a charge of $75.00 per hour for such mowing, plus a surcharge of $100.00, will be charged to the property owner. Any property owners who fail to mow their properties, thus allowing the same to be mowed by the City of their agents, and who do not provide payment for the mowing as required, will be assessed by the City for such costs, which will be collected in the same manner as general property taxes.
56.03 METHOD OF SERVICE AND BILLING. Annual publication of the ordinance codified by this chapter will serve as notice to property owners. Any billings for mowing done by the City or their agents are to be sent by regular mail and are payable within 30 days of the billing date.
(Ch. 56 – Ord. 05-88 – Jul. 05 Supp.)
[The next page is 285]
ADMINISTRATION OF TRAFFIC CODE
|
60.01 Title |
60.05 Traffic Accidents: Reports |
|
60.02 Definitions |
60.06 Peace Officer’s Authority |
|
60.03 Administration and Enforcement |
60.07 Obedience to Peace Officers |
|
60.04 Power to Direct Traffic |
60.08 Parades Regulated |
60.01 TITLE. Chapters 60 through 70 of this Code of Ordinances may be known and cited as the “Creston Traffic Code.”
60.02 DEFINITIONS. Where words and phrases used in the Traffic Code are defined by State law, such definitions apply to their use in said Traffic Code and are adopted by reference. Those definitions so adopted that need further definition or are reiterated, and other words and phrases used herein, have the following meanings:
1. “Business District” means the territory contiguous to and including the following designated streets:
A. Union Street from New York Avenue to Walnut Street;
B. Walnut Street from Union Street to Mills Street;
C. Mills Street from Walnut Street to Elm Street;
D. Elm Street from Mills Street to Montgomery Street;
E. Montgomery Street from Elm Street to Division Street;
F. Division Street from Montgomery Street to Adams Street;
G. Adams Street from Division Street to New York Avenue;
H. New York Avenue from Adams Street to Union Street.
2. “Park” or “parking” means the standing of a vehicle, whether occupied or not, otherwise than temporarily for the purpose of and while actually engaged in loading or unloading merchandise or passengers.
3. “Peace officer” means every officer authorized to direct or regulate traffic or to make arrests for violations of traffic regulations.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.1[45])
4. “Residence district” means the territory contiguous to and including a highway not comprising a business, suburban or school district, where forty percent (40%) or more of the frontage on such a highway for a distance of three hundred (300) feet or more is occupied by dwellings or by dwellings and buildings in use for business.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.1[58])
5. “School district” means the territory contiguous to and including a highway for a distance of two hundred (200) feet in either direction from a school house.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.1[59])
6. “Stand” or “standing” means the halting of a vehicle, whether occupied or not, otherwise than for the purpose of and while actually engaged in receiving or discharging passengers.
7. “Stop” means when required, the complete cessation of movement.
8. “Stop” or “stopping” means when prohibited, any halting of a vehicle, even momentarily, whether occupied or not, except when necessary to avoid conflict with other traffic or in compliance with the directions of a peace officer or traffic control sign or signal.
9. “Suburban district” means all other parts of the City not included in the business, school or residence districts.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.1[60])
10. “Traffic control device” means all signs, signals, markings, and devices not inconsistent with this chapter, lawfully placed or erected for the purpose of regulating, warning, or guiding traffic.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.1[62])
11. “Vehicle” means every device in, upon or by which any person or property is or may be transported or drawn upon a public highway, street, or alley.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.1 [1])
60.03 ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT. Provisions of this chapter and State law relating to motor vehicles and law of the road are enforced by the Police Chief.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13 [4])
60.04 POWER TO DIRECT TRAFFIC. A peace officer, and, in the absence of a peace officer, any officer of the fire department when at the scene of a fire, is authorized to direct all traffic by voice, hand or signal in conformance with traffic laws. In the event of an emergency, traffic may be directed as conditions require, notwithstanding the provisions of the traffic laws.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 102.4 & 321.236[2])
60.05 TRAFFIC ACCIDENTS: REPORTS. The driver of a vehicle involved in an accident within the limits of the City shall file a report as and when required by the Iowa Department of Transportation. A copy of this report shall be filed with the City for the confidential use of peace officers and shall be subject to the provisions of Section 321.271 of the Code of Iowa.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.273 & 321.274)
60.06 PEACE OFFICER’S AUTHORITY. Any peace officer is authorized to stop any vehicle to require exhibition of the driver’s motor vehicle license, to serve a summons or memorandum of traffic violation, to inspect the condition of the vehicle, to inspect the vehicle with reference to size, weight, cargo, bills of lading or other manifest of employment, tires and safety equipment, or to inspect the registration certificate, the compensation certificate, travel order, or permit of such vehicle.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.492)
60.07 OBEDIENCE TO PEACE OFFICERS. No person shall willfully fail or refuse to comply with any lawful order or direction of any peace officer invested by law with authority to direct, control, or regulate traffic.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.229)
60.08 PARADES REGULATED. No person shall conduct or cause any parade on any street except as provided herein:
1. “Parade” Defined. “Parade” means any march or procession of persons or vehicles organized for marching or moving on the streets in an organized fashion or manner or any march or procession of persons or vehicles represented or advertised to the public as a parade.
2. Permit Required. No parade shall be conducted without first obtaining a written permit from the Mayor. Such permit shall state the time and date for the parade to be held and the streets or general route therefor. Such written permit granted to the person organizing or sponsoring the parade shall be permission for all participants therein to parade when such participants have been invited by the permittee to participate therein. A fee in the amount of ten dollars ($10.00) shall be required for such permit.
3. Parade Not A Street Obstruction. Any parade for which a permit has been issued as herein required, and the persons lawfully participating therein, shall not be deemed an obstruction of the streets notwithstanding the provisions of any other ordinance to the contrary.
4. Control By Police and Fire Fighters. Persons participating in any parade shall at all times be subject to the lawful orders and directions in the performance of their duties of law enforcement personnel and members of the fire department.
|
61.01 Stop and Yield Signs |
61.04 Traffic Lanes |
|
61.02 Installation of Other Traffic Control Devices |
61.05 Standards |
|
61.03 Crosswalks |
61.06 Compliance |
61.01 STOP AND YIELD SIGNS.
The Council, upon the advice of the Mayor,
Public Works Director and Police Chief, shall cause to be placed and
maintained appropriate stop signs and yield right-of-way signs.
The Police Chief shall keep an official map of the location
of all stop and yield signs.
61.02 INSTALLATION OF OTHER TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES. Other traffic control devices or emergency or temporary traffic control devices for the duration of an emergency or temporary condition as traffic conditions may require to regulate, guide or warn traffic shall be placed and maintained when and as required under this Traffic Code or under State law. The City shall keep a record of all such traffic control devices.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.255)
61.03 CROSSWALKS. The Public Works Director is hereby authorized, subject to approval of the Council, to designate and maintain crosswalks by appropriate traffic control devices at intersections where, due to traffic conditions, there is particular danger to pedestrians crossing the street or roadway, and at such other places as traffic conditions require.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[4] & 321.255)
61.04 TRAFFIC LANES. The Public Works Director is hereby authorized to mark lanes for traffic on street pavements at such places as traffic conditions require, consistent with the traffic code of the City. Where such traffic lanes have been marked, it shall be unlawful for the operator of any vehicle to fail or refuse to keep such vehicle within the boundaries of any such lane except when lawfully passing another vehicle or preparatory to making a lawful turning movement.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 372.13[4] & 321.255)
61.05 STANDARDS. Traffic control devices shall comply with standards established by The Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.255)
61.06 COMPLIANCE. No driver of a vehicle shall disobey the instructions of any official traffic control device placed in accordance with the provisions of this chapter, unless at the time otherwise directed by a peace officer.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.256)
|
62.01 Violation of Regulations |
62.08 Obstructing View at Intersections |
|
62.02 Vehicles on Sidewalks |
62.09 Reckless Driving |
|
62.03 Clinging to Vehicle |
62.10 Excessive Acceleration |
|
62.04 Quiet Zones |
62.11 Careless Driving |
|
62.05 Funeral Processions |
62.12 Excessive Noise |
|
62.06 Tampering with Vehicle |
62.13 Milling |
|
62.07 Open Container of Alcoholic Beverage, Wine or |
|
|
Beer on Streets and Highways |
|
62.01 VIOLATION OF REGULATIONS. Any person who willfully fails or refuses to comply with any lawful order of a peace officer or direction of a fire department officer during a fire, or who shall fail to abide by the provisions of this chapter and the applicable provisions of the following Iowa statutory laws relating to motor vehicles and the statutory law of the road is in violation of this chapter. These sections of the Code of Iowa are adopted by reference and are as follows:
1. Section 321.32 — Registration card carried and exhibited.
2. Section 321.37 — Display of plates.
3. Section 321.38 — Plates, method of attaching, imitations prohibited.
4. Section 321.79 — Intent to injure.
5. Section 321.98 — Operation without registration.
6. Section 321.174 — Operators licensed.
7. Section 321.193 — Restricted licenses.
8. Section 321.216 — Unlawful use of license.
9. Section 321.218 — Driving without valid license.
10. Section 321.219 — Permitting unauthorized minor to drive.
11. Section 321.220 — Permitting unauthorized person to drive.
12. Section 321.221 — Employing unlicensed chauffeur.
13. Section 321.222 — Renting motor vehicle to another.
14. Section 321.223 — License inspected.
15. Section 321.224 — Record kept.
16. Section 321.232 — Radar jamming devices — penalty.
17. Section 321.234A — All-terrain vehicles.
18. Section 321.240 — Altering center of gravity of vehicle.
19. Section 321.247 — Golf cart operation on City streets.
20. Section 321.259 — Unauthorized signs, signals or markings.
21. Section 321.262 — Damage to vehicle.
22. Section 321.263 — Information and aid.
23. Section 321.264 — Striking unattended vehicle.
24. Section 321.265 — Striking fixtures upon a highway.
25. Section 321.275 — Operation of motorcycles and motorized bicycles.
26. Section 321.278 — Drag racing prohibited.
27. Section 321.288 — Control of vehicle — reduced speed.
28. Section 321.295 — Limitation on bridge or elevated structures.
29. Section 321.297 — Driving on right-hand side of roadways
— exceptions.
30. Section 321.298 — Meeting and turning to right.
31. Section 321.299 — Overtaking a vehicle.
32. Section 321.302 — Overtaking on the right.
33. Section 321.303 — Limitations on overtaking on the left.
34. Section 321.304 — Prohibited passing.
35. Section 321.307 — Following too closely.
36. Section 321.308 — Motor trucks and towed vehicles — distance requirements.
37. Section 321.309 — Towing — convoys — drawbars.
38. Section 321.310 — Towing four-wheel trailers.
39. Section 321.312 — Turning on curve or crest of grade.
40. Section 321.313 — Starting parked vehicle.
41. Section 321.314 — When signal required.
42. Section 321.315 — Signal continuous.
43. Section 321.316 — Stopping.
44. Section 321.317 — Signals by hand and arm or signal device.
45. Section 321.319 — Entering intersections from different highways.
46. Section 321.320 — Left turns — yielding.
47. Section 321.323 — Moving vehicle backward on highway.
48. Section 321.324 — Operation on approach of emergency vehicles.
49. Section 321.329 — Duty of driver — pedestrians crossing or working on highways.
50. Section 321.330 — Use of crosswalks.
51. Section 321.332 — White canes restricted to blind persons.
52. Section 321.333 — Duty of drivers.
53. Section 321.340 — Driving through safety zone.
54. Section 321.341 — Obedience to signal of train.
55. Section 321.342 — Stop at certain railroad crossings — posting warning.
56. Section 321.343 — Certain vehicles must stop.
57. Section 321.344 — Heavy equipment at crossing.
58. Section 321.354 — Stopping on traveled way.
59. Section 321.359 — Moving other vehicle.
60. Section 321.362 — Unattended motor vehicle.
61. Section 321.363 — Obstruction to driver’s view.
62. Section 321.364 — Preventing contamination of food by hazardous material.
63. Section 321.365 — Coasting prohibited.
64. Section 321.367 — Following fire apparatus.
65. Section 321.368 — Crossing fire hose.
66. Section 321.371 — Clearing up wrecks.
67. Section 321.372 — School buses.
68. Section 321.381 — Movement of unsafe or improperly equipped vehicles.
69. Section 321.382 — Upgrade pulls — minimum speed.
70. Section 321.383 — Exceptions — slow vehicles identified.
71. Section 321.384 — When lighted lamps required.
72. Section 321.385 — Head lamps on motor vehicles.
73. Section 321.386 — Head lamps on motorcycles and motorized bicycles.
74. Section 321.387 — Rear lamps.
75. Section 321.388 — Illuminating plates.
76. Section 321.389 — Reflector requirement.
77. Section 321.390 — Reflector requirements.
78. Section 321.392 — Clearance and identification lights.
79. Section 321.393 — Color and mounting.
80. Section 321.394 — Lamp or flag on projecting load.
81. Section 321.395 — Lamps on parked vehicles.
82. Section 321.398 — Lamps on other vehicles and equipment.
83. Section 321.402 — Spot lamps.
84. Section 321.403 — Auxiliary driving lamps.
85. Section 321.404 — Signal lamps and signal devices.
86. Section 321.405 — Self-illumination.
87. Section 321.406 — Cowl lamps.
88. Section 321.408 — Back-up lamps.
89. Section 321.409 — Mandatory lighting equipment.
90. Section 321.415 — Required usage of lighting devices.
91. Section 321.417 — Single-beam road-lighting equipment.
92. Section 321.418 — Alternate road-lighting equipment.
93. Section 321.419 — Number of driving lamps required or permitted.
94. Section 321.420 — Number of lamps lighted.
95. Section 321.421 — Special restrictions on lamps.
96. Section 321.422 — Red light in front.
97. Section 321.423 — Flashing lights.
98. Section 321.424 — Sale of lights — approval.
99. Section 321.430 — Brake, hitch and control requirements.
100. Section 321.431 — Performance ability.
101. Section 321.432 — Horns and warning devices.
102. Section 321.433 — Sirens and bells prohibited.
103. Section 321.434 — Bicycle sirens or whistles.
104. Section 321.436 — Mufflers, prevention of noise.
105. Section 321.437 — Mirrors.
106. Section 321.438 — Windshields and windows.
107. Section 321.439 — Windshield wipers.
108. Section 321.440 — Restrictions as to tire equipment.
109. Section 321.441 — Metal tires prohibited.
110. Section 321.442 — Projections on wheels.
111. Section 321.444 — Safety glass.
112. Section 321.445 — Safety belts and safety harnesses — use required.
113. Section 321.446 — Child restraint devices.
114. Section 321.449 — Motor carrier safety regulations.
115. Section 321.450 — Hazardous materials transportation regulations.
116. Section 321.454 — Width of vehicles.
117. Section 321.455 — Projecting loads on passenger vehicles.
118. Section 321.456 — Height of vehicles — permits.
119. Section 321.457 — Maximum length.
120. Section 321.458 — Loading beyond front.
121. Section 321.460 — Spilling loads on highways.
122. Section 321.461 — Trailers and towed vehicles.
123. Section 321.462 — Drawbars and safety chains.
124. Section 321.463 — Maximum gross weight.
125. Section 321.465 — Weighing vehicles and removal of excess.
126. Section 321.466 — Increased loading capacity — reregistration.
62.02 VEHICLES ON SIDEWALKS. The driver of a vehicle shall not drive upon or within any sidewalk area except at a driveway.
62.03 CLINGING TO VEHICLE. No person shall drive a motor vehicle on the streets of the City unless all passengers of said vehicle are inside the vehicle in the place intended for their accommodation. No person shall ride on the running board of a motor vehicle or in any other place not customarily used for carrying passengers. No person riding upon any bicycle, coaster, roller skates, in-line skates, sled or toy vehicle shall attach the same or himself or herself to any vehicle upon a roadway.
62.04 QUIET ZONES. Whenever authorized signs are erected indicating a quiet zone, no person operating a motor vehicle within any such zone shall sound the horn or other warning device of such vehicle except in an emergency.
62.05 FUNERAL PROCESSIONS. Upon the immediate approach of a funeral procession, the driver of every other vehicle, except an authorized emergency vehicle, shall yield the right-of-way. An operator of a motor vehicle which is part of a funeral procession shall not be charged with violating traffic rules and regulations relating to traffic signals and devices while participating in the procession unless the operation is reckless.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.324A)
62.06 TAMPERING WITH VEHICLE. It is unlawful for any person, either individually or in association with one or more other persons, to willfully injure or tamper with any vehicle or break or remove any part or parts of or from a vehicle without the consent of the owner.
62.07 OPEN CONTAINER OF ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGE, WINE OR BEER ON STREETS AND HIGHWAYS. A person driving a motor vehicle shall not knowingly possess in a motor vehicle upon a public street or highway an open or unsealed bottle, can, jar, or other receptacle containing an alcoholic beverage, wine or beer with the intent to consume the alcoholic beverage, wine or beer while the motor vehicle is upon a public street or highway. Evidence that an open or unsealed receptacle containing an alcoholic beverage, wine or beer was found during an authorized search in the glove compartment, utility compartment, console, front passenger seat, or any unlocked portable device and within the immediate reach of the driver while the motor vehicle is upon a public street or highway is evidence from which the court or jury may infer that the driver intended to consume the alcoholic beverage, wine or beer while upon the public street or highway if the inference is supported by corroborative evidence. However, an open or unsealed receptacle containing an alcoholic beverage, wine or beer may be transported at any time in the trunk of the motor vehicle or in some other area of the interior of the motor vehicle not designed or intended to be occupied by the driver and not readily accessible to the driver while the motor vehicle is in motion.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.284)
62.08 OBSTRUCTING VIEW AT INTERSECTIONS. It is unlawful to allow any tree, hedge, billboard or other object to obstruct the view of an intersection by preventing persons from having a clear view of traffic approaching the intersection from cross streets. Any such obstruction is deemed a nuisance and in addition to the standard penalty may be abated in the manner provided by Chapter 50 of this Code of Ordinances.
62.09 RECKLESS DRIVING. No person shall drive any vehicle in such manner as to indicate a willful or a wanton disregard for the safety of persons or property.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.277)
62.10 EXCESSIVE ACCELERATION. It is unlawful for any person in the operation of a motor vehicle, including motorcycles, to so accelerate such vehicle as to cause audible noise by the friction of the tires on the pavement or to cause the tires of the vehicle to leave marks on the pavement or to throw sand and gravel, or to cause the wheel of a motorcycle to leave the ground more than two (2) inches, except when such acceleration is reasonably necessary to avoid a collision.
62.11 CARELESS DRIVING. No person shall drive any vehicle in such a manner as to indicate a disregard for the safety of persons or property.
62.12 EXCESSIVE NOISE.
It is unlawful for any person to drive or
operate any motor vehicle on the streets, alleys, public grounds,
parking lots or parks in the City in such a manner as to cause noise
from the tires of said vehicle or in such a manner as to cause loud,
noisy or unusual engine sounds.
62.13 MILLING. It is unlawful to drive or operate a vehicle, either singly or with others, in any processional milling or repeated movement over any street to the interference with normal traffic use, or to the annoyance or offense of any person.
[The next page is 303]
|
63.01 General |
63.08 Special Speed Restrictions |
|
63.02 Business District |
63.09 Special 20 MPH Speed Zones |
|
63.03 Residence or School District |
63.10 Special 25 MPH Speed Zones |
|
63.04 Suburban District |
63.11 Special 35 MPH Speed Zones |
|
63.05 Parks, Cemeteries and Parking Lots |
63.12 Special 45 MPH Speed Zones |
|
63.06 Minimum Speed |
63.13 Special 50 MPH Speed Zones |
|
63.07 Emergency Vehicles |
63.14 Controlled Access Facilities |
63.01 GENERAL. Every driver of a motor vehicle on a street shall drive the same at a careful and prudent speed not greater than nor less than is reasonable and proper, having due regard to the traffic, surface and width of the street and of any other conditions then existing, and no person shall drive a vehicle on any street at a speed greater than will permit him to bring it to a stop within the assured clear distance ahead, such driver having the right to assume, however, that all persons using said street will observe the law.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.285)
63.02 BUSINESS DISTRICT. A speed in excess of twenty (20) miles per hour in the business district, unless specifically designated otherwise in this chapter, is unlawful.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.285 [1])
63.03 RESIDENCE OR SCHOOL DISTRICT. A speed in excess of twenty-five (25) miles per hour in any school or residence district, unless specifically designated otherwise in this chapter, is unlawful.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.285 [2])
63.04 SUBURBAN DISTRICT. A speed in excess of forty-five (45) miles per hour in any suburban district, unless specifically designated otherwise in this chapter, is unlawful.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.285 [4])
63.05 PARKS, CEMETERIES AND PARKING LOTS. A speed in excess of fifteen (15) miles per hour in any public park, cemetery or parking lot, unless specifically designated otherwise in this chapter, is unlawful.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.236[5])
63.06 MINIMUM SPEED. No person shall drive a motor vehicle at such a slow speed as to impede or block the normal and reasonable movement of traffic, except when reduced speed is necessary for safe operation, or in compliance with law.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.294)
63.07 EMERGENCY VEHICLES. The speed limitations set forth in this chapter do not apply to authorized emergency vehicles when responding to emergency calls and the drivers thereof sound audible signal by bell, siren or whistle. This provision does not relieve such driver from the duty to drive with due regard for the safety of others.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.231)
63.08 SPECIAL SPEED RESTRICTIONS. In accordance with requirements of the Iowa State Department of Transportation, or whenever the Council shall determine upon the basis of an engineering and traffic investigation that any speed limit herein set forth is greater or less than is reasonable or safe under the conditions found to exist at any intersection or other place or upon any part of the City street system, the Council shall determine and adopt by ordinance such higher or lower speed limit as it deems reasonable and safe at such location.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.290)
63.09 SPECIAL 20 MPH SPEED ZONES. A speed in excess of twenty (20) miles per hour is unlawful on any of the following designated streets or parts thereof.
1. On Townline Street from the east line of Spruce Street to the west line of Maple Street.
63.10 SPECIAL 25 MPH SPEED ZONES. A speed in excess of twenty-five (25) miles per hour is unlawful on any of the following designated streets or parts thereof.
1. On Sumner Avenue from U.S. Highway 34 to Adams Street.
2. On North Lincoln Street from Townline Street to 100 yards north of Spartan Drive/Academic Drive. (Ord. 04-80 – Feb. 05 Supp.)
63.11 SPECIAL 35 MPH SPEED ZONES. A speed in excess of thirty-five (35) miles per hour is unlawful on any of the following designated streets or parts thereof.
1. On South Cherry Street from Taylor Street to south City limits;
2. On Sumner Avenue from Howard Street to Prairie Street;
3. On Sumner Avenue from Adams Street to Townline Street;
4. On Townline Street from Spruce Street to centerline of right-of-way of Burlington Northern, Inc.;
5. On Townline Street from Sumner Avenue to 600 feet west of its intersection with Lincoln Street;
6. On Townline Street from Sumner Avenue to the west line of Spruce Street;
7. On Townline Street from the west line of Maple Street to the centerline of the Burlington Northern Railroad;
8.
On Green Valley Lake Road (Iowa Highway 186) from Iowa
Highway 25 to 1200 feet north;
(Ord.
97-15 - Oct. 97 Supp.)
9. On Taylor Street from Chestnut Street to Sheldon Street;
10. On New York Avenue from Sheldon Street to Park Street.
(#9 & 10
‑ Ord. 02-61 – Oct. 02 Supp.)
11. On Taylor Street from approximately 100 feet east of Chestnut Street to 450 feet west of Chestnut Street. (Ord. 04-79 – Dec. 04 Supp.)
63.12 SPECIAL 45 MPH SPEED ZONES. A speed in excess of forty-five (45) miles per hour is unlawful on any of the following designated streets or parts thereof.
1. On Sumner Avenue from Prairie Street to west corporation line;
2. On Townline Street from 600 feet west of Lincoln Street to west corporation line (Cottonwood Street);
3.
On Green Valley Lake Road (Iowa Highway 186) from 1200 feet
north of Iowa Highway 25 to 2000 feet north;
(Ord.
97-15 - Oct. 97 Supp.)
4.
On New York Avenue from Park Street to the western City
limits of the City.
(Ord.
02-61 – Oct. 02 Supp.)
5. On Taylor Street, also known as Highway 34, from approximately 100 feet east of Chestnut Street to the corporate City limits.
(Ord. 04-79 – Dec. 04 Supp.)
63.13 SPECIAL 50 MPH SPEED ZONES. A speed in excess of fifty (50) miles per hour is unlawful on any of the following designated streets or parts thereof.
1. On Townline Street from the centerline of right-of-way of Burlington Northern, Inc. to Osage Street;
2. On Green Valley Lake Road (Iowa Highway 186) from 2000 feet north of Iowa Highway 25 to north City limits. (Ord. 97-15 - Oct. 97 Supp.)
63.14 CONTROLLED ACCESS FACILITY. Speed limits on controlled access facilities are as specified in Chapter 140 of this Code of Ordinances.
|
64.01 Authority to Mark |
64.02 U-turns |
64.01 AUTHORITY TO MARK. The Mayor may cause markers, buttons or signs to be placed within or adjacent to intersections and thereby require and direct, as traffic conditions require, that a different course from that specified by the State law be traveled by vehicles turning at intersections, and when markers, buttons or signs are so placed, no driver of a vehicle shall turn a vehicle at an intersection other than as directed and required by such markers, buttons or signs.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.311)
64.02 U-TURNS. It is unlawful for a driver to make a U-turn except at an intersection, however, U-turns are prohibited within the business district, at the following designated intersections and at intersections where there are automatic traffic signals.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.236[9])
— NONE —
° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °
|
65.01 Stop or Yield |
65.03 Stop Before Crossing Sidewalk |
|
65.02 School Stops |
65.04 Stop When Traffic Is Obstructed |
|
|
65.05 Yield to Pedestrians in Crosswalks |
65.01 STOP OR YIELD REQUIRED. At the intersections of through streets and at intersections upon streets other than through streets where, because of heavy cross traffic or other traffic conditions, particular hazard exists, the Police Chief, Mayor or Public Works Director is hereby authorized to determine whether vehicles shall stop or yield at one or more entrances to any such intersection and shall present such recommendation to the Council, and upon approval by the Council, shall erect an appropriate sign at every such place when a stop or yield is required. Every driver of a vehicle shall stop or yield as directed by the signs posted in accordance with this section.
65.02 SCHOOL STOPS. At any school crossing zone, every driver of a vehicle approaching said zone shall bring the vehicle to a full stop at a point ten (10) feet from the approach side of the crosswalk marked by an authorized school stop sign and thereafter proceed in a careful and prudent manner until the vehicle shall have passed through such school crossing zone.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.249)
65.03 STOP BEFORE CROSSING SIDEWALK. The driver of a vehicle emerging from a private roadway, alley, driveway, or building shall stop such vehicle immediately prior to driving onto the sidewalk area and thereafter shall proceed into the sidewalk area only when able to do so without danger to pedestrian traffic and shall yield the right-of-way to any vehicular traffic on the street into which the vehicle is entering.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.353)
65.04 STOP WHEN TRAFFIC IS OBSTRUCTED. Notwithstanding any traffic control signal indication to proceed, no driver shall enter an intersection or a marked crosswalk unless there is sufficient space on the other side of the intersection or crosswalk to accommodate the vehicle.
65.05 YIELD TO PEDESTRIANS IN CROSSWALKS. Where traffic control signals are not in place or in operation, the driver of a vehicle shall yield the right-of-way, slowing down or stopping, if need be, to yield to a pedestrian crossing the roadway within any marked crosswalk or within any unmarked crosswalk at an intersection.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.327)
|
66.01 Temporary Embargo |
66.03 Load Limits Upon Certain Streets |
|
66.02 Permits for Excess Size and Weight |
66.04 Load Limits on Bridges |
66.01 TEMPORARY EMBARGO. If the Council declares an embargo when it appears by reason of deterioration, rain, snow or other climatic conditions that certain streets will be seriously damaged or destroyed by vehicles weighing in excess of an amount specified by the signs, no such vehicles shall be operated on streets so designated by such signs.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.471 & 472)
66.02 PERMITS FOR EXCESS SIZE AND WEIGHT. The Police Chief may, upon application and good cause being shown therefor, issue a special permit in writing authorizing the applicant to operate or move a vehicle or combination of vehicles of a size or weight or load exceeding the maximum specified by State law or City ordinance over those streets named in the permit which are under the jurisdiction of the City and for which the City is responsible for maintenance.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.473 & 321E.1)
66.03 LOAD LIMITS UPON CERTAIN STREETS. No person shall park any vehicle with a gross weight in excess of one (1) ton at any time upon any of the following streets or parts of streets except for the purpose of loading or unloading:
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.473 & 475)
1. Pine Street from Mills Street to Adams Street;
2. Maple Street from Mills Street to Adams Street;
3. Elm Street from Mills Street to Taylor Street;
4. Adams Street from Walnut Street to Division Street;
5. Montgomery Street from Walnut Street to Oak Street;
6. Mills Street from Pine Street to Elm Street;
7. Union Street from Maple Street to Elm Street.
(See also Section 69.09)
66.04 LOAD LIMITS ON BRIDGES. Where it has been determined that any City bridge has a capacity less than the maximum permitted on the streets of the City, or on the street serving the bridge, the Mayor may cause to be posted and maintained signs on said bridge and at suitable distances ahead of the entrances thereof to warn drivers of such maximum load limits, and no person shall drive a vehicle weighing, loaded or unloaded, upon said bridge in excess of such posted limit.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.473)
|
67.01 Walking in Street |
67.03 Pedestrian Crossing |
|
67.02 Hitchhiking |
67.04 Use Sidewalks |
67.01 WALKING IN STREET. Pedestrians shall at all times when walking on or along a street, walk on the left side of the street.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.326)
67.02 HITCHHIKING. No person shall stand in the traveled portion of a street for the purpose of soliciting a ride from the driver of any private vehicle.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.331)
67.03 PEDESTRIAN CROSSING. Every pedestrian crossing a roadway at any point other than within a marked crosswalk or within an unmarked crosswalk at an intersection shall yield the right-of-way to all vehicles upon the roadway.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.328)
67.04 USE SIDEWALKS. Where sidewalks are provided it is unlawful for any pedestrian to walk along and upon an adjacent street.
° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °
|
69.01 Park Adjacent to Curb |
69.10 Parking Limited to Two Hours |
|
69.02 Park Adjacent to Curb — One-way Street |
69.11 Parking Limited to Four Hours |
|
69.03 Diagonal Parking |
69.12 Parking Limited As Posted |
|
69.04 Angle Parking — Manner |
69.13 Loading Zones |
|
69.05 Parking for Certain Purposes Illegal |
69.14 Hours of Parking |
|
69.06 Parking Prohibited |
69.15 Snow Removal |
|
69.07 Handicapped Parking |
69.16 Snow Routes |
|
69.08 No Parking Zones |
69.17 Controlled Access Facilities |
|
69.09 Truck Parking Limited |
|
69.01 PARK ADJACENT TO CURB. No person shall stand or park a vehicle in a roadway other than parallel with the edge of the roadway headed in the direction of lawful traffic movement and with the right-hand wheels of the vehicle within eighteen (18) inches of the curb or edge of the roadway except as hereinafter provided in the case of angle parking and vehicles parked on the left-hand side of one-way streets.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.361)
69.02 PARK ADJACENT TO CURB — ONE-WAY STREET. No person shall stand or park a vehicle on the left-hand side of a one-way street other than parallel with the edge of the roadway headed in the direction of lawful traffic movement and with the left-hand wheels of the vehicle within eighteen (18) inches of the curb or edge of the roadway except as hereinafter provided in the case of angle parking.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.361)
69.03 DIAGONAL PARKING. Angle or diagonal parking is permitted only in the following locations:
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.361)
1. Adams Street from Division Street to Walnut Street;
2. Pine Street from Adams Street to Howard Street;
3. Mills Street, on the north side, from Maple Street to Pine Street.
69.04 ANGLE PARKING — MANNER. Upon those streets or portions of streets which have been signed or marked for angle parking, no person shall park or stand a vehicle other than at an angle to the curb or edge of the roadway or in the center of the roadway as indicated by such signs and markings. No part of any vehicle, or the load thereon, when parked within a diagonal parking district, shall extend into the roadway more than a distance of sixteen (16) feet when measured at right angles to the adjacent curb or edge of roadway.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.361)
69.05 PARKING FOR CERTAIN PURPOSES ILLEGAL. No person shall park a vehicle upon public property for more than seventy-two (72) hours or for any of the following principal purposes:
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.236 [1])
1. Sale. Displaying such vehicle for sale;
2. Repairing. For lubricating, repairing or for commercial washing of such vehicle except such repairs as are necessitated by an emergency;
3. Advertising. Displaying advertising;
4. Merchandise Sales. Selling merchandise from such vehicle except in a duly established market place or when so authorized or licensed under this Code of Ordinances.
69.06 PARKING PROHIBITED. No one shall stop, stand or park a vehicle except when necessary to avoid conflict with other traffic or in compliance with the directions of a peace officer or traffic control device, in any of the following places:
1. Crosswalk. On a crosswalk.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.358 [5])
2. Center Parkway. On the center parkway or dividing area of any divided street.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.236 [1])
3. Mailboxes. Within twenty (20) feet on either side of a mailbox which is so placed and so equipped as to permit the depositing of mail from vehicles on the roadway.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.236 [1])
4. Sidewalks. On or across a sidewalk.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.358 [1])
5. Driveway. In front of a public or private driveway.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.358 [2])
6. Intersection. Within, or within ten (10) feet of an intersection of any street or alley.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.358 [3])
7. Fire Hydrant. Within five (5) feet of a fire hydrant.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.358 [4])
8. Stop Sign or Signal. Within ten (10) feet upon the approach to any flashing beacon, stop or yield sign, or traffic control signal located at the side of a roadway.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.358 [6])
9. Railroad Crossing. Within fifty (50) feet of the nearest rail of a railroad crossing, except when parked parallel with such rail and not exhibiting a red light.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.358 [8])
10. Fire Station. Within twenty (20) feet of the driveway entrance to any fire station and on the side of a street opposite the entrance to any fire station within seventy-five (75) feet of said entrance when properly sign posted.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.358 [9])
11. Excavations. Alongside or opposite any street excavation or obstruction when such stopping, standing or parking would obstruct traffic.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.358 [10])
12. Double Parking. On the roadway side of any vehicle stopped or parked at the edge or curb of a street.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.358 [11])
13. Hazardous Locations. When, because of restricted visibility or when standing or parked vehicles would constitute a hazard to moving traffic, or when other traffic conditions require, the Public Works Director may cause curbs to be painted with a yellow color and erect no parking or standing signs.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.358 [13])
14. Theatres, Hotels and Auditoriums. A space of fifty (50) feet is hereby reserved at the side of the street in front of any theatre, auditorium, hotel having more than twenty-five (25) sleeping rooms, hospital, nursing home, taxicab stand, bus depot, church, or other building where large assemblages of people are being held, within which space, when clearly marked as such, no motor vehicle shall be left standing, parked or stopped except in taking on or discharging passengers or freight, and then only for such length of time as is necessary for such purpose.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.360)
15. Alleys. No person shall park a vehicle within an alley in the Business District unless the vehicle is actually engaged in loading or unloading goods or services or passengers.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.236[1])
16. Ramps. In front of a curb cut or ramp which is located on public or private property in a manner which blocks access to the curb cut or ramp.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.358[15])
17. Area Between Lot Line and Curb Line. That area of the public way not covered by sidewalk and lying between the lot line and the curb line, where curbing has been installed.
69.07 HANDICAPPED PARKING. The following regulations shall apply to the establishment and use of handicapped parking spaces:
1. Nonresidential Off-street Facilities. Nonresidential off-street parking facilities shall set aside handicapped parking spaces in accordance with the following:
A. Municipal off-street public parking facilities or an entity providing nonresidential parking in off-street public parking facilities shall provide not less than two percent (2%) of the total parking spaces in each parking facility as handicapped parking spaces, rounded to the nearest whole number of handicapped parking spaces. However, such parking facilities having ten (10) or more parking spaces shall set aside at least one handicapped parking space.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321L.5[3a])
B. An entity providing off-street nonresidential public parking facilities shall review the utilization of existing handicapped parking spaces for a one-month period not less than once every twelve months. If upon review, the average occupancy rate for handicapped parking spaces in a facility exceeds sixty percent (60%) during normal business hours, the entity shall provide additional handicapped parking spaces as needed.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321L.5[3b])
C. An
entity providing off-street nonresidential parking as a lessor shall
provide a handicapped parking space to an individual
requesting to lease a parking space, if that individual possesses a
handicapped parking permit issued in accordance with Section 321L.2
of the Code of Iowa.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321L.5[3c])
D. A new nonresidential facility in which construction has been completed on or after July 1, 1991, providing parking to the general public shall provide handicapped parking spaces as stipulated below:
|
TOTAL PARKING SPACES IN LOT |
REQUIRED MINIMUM NUMBER OF HANDICAPPED PARKING SPACES |
|
10 to 25 |
1 |
|
26 to 50 |
2 |
|
51 to 75 |
3 |
|
76 to 100 |
4 |
|
101 to 150 |
5 |
|
151 to 200 |
6 |
|
201 to 300 |
7 |
|
301 to 400 |
8 |
|
401 to 500 |
9 |
|
501 to 1000 |
* |
|
1001 and over |
** |
|
*Two percent (2%) of total **Twenty (20) spaces plus one for each 100 over 1000 |
|
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321L.5[3d])
2. Residential Buildings and Facilities. All public and private buildings and facilities, temporary and permanent, which are residences and which provide ten (10) or more tenant parking spaces, excluding extended health care facilities, shall designate at least one handicapped parking space as needed for each individual dwelling unit in which a handicapped person resides. Residential buildings and facilities which provide public visitor parking of ten (10) or more spaces shall designate handicapped parking spaces in the visitors parking area in accordance with the table contained in subsection (1)(D) of this section.
(IAC, 661-18.7[321L])
3. Business District. With respect to any on-street parking areas provided by the City within the business district, not less than two percent (2%) of the total parking spaces within each business district shall be designated as handicapped parking spaces.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321L.5[4a])
4. Other Spaces. Any other person may set aside handicapped parking spaces on the person’s property provided each parking space is clearly and prominently designated as a handicapped parking space. No person shall establish any on-street handicapped parking spaces without first obtaining Council approval.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321L.5[3e])
5. Improper Use. The following uses of a handicapped parking space, located on either public or private property, constitute improper use of a handicapped parking permit, which is a violation of this Code of Ordinances:
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321L.4[2])
A. Use by a motor vehicle not displaying a handicapped parking permit;
B. Use by a motor vehicle displaying a handicapped parking permit but not being used by a person in possession of a motor vehicle license with a handicapped designation or a nonoperator's identification card with a handicapped designation (other than a person transporting the handicapped or elderly and the persons being so transported in a vehicle displaying a removable windshield placard in accordance with Section 321L.2[1b] of the Code of Iowa);
C. Use by a motor vehicle in violation of the rules adopted under Section 321L.8 of the Code of Iowa.
69.08 NO PARKING ZONES. No one shall stop, stand or park a vehicle in any of the following specifically designated no parking zones except when necessary to avoid conflict with other traffic or in compliance with the direction of a peace officer or traffic control signal.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.236 [1])
1. In all City-owned off-street parking lots between the hours of two o’clock (2:00) a.m. and six o’clock (6:00) a.m.
(Ord. 03-67 – Oct. 03 Supp.)
2. The portion of the public right-of-way, commonly described as parking, within ten (10) feet of the curb line on both sides of Iowa Highway 25, in the area located between Prairie Street and Spencer Street.
69.09 TRUCK PARKING LIMITED. No person shall park a motor truck, semi-trailer, or other motor vehicle with trailer attached in violation of the following regulations. The provisions of this section shall not apply to pick-up, light delivery or panel delivery trucks. (See also Section 66.03)
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.236 [1])
1. Business District. Excepting only when such vehicles are actually engaged in the delivery or receiving of merchandise or cargo within the prohibited area, no person shall park or leave unattended such vehicle, on any street within the Business District. When actually receiving or delivering merchandise or cargo such vehicle shall be stopped or parked in a manner which will not interfere with other traffic.
2. Residential Areas. No such vehicle having a capacity in excess of one (1) ton in weight or with a trailer shall be left unattended or parked upon any street or alley of any residential area of the City at any time except for the purpose of loading and unloading, and then only so long as it is necessary for loading and unloading.
3. Livestock. All such vehicles used for the transportation of livestock and parked in any residential area shall be housed in a garage.
As used in this section, the term “residential area” means any residential area established by the Zoning Regulations of the City.
69.10 PARKING LIMITED TO TWO HOURS. It is unlawful to park any vehicle for a continuous period of more than two (2) hours upon the following designated streets:
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.236 [1])
1. Pine Street from Mills Street to Adams Street;
2. Maple Street from Mills Street to Adams Street;
3. Elm Street from Mills Street to Adams Street;
4. Oak Street from Montgomery Street to Adams Street;
5. Mills Street from Elm Street to Walnut Street;
(Ord. 03-64 – Jun. 03 Supp.)
6. Montgomery Street from Walnut Street to Division Street;
(Ord. 03-67 – Oct. 03 Supp.)
7. Adams Street from Walnut Street to New York Avenue;
8. Adams Street, on the south side, from Pine Street to Walnut Street;
9. Pine Street parking lot (located between the First National Bank and the Robinson Building), between nine o’clock (9:00) a.m. and five o’clock (5:00) p.m.
10. West Depot parking lot (located west of City Hall) between nine o’clock (9:00) a.m. and five o’clock (5:00) p.m.
11. On Pine Street, two parking spaces north of exit driveway of First Federal Savings & Loan Association;
12. On Pine Street, three parking spaces between exit driveway of First Federal Savings & Loan Association and Mills Street;
13. On Mills Street, three parking spaces between Pine Street and the entry driveway of First Federal Savings & Loan Association;
14. On Mills Street, two parking spaces between entry driveway of First Federal Savings & Loan Association and the alley which intersects with Mills Street.
69.11 PARKING LIMITED TO FOUR HOURS. It is unlawful to park any vehicle for a continuous period of more than four (4) hours upon the following designated streets:
1. East Depot parking lot (located east of City Hall) except for the east side of lot reserved for use by City vehicles;
2.
West Depot parking lot (located west of City Hall) — only the
back lane of parking closest to the railroad.
69.12 PARKING LIMITED AS POSTED.
When any vehicle is parked on the east side of Pine Street
from its intersection with Adams Street to the intersection of the
east-west alley lying between Montgomery and Adams Street, said
vehicles shall be parked in accordance with the signs and street and
curb marking lines as provided in such area.
Said parking space may be used by such vehicle during the
designated time period and said vehicle shall be considered as
illegally parked if it remains in said space longer than the period
designated on the signs marking the parking area.
69.13 LOADING ZONES.
1. The first parking space on the north side of Montgomery Street west of Elm Street has been established as a loading zone.
2. There is also a loading zone established in front of Creston Auto on Adams Street, with a 15-minute parking limit, located between the two overhead doors in front of Creston Auto.
69.14 HOURS OF PARKING. Unless otherwise specified, the regulations controlling parking shall pertain only between the hours of nine o’clock (9:00) a.m. and six o’clock (6:00) p.m. on all days except Sunday and legal holidays, and upon order of the Council. During the times in which parking is not being controlled under this chapter, all vehicles shall be parked between the designated lines in the same manner as is required during other times.
For the purpose of facilitating the removal of snow and to assist in the proper cleaning of streets in the area designated in Section 69.10(1-8), the following limitations and restrictions are imposed all year around:
1. On the street sides where buildings bear even numbers, that is, on the south and west sides of all designated streets, parking is prohibited on all odd numbered days from one o’clock (1:00) a.m. to seven o’clock (7:00) a.m.
2. On the street sides where buildings bear odd numbers, that is, on the north and east sides of all designated streets, parking is prohibited on the even numbered days from one o’clock (1:00) a.m. to seven o’clock (7:00) a.m.
(Ord. 03-67 – Oct. 03 Supp.)
69.15 SNOW REMOVAL. For the purpose of facilitating the removal of snow from the streets and making it possible to keep the streets open and free from obstructions, the following limitations and restrictions are imposed from November 15 each year to March 31 of the following year:
1. On the street sides where buildings bear even numbers, that is, on the south and west sides of all streets, parking is prohibited on all odd numbered days from one o’clock (1:00) a.m. to seven o’clock (7:00) a.m.
2. On the street sides where buildings bear odd numbers, that is, on the north and east sides of all streets, parking is prohibited on the even numbered days from one o’clock (1:00) a.m. to seven o’clock (7:00) a.m.
69.16 SNOW ROUTES. The Council may designate certain streets in the City as snow routes. When conditions of snow or ice exist on the traffic surface of a designated snow route, it is unlawful for the driver of a vehicle to impede or block traffic.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.236[12])
69.17 CONTROLLED ACCESS FACILITIES. Parking restrictions on controlled access facilities are as specified in Chapter 140 of this Code of Ordinances.
° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °
TRAFFIC CODE ENFORCEMENT PROCEDURES
|
70.01 Arrest or Citation |
70.04 Parking Violations: Vehicle Unattended |
|
70.02 Scheduled Violations |
70.05 Presumption in Reference to Illegal Parking |
|
70.03 Parking Violations: Alternate |
70.06 Impounding Vehicles |
70.01 ARREST OR CITATION. Whenever a peace officer has reasonable cause to believe that a person has violated any provision of the Traffic Code, such officer may:
1. Immediate Arrest. Immediately arrest such person and take such person before a local magistrate, or
2. Issue Citation. Without arresting the person, prepare in quintuplicate a combined traffic citation and complaint as adopted by the Iowa Commissioner of Public Safety and deliver the original and a copy to the court where the defendant is to appear, two copies to the defendant and retain the fifth copy for the records of the City.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 805.6, 321.485)
70.02 SCHEDULED VIOLATIONS. For violations of the Traffic Code which are designated by Section 805.8 of the Code of Iowa to be scheduled violations, the scheduled fine for each of those violations shall be as specified in Section 805.8 of the Code of Iowa.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 805.6, 805.8)
70.03 PARKING VIOLATIONS: ALTERNATE. Admitted violations of parking restrictions imposed by Chapter 69 of the City Code of Ordinances may be charged upon a simple notice of a fine payable at the office of the Law Enforcement Dispatcher. This simple notice of a fine shall be in the amount of $25.00 for all violations except for the improper use of a handicapped parking permit. The simple notice of a fine for improper use of a handicapped parking permit is $100.00. Failure to pay the simple notice of fine shall be grounds for filing a complaint in District Court. (Ord. 03-65 – Sep. 03 Supp.)
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.236 [1a])
70.04 PARKING VIOLATIONS: VEHICLE UNATTENDED. When a vehicle is parked in violation of any provision of the Traffic Code, and the driver is not present, the notice of fine or citation as herein provided shall be attached to the vehicle in a conspicuous place.
70.05 PRESUMPTION IN REFERENCE TO ILLEGAL PARKING. In any proceeding charging a standing or parking violation, a prima facie presumption that the registered owner was the person who parked or placed such vehicle at the point where, and for the time during which, such violation occurred, shall be raised by proof that:
1. Described Vehicle. The particular vehicle described in the information was parked in violation of the Traffic Code, and
2. Registered Owner. The defendant named in the information was the registered owner at the time in question.
70.06 IMPOUNDING VEHICLES. A peace officer is hereby authorized to remove, or cause to be removed, a vehicle from a street, public alley, public parking lot or highway to the nearest garage or other place of safety, or to a garage designated or maintained by the City, under the circumstances hereinafter enumerated:
1. Disabled Vehicle. When a vehicle is so disabled as to constitute an obstruction to traffic and the person or persons in charge of the vehicle are by reason of physical injury incapacitated to such an extent as to be unable to provide for its custody or removal.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.236 [1])
2. Illegally Parked Vehicle. When any vehicle is left unattended and is so illegally parked as to constitute a definite hazard or obstruction to the normal movement of traffic.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.236 [1])
3. Snow Removal. When any vehicle is left parked in violation of a ban on parking during snow removal operations.
4. Parked Over Seventy-two Hour Period. When any vehicle is left parked for a continuous period of seventy-two (72) hours or more. A diligent effort shall first be made to locate the owner. If the owner is found the owner shall be given an opportunity to remove the vehicle.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.236 [1])
5. Costs. In addition to the standard penalties provided, the owner or driver of any vehicle impounded for the violation of any of the provisions of this chapter shall be required to pay the reasonable cost of towing and storage.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.236 [1])
[The next page is 341]
ALL-TERRAIN VEHICLES AND SNOWMOBILES
|
75.01 Purpose |
75.05 Operation of All-Terrain Vehicles |
|
75.02 Definitions |
75.06 Negligence |
|
75.03 General Regulations |
75.07 Accident Reports |
|
75.04 Operation of Snowmobiles |
|
75.01 PURPOSE. The purpose of this chapter is to regulate the operation of all-terrain vehicles and snowmobiles within the City.
75.02 DEFINITIONS. For use in this chapter the following terms are defined:
1. “All-terrain vehicle” or “ATV” means a motorized flotation-tire vehicle, with not less than three (3) and not more than six (6) low pressure tires, that is limited in engine displacement to less than one thousand (1,000) cubic centimeters and in total dry weight to less than one thousand (1,000) pounds and that has a seat or saddle designed to be straddled by the operator and handlebars for steering control.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321I.1)
2. “Off-road motorcycle” means a two-wheeled motor vehicle that has a seat or saddle designed to be straddled by the operator and handlebars for steering control and that is intended by the manufacturer for use on natural terrain. “Off-road motorcycle” includes a motorcycle that was originally issued a certificate of title and registered for highway use under Chapter 321 of the Code of Iowa, but which contains design features that enable operation over natural terrain. An operator of an off-road motorcycle is also subject to the provisions of this chapter governing the operation of all-terrain vehicles.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321I.1)
3. “Off-road utility vehicle” means a motorized flotation-tire vehicle, with not less than four (4) and not more than six (6) low pressure tires, that is limited in engine displacement to less than one thousand five hundred (1,500) cubic centimeters and in total dry weight to not more than one thousand eight hundred (1,800) pounds and that has a seat that is of bench design, not intended to be straddled by the operator, and a steering wheel for control. An operator of an off-road utility vehicle is also subject to the provisions of this chapter governing the operation of all-terrain vehicles.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321I.1)
4. “Snowmobile” means a motorized vehicle weighing less than one thousand (1,000) pounds which uses sled-type runners or skis, endless belt-type tread with a width of forty-eight (48) inches or less, or any combination of runners, skis or tread, and is designed for travel on snow or ice. “Snowmobile” does not include an all-terrain vehicle which has been altered or equipped with runners, skis, belt-type tracks or treads.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321G.1)
75.03 GENERAL REGULATIONS. No person shall operate an ATV, off-road motorcycle or off-road utility vehicle within the City in violation of Chapter 321I of the Code of Iowa or a snowmobile within the City in violation of the provisions of Chapter 321G of the Code of Iowa or in violation of rules established by the Natural Resource Commission of the Department of Natural Resources governing their registration, equipment and manner of operation.
(Code of Iowa, Ch. 321G & Ch. 321I)
75.04 OPERATION OF SNOWMOBILES. The operators of snowmobiles shall comply with the following restrictions as to where snowmobiles may be operated within the City:
1. Streets. Snowmobiles shall be operated only upon streets which have not been plowed during the snow season and on the following streets for the purpose of getting in and out of the City:
A. Cedar Street from the north City limits to the underpass, then Chestnut Street to Highway 34;
B. Prairie Street from Cedar Street to Lincoln Street;
C. Lincoln Street from Highway 25 to Adams Street; west on Adams Street to west City limits;
D. East McKinley Park Road from Adams Street to south City limits;
E. South Cherry Street from Fremont Street to south City limits;
F. Fremont Street from South Chestnut Street to New York Avenue; north to Adams Street; Adams Street west to City limits; and
G. Townline Street from Cedar Street to Osage Street.
H. On any other street by the utilization of the shortest and most direct route from a point of origin to one of the streets set out above or from one of the streets set out above to a point of destination.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321G.9[4a])
2. Exceptions. Snowmobiles may be operated on prohibited streets only under the following circumstances:
A. Emergencies. Snowmobiles may be operated on any street in an emergency during the period of time when and at locations where snow upon the roadway renders travel by conventional motor vehicles impractical.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321G.9[4c])
B. Direct Crossing. Snowmobiles may make a direct crossing of a prohibited street provided all of the following occur:
(1) The crossing is made at an angle of approximately ninety degrees (90°) to the direction of the street and at a place where no obstruction prevents a quick and safe crossing;
(2) The snowmobile is brought to a complete stop before crossing the street;
(3) The driver yields the right-of-way to all on-coming traffic which constitutes an immediate hazard; and
(4) In crossing a divided street, the crossing is made only at an intersection of such street with another street.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321G.9[2])
3. Railroad Right-of-way. Snowmobiles shall not be operated on an operating railroad right-of-way. A snowmobile may be driven directly across a railroad right-of-way only at an established crossing and notwithstanding any other provisions of law may, if necessary, use the improved portion of the established crossing after yielding to all oncoming traffic.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321G.13[1h])
4. Trails. Snowmobiles shall not be operated on all-terrain vehicle trails except where so designated.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321G.9[4f])
5. Parks and Other City Land. Snowmobiles shall not be operated in any park, playground or upon any other City-owned property without the express permission of the City. A snowmobile shall not be operated on any City land without a snow cover of at least one-tenth of one inch.
6. Sidewalk or Parking. Snowmobiles shall not be operated upon the public sidewalk or that portion of the street located between the curb line and the sidewalk or property line commonly referred to as the “parking” except for purposes of crossing the same to a public street upon which operation is authorized by this chapter.
75.05 OPERATION OF ALL-TERRAIN VEHICLES.
The operators of ATVs shall comply with the following restrictions
as to where ATVs may be operated within the City:
1.
Streets. ATVs
may be operated on streets only in accordance with Section 321.234A
of the Code of Iowa or on such streets as may be designated by
resolution of the Council for the sport of driving ATVs.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321I.10[1 & 3])
2.
Trails. ATVs
shall not be operated on snowmobile trails except where designated.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321I.10[4])
3. Railroad Right-of-way. ATVs shall not be operated on an operating railroad right-of-way. An ATV may be driven directly across a railroad right-of-way only at an established crossing and notwithstanding any other provisions of law may, if necessary, use the improved portion of the established crossing after yielding to all oncoming traffic.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321I.14[1h])
4. Parks and Other City Land. ATVs shall not be operated in any park, playground or upon any other City-owned property without the express permission of the City.
5. Sidewalk or Parking. ATVs shall not be operated upon the public sidewalk or that portion of the street located between the curb line and the sidewalk or property line commonly referred to as the “parking.”
75.06 NEGLIGENCE. The owner and operator of an ATV or snowmobile are liable for any injury or damage occasioned by the negligent operation of the ATV or snowmobile. The owner of an ATV or snowmobile shall be liable for any such injury or damage only if the owner was the operator of the ATV or snowmobile at the time the injury or damage occurred or if the operator had the owner’s consent to operate the ATV or snowmobile at the time the injury or damage occurred.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321G.18 & 321I.19)
75.07 ACCIDENT REPORTS. Whenever an ATV or snowmobile is involved in an accident resulting in injury or death to anyone or property damage amounting to one thousand dollars ($1000.00) or more, either the operator or someone acting for the operator shall immediately notify a law enforcement officer and shall file an accident report, in accordance with State law.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321G.10 & 321I.11)
(Ch. 75 – Ord. 07-102 – Dec. 07 Supp.)
|
76.01 Scope of Regulations |
76.09 Riding on Sidewalks |
|
76.02 Traffic Code Applies |
76.10 Pedestrian Bridge |
|
76.03 Double Riding Restricted |
76.11 Towing |
|
76.04 Two Abreast Limit |
76.12 Improper Riding |
|
76.05 Bicycle Paths |
76.13 Parking |
|
76.06 Speed |
76.14 Equipment Requirements |
|
76.07 Emerging from Alley or Driveway |
76.15 Special Penalty |
|
76.08 Carrying Articles |
|
76.01 SCOPE OF REGULATIONS. These regulations shall apply whenever a bicycle is operated upon any street or upon any public path set aside for the exclusive use of bicycles, subject to those exceptions stated herein.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.236 [10])
76.02 TRAFFIC CODE APPLIES. Every person riding a bicycle upon a roadway shall be granted all of the rights and shall be subject to all of the duties applicable to the driver of a vehicle by the laws of the State declaring rules of the road applicable to vehicles or by the traffic code of the City applicable to the driver of a vehicle, except as to those provisions which by their nature can have no application. Whenever such person dismounts from a bicycle the person shall be subject to all regulations applicable to pedestrians.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.234)
76.03 DOUBLE RIDING RESTRICTED. A person propelling a bicycle shall not ride other than astride a permanent and regular seat attached thereto. No bicycle shall be used to carry more persons at one time than the number for which it is designed and equipped.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.234 [3 and 4])
76.04 TWO ABREAST LIMIT. Persons riding bicycles upon a roadway shall not ride more than two (2) abreast except on paths or parts of roadways set aside for the exclusive use of bicycles.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.236 [10])
76.05 BICYCLE PATHS. Whenever a usable path for bicycles has been provided adjacent to a roadway, bicycle riders shall use such path and shall not use the roadway.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.236 [10])
76.06 SPEED. No person shall operate a bicycle at a speed greater than is reasonable and prudent under the conditions then existing.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.236 [10])
76.07 EMERGING FROM ALLEY OR DRIVEWAY. The operator of a bicycle emerging from an alley, driveway or building shall, upon approaching a sidewalk or the sidewalk area extending across any alleyway, yield the right-of-way to all pedestrians approaching on said sidewalk or sidewalk area, and upon entering the roadway shall yield the right-of-way to all vehicles approaching on said roadway.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.236 [10])
76.08 CARRYING ARTICLES. No person operating a bicycle shall carry any package, bundle or article which prevents the rider from keeping at least one hand upon the handle bars.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.236 [10])
76.09 RIDING ON SIDEWALKS. The following shall apply to riding bicycles on sidewalks:
1. Business District. No person shall ride a bicycle upon a sidewalk within the Business District, as defined in Section 60.02(1) of this Code of Ordinances.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.236 [10])
2. Other Locations. When signs are erected on any sidewalk or roadway prohibiting the riding of bicycles thereon by any person, no person shall disobey the signs.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.236 [10])
3. Yield Right-of-Way. Whenever any person is riding a bicycle upon a sidewalk, such person shall yield the right-of-way to any pedestrian and shall give audible signal before overtaking and passing.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.236 [10])
76.10 PEDESTRIAN BRIDGE.
It is unlawful for any person to ride a bike or moped on the
pedestrian crossing known as the Levy Street crossing located at the
intersection of Levy Street and Sycamore Street and which runs to a
line east of Sycamore street sixty (60) feet from its intersection
with Levy Street. This
crossing is a pedestrian bridge only.
76.11 TOWING. It is unlawful for any person riding a bicycle to be towed or to tow any other vehicle upon the streets of the City.
76.12 IMPROPER RIDING. No person shall ride a bicycle in an irregular or reckless manner such as zigzagging, stunting, speeding or otherwise so as to disregard the safety of the operator or others.
76.13 PARKING. No person shall park a bicycle upon a street other than upon the roadway against the curb or upon the sidewalk in a rack to support the bicycle or against a building or at the curb, in such a manner as to afford the least obstruction to pedestrian traffic.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.236 [10])
76.14 EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS. Every person riding a bicycle shall be responsible for providing and using equipment as provided herein:
1. Lamps Required. Every bicycle when in use at nighttime shall be equipped with a lamp on the front which shall emit a white light visible from a distance of at least three hundred (300) feet to the front and with a lamp on the rear exhibiting a red light visible from a distance of three hundred (300) feet to the rear except that a red reflector on the rear, of a type which shall be visible from all distances from fifty (50) feet to three hundred (300) feet to the rear when directly in front of lawful upper beams of headlamps on a motor vehicle, may be used in lieu of a rear light.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.397)
2. Brakes Required. Every bicycle shall be equipped with a brake which will enable the operator to make the braked wheel skid on dry, level, clean pavement.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.236 [10])
76.15 SPECIAL PENALTY. Any person violating the provisions of this chapter may, in lieu of the scheduled fine for bicyclists or standard penalty provided for violations of the Code of Ordinances, allow the person’s bicycle to be impounded by the City for not less than five (5) days for the first offense, ten (10) days for a second offense and thirty (30) days for a third offense.
° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °
SCOOTERS,
SKATEBOARDS,
ROLLER SKATES AND IN-LINE SKATES
|
77.01 Definitions |
77.03 Use of Sidewalks |
|
77.02 Operation Prohibited in Certain Areas |
77.04 Use on Streets |
|
|
77.05 Penalty |
77.01 DEFINITIONS. For use in this chapter, the following terms are defined:
1. “Roller skates” or “in-line skates” means skates with wheels instead of a runner;
2. “Scooter” means a device having two wheels and a low footboard which is steered by a handlebar and is propelled by pushing one foot against the ground while resting the other on the footboard;
3. “Skateboard” means a device consisting of a short oblong piece of wood, plastic or aluminum mounted on large roller skate wheels used for riding upon while standing.
77.02 OPERATION PROHIBITED IN CERTAIN AREAS. No person shall ride or operate any scooter, skateboard or roller skates or in-line skates upon the sidewalks and streets within the Business District as defined in Section 60.02(1) of this Code of Ordinances or in an area described as follows:
Properties on both sides of the streets within the following area:
Adams Street to Broad Street, to Jefferson Street, to New York Avenue, to Adams Street.
77.03 USE ON SIDEWALKS. Whenever any person is using a scooter, skateboard or roller skates or in-line skates on any other sidewalk, such person shall yield the right-of-way to any pedestrian and shall give an audible signal before overtaking and passing such pedestrian.
77.04 USE ON STREETS. Whenever any person is using a scooter, skateboard or roller skates or in-line skates on any other street, such person shall:
1. Observe all traffic control devices and be subject to all the duties applicable to the use of vehicles as required by statute or ordinance;
2. Stay as near to the right-hand side of the roadway as possible, exercising due care when passing a standing vehicle or one proceeding in the same direction.
77.05 PENALTY. The skateboard, roller skates or in-line skates of any person violating the provisions of this chapter may be impounded by the Police Chief for not less than five (5) days for the first offense, ten (10) days for a second offense and thirty (30) days for each offense thereafter. As used in this section, “impound” means that the Police Chief or any officer of the Police Department shall seize the skateboard, roller skates or in-line skates and hold he same in legal custody for the term required for a violation of this chapter.
(Ch. 77 – Ord. 05-86 – Jul. 05 Supp.)
|
80.01 Definitions |
80.06 Fees for Impoundment |
|
80.02 Authority to Take Possession of Abandoned Vehicles |
80.07 Disposal of Abandoned Vehicles |
|
80.03 Notice by Mail |
80.08 Disposal of Totally Inoperable Vehicles |
|
80.04 Notification in Newspaper |
80.09 Proceeds from Sales |
|
80.05 Extension of Time |
80.10 Duties of Demolisher |
80.01 DEFINITIONS. For use in this chapter the following terms are defined:
1. “Abandoned vehicle” means any of the following:
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.89[1b])
A. A vehicle that has been left unattended on public property for more than twenty-four (24) hours and lacks current registration plates or two (2) or more wheels or other parts which renders the vehicle totally inoperable.
B. A vehicle that has remained illegally on public property for more than twenty-four (24) hours.
C. A vehicle that has been unlawfully parked or placed on private property without the consent of the owner or person in control of the property for more than twenty-four (24) hours.
D. A vehicle that has been legally impounded by order of a police authority and has not been reclaimed for a period of ten (10) days. However, a police authority may declare the vehicle abandoned within the ten-day period by commencing the notification process.
E. Any vehicle parked on the highway determined by a police authority to create a hazard to other vehicle traffic.
F. A vehicle that has been impounded pursuant to Section 321J.4B of the Code of Iowa by order of the court and whose owner has not paid the impoundment fees after notification by the person or agency responsible for carrying out the impoundment order.
2. “Demolisher” means any city or public agency organized for the disposal of solid waste, or any person whose business it is to convert a vehicle to junk, processed scrap or scrap metal, or otherwise to wreck, or dismantle vehicles.
3. “Police authority” means the Iowa highway safety patrol or any law enforcement agency of a county or city.
(Code of Iowa Sec. 321.89[1a])
80.02 AUTHORITY TO TAKE POSSESSION OF ABANDONED VEHICLES. A police authority, upon the authority’s own initiative or upon the request of any other authority having the duties of control of highways or traffic, shall take into custody an abandoned vehicle on public property and may take into custody an abandoned vehicle on private property. A police authority taking into custody an abandoned vehicle which has been determined to create a traffic hazard shall report the reasons constituting the hazard in writing to the appropriate authority having duties of control of the highway. The police authority may employ its own personnel, equipment and facilities or hire a private entity, equipment and facilities for the purpose of removing, preserving, storing, or disposing of abandoned vehicles. If a police authority employs a private entity to dispose of abandoned vehicles, the police authority shall provide the private entity with the names and addresses of the registered owners, all lienholders of record, and any other known claimant to the vehicle or the personal property found in the vehicle.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.89[2])
80.03 NOTICE BY MAIL. The police authority or private entity which takes into custody an abandoned vehicle shall notify, within twenty (20) days, by certified mail, the last known registered owner of the vehicle, all lienholders of record, and any other known claimant to the vehicle or to personal property found in the vehicle, addressed to their last known addresses of record, that the abandoned vehicle has been taken into custody. Notice shall be deemed given when mailed. The notice shall describe the year, make, model and serial number of the vehicle, describe the personal property found in the vehicle, set forth the location of the facility where the vehicle is being held, and inform the persons receiving the notice of their right to reclaim the vehicle and personal property within ten (10) days after the effective date of the notice upon payment of all towing, preservation, and storage charges resulting from placing the vehicle in custody and upon payment of the costs of the notice. The notice shall also state that the failure of the owner, lienholders or claimants to exercise their right to reclaim the vehicle or personal property within the time provided shall be deemed a waiver by the owner, lienholders and claimants of all right, title, claim and interest in the vehicle or personal property and that failure to reclaim the vehicle or personal property is deemed consent to the sale of the vehicle at a public auction or disposal of the vehicle to a demolisher and to disposal of the personal property by sale or destruction. The notice shall state that any person claiming rightful possession of the vehicle or personal property who disputes the planned disposition of the vehicle or property by the police authority or private entity or of the assessment of fees and charges provided by this section may ask for an evidentiary hearing before the police authority to contest those matters. If the persons receiving the notice do not ask for a hearing or exercise their right to reclaim the vehicle or personal property within the ten (10) day reclaiming period, the owner, lienholders or claimants shall no longer have any right, title, claim, or interest in or to the vehicle or the personal property. A court in any case in law or equity shall not recognize any right, title, claim, or interest of the owner, lienholders or claimants after the expiration of the ten (10) day reclaiming period.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.89[3a])
80.04 NOTIFICATION IN NEWSPAPER. If the identity of the last registered owner cannot be determined, or if the registration contains no address for the owner, or if it is impossible to determine with reasonable certainty the identity and addresses of all lienholders, notice by one publication in one newspaper of general circulation in the area where the vehicle was abandoned shall be sufficient to meet all requirements of notice under Section 80.03. The published notice may contain multiple listings of abandoned vehicles and personal property but shall be published within the same time requirements and contain the same information as prescribed for mailed notice in Section 80.03.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.89[3b])
80.05 EXTENSION OF TIME. The owner, lienholders or claimants may, by written request delivered to the police authority or private entity prior to the expiration of the ten (10) day reclaiming period, obtain an additional five (5) days within which the motor vehicle or personal property may be reclaimed.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.89[3c])
80.06 FEES FOR IMPOUNDMENT. The owner, lienholder or claimant shall pay three dollars ($3.00) if claimed within five (5) days of impounding, plus one dollar ($1.00) for each additional day within the reclaiming period plus towing charges if stored by the City, or towing and storage fees, if stored in a public garage, whereupon said vehicle shall be released. The amount of towing charges, and the rate of storage charges by privately owned garages, shall be established by such facility.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.89[3a])
80.07 DISPOSAL OF ABANDONED VEHICLES. If an abandoned vehicle has not been reclaimed as provided herein, the police authority or private entity shall make a determination as to whether or not the motor vehicle should be sold for use upon the highways, and shall dispose of the motor vehicle in accordance with State law.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.89[4])
80.08 DISPOSAL OF TOTALLY INOPERABLE VEHICLES. The City or any person upon whose property or in whose possession is found any abandoned motor vehicle, or any person being the owner of a motor vehicle whose title certificate is faulty, lost or destroyed, may dispose of such motor vehicle to a demolisher for junk, without a title and without notification procedures, if such motor vehicle lacks an engine or two (2) or more wheels or other structural part which renders the vehicle totally inoperable. The police authority shall give the applicant a certificate of authority. The applicant shall then apply to the County Treasurer for a junking certificate and shall surrender the certificate of authority in lieu of the certificate of title.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.90[2e])
80.09 PROCEEDS FROM SALES. Proceeds from the sale of any abandoned vehicle shall be applied to the expense of auction, cost of towing, preserving, storing and notification required, in accordance with State law. Any balance shall be held for the owner of the motor vehicle or entitled lienholder for ninety (90) days, and then shall be deposited in the State Road Use Tax Fund. Where the sale of any vehicle fails to realize the amount necessary to meet costs the police authority shall apply for reimbursement from the Department of Transportation.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.89[4])
80.10 DUTIES OF DEMOLISHER. Any demolisher who purchases or otherwise acquires an abandoned motor vehicle for junk shall junk, scrap, wreck, dismantle or otherwise demolish such motor vehicle. A demolisher shall not junk, scrap, wreck, dismantle or demolish a vehicle until the demolisher has obtained the junking certificate issued for the vehicle.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.90[3a])
|
81.01 Definitions |
81.03 Obstructing Streets |
|
81.02 Warning Signals |
81.04 Crossing Maintenance |
81.01 DEFINITIONS. For use in this chapter, the following terms are defined:
1. “Railroad train” means an engine or locomotive, with or without cars coupled thereto, operated upon rails.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.1 [29])
2. “Operator” means any individual, partnership, corporation or other association which owns, operates, drives or controls a railroad train.
81.02 WARNING SIGNALS. Operators shall sound a horn at least one thousand (1,000) feet before a street crossing is reached and after sounding the horn, shall ring the bell continuously until the crossing is passed.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 327G.13)
81.03 OBSTRUCTING STREETS. Operators shall not operate any train in such a manner as to prevent vehicular use of Elm Street and New York Avenue for a period of time in excess of ten (10) minutes except:
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 327G.32)
1. Comply with Signals. When necessary to comply with signals affecting the safety of the movement of trains.
2. Avoid Striking. When necessary to avoid striking any object or person on the track.
3. Disabled. When the train is disabled.
4. Safety Regulations. When necessary to comply with governmental safety regulations including, but not limited to, speed ordinances and speed regulations.
5. In Motion. When the train is in motion except while engaged in switching operations.
6. No Traffic. When there is no vehicular traffic waiting to use the crossing.
Operators violating any provision of this section shall be guilty of a misdemeanor. An employee shall not be guilty of such violation if the action was necessary to comply with the direct order or instructions of a railroad corporation or its supervisors. Such guilt shall then be with the railroad corporation.
81.04 CROSSING MAINTENANCE. Operators shall construct and maintain good, sufficient and safe crossings over any street traversed by their rails.
(Bourett vs. Chicago & N.W. Ry. 152 Iowa 579, 132 N.W. 973 [1943])
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.11)
[The next page is 361]
90.01 BOARD OF TRUSTEES. The management of the City’s Waterworks Utility is the responsibility of the Utility Board of Trustees established and operated as described in Chapter 26 of this Code of Ordinances.
[The next page is 381]
|
95.01 Definitions |
95.24 State Requirements |
|
95.02 Unsanitary Disposal Unlawful |
95.25 Oil and Sand Interceptors |
|
95.03 Privies, Septic Tanks and Cesspools Unlawful |
95.26 Excessive Discharge |
|
95.04 Sewer Connection Required |
95.27 Notification of Changed Discharge |
|
95.05 Sewer Connection Permit Required |
95.28 Notification of Discharge of Hazardous Waste |
|
95.06 Application for Sewer Permit |
95.29 Accidental/Slug Discharges |
|
95.07 Sewer Connection Cost Liability |
95.30 Record Keeping Requirements |
|
95.08 Separate Building Sewer Required |
95.31 Wastewater Contribution Permits |
|
95.09 Testing and Use of Building Sewers |
95.32 Reporting Requirements for Permittee |
|
95.10 Building Sewer Construction Standards |
95.33 Application Signatories and Certification |
|
95.11 Building Sewer Elevation |
95.34 Monitoring Facilities |
|
95.12 Connection of Surface Runoff Sources to Sanitary |
95.35 Testing Methods |
|
Sewer Prohibited |
95.36 Pretreatment |
|
95.13 Sewer Connection Standards |
95.37 Unusual Discharges - Special Arrangements |
|
95.14 Inspection Required |
95.38 Confidential Information |
|
95.15 Excavations |
95.39 Revocation of Permit |
|
95.16 Unpolluted Water Prohibited in Sanitary Sewer |
95.40 Notification of Violations |
|
95.17 Discharge of Runoff or Unpolluted Water |
95.41 Harmful Contributions |
|
95.18 Storm Sewers - Prohibited Discharges |
95.42 Damaging or Tampering with Sewage Works |
|
95.19 Prohibited Discharges |
95.43 Inspection of Properties |
|
95.20 National Categorical Pretreatment Standards |
95.44 Violation; Penalty |
|
95.21 Modification of National Categorical Pretreatment |
95.45 Storm Water |
|
Standards |
95.46 Surface Waters Exception |
|
95.22 Trucked/Hauled Wastes |
95.47 Assurance of Compliance |
|
95.23 Specific Pollutant Limitations |
95.48 Backflow Valve |
95.01 DEFINITIONS. Unless the context specifically indicates otherwise, the meaning of terms used in this chapter shall be as follows.
l. “Act” means the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, also known as the Clean Water Act, as amended, 33 U.S.C. 1251 et. seq.
2. “Approval authority” means the Iowa Department of Natural Resources.
3. “Authority representative of industrial user” means:
A. A president, secretary, treasurer, or vice-president of the corporation in charge of a principal business function, or any other person who performs similar policy-making or decision-making functions for the corporation;
B. A manager of a manufacturing, production and/or operation facility employing more than 30 persons or having gross annual sales or expenditures exceeding $2 million (in second-quarter 1980 dollars), if authority to sign documents has been assigned or delegated to the manager in accordance with corporate procedures;
C. A general partner or proprietor if the industrial user is a partnership or sole proprietorship, respectively;
D. A duly authorized representative of the individual designated in subsection A, B or C of this section if:
(1) The authorization is made in writing by the individual described in subsection A, B or C;
(2) The authorization specifies either an individual or a position having responsibility for the overall operation of the facility from which the industrial discharge originates, such as the position of plant manager, operator of a well, or well field superintendent, or a position of equivalent responsibility, or having overall responsibility for environmental matters for the company; and
(3) The written authorization is submitted to the City.
4. “BOD” (Denoting Biochemical Oxygen Demand) means the quantity of oxygen utilized in the biochemical oxidation of organic matter under standard laboratory procedure in five days at twenty degrees C.
5. “Building drain” means that part of the lowest horizontal pipe of a drainage system which receives the discharge from waste and other drainage pipes inside the walls of the building and conveys it to the building sewer, beginning five feet (1.5 meters) outside the inner face of the building wall.
6. “Building sewer” means the extension from the building drain to the public sewer or other place of disposal including the connection device and tap of the main.
7. “CFR” means Code of Federal Regulations.
8. “Categorical Standards” means National Categorical Pretreatment Standards or Pretreatment Standards.
9. “Combined sewer” means a sewer receiving both surface runoff and sewage.
10. “Composite sample” means a sample resulting from the combination of individual wastewater samples taken at selected intervals based on an increment of either time or flow.
11. “Cooling water” means the water discharged from any use such as air conditioning, cooling or refrigeration, or to which the only pollutant added is heat.
12. “Customer” means any person who makes application for sewer service to the premises and is responsible for payment of the water and sewer charges for such premises.
13. “Direct discharge” means the discharge of treated or untreated wastewater directly to the waters of the State of Iowa.
14. “Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)” means the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency or, where appropriate, the term may also be used as a designation for the Administrator or other duly authorized official of said agency.
15. “Garbage” means solid wastes from the domestic and commercial preparation, cooking and dispensing of food, and from the handling, storage and sale of produce.
16. “Grab sample” means a sample which is taken from a waste stream on a one-time basis with no regard to the flow in the waste stream and without consideration of time.
17. “Holding tank waste” means any waste from holding tanks such as vessels, chemical toilets, campers, trailers, septic tanks, and vacuum-pump tank trucks.
l8. “Industrial user” means a person who discharges industrial wastes into the sanitary sewer system.
19. “Industrial waste” means any liquid, gaseous, radioactive, or solid waste substance from industrial manufacturing processes, trade or business as distinct from normal domestic wastewater.
20. “Infiltration/inflow (I/I)” means clear, unpolluted water which enters the collection system from the ground or uncontrollable sources.
21. “Interference” means a discharge which, alone or in conjunction with a discharge or discharges from other sources, both inhibits or disrupts the treatment works, its treatment processes or operations, or its sludge processed, uses or disposal and therefore is a cause of a violation of any requirement of the NPDES Permit (including an increase in the magnitude or duration of a violation) or causes the prevention of sewage sludge use or disposal in accordance with State or Federal statutory provisions and regulation or permits issued thereunder.
22. “National Categorical Pretreatment Standards,” “Pretreatment Standards,” or “Standard” means any regulation containing pollutant discharge limits promulgated by the EPA in accordance with Section 307 (b) and (c) of the Act (33 U.S.C. 1317) and 40 CFR Chapter 1, subchapter N, Parts 405-471, which applies to a specific category of industrial users.
23. “National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (or NPDES Permit)” means a permit issued pursuant to Section 402 of the Act (33 U.S.C. 1342).
24. “Natural outlet” means any outlet into a watercourse, pond, ditch, lake or other body of surface water or groundwater.
25. “New source” means any building, structure, facility or installation from which there is or may be a discharge of pollutants, the construction of which commenced after the publication of proposed Pretreatment Standards under section 307(c) of the Act which will be applicable to such source if such standards are thereafter promulgated in accordance with that section, provided that:
A. The building, structure, facility or installation is constructed at a site at which no other source is located; or
B. The building, structure, facility or installation totally replaces the process or production equipment that causes the discharge of pollutants at an existing source; or
C. The production of wastewater generating processes of the building, structure, facility or installation are substantially independent of an existing source at the same site. In determining whether these are substantially independent, factors such as the extent to which the new facility is integrated with the existing plant, and the extent to which the new facility is engaged in the same general type of activity as the existing source should be considered. Construction on a site at which an existing source is located results in a modification rather than a new source if the construction does not create a new building, structure, facility or installation meeting the criteria of subsections A, B or C of this section but otherwise alters, replaces or adds to existing process or production equipment.
26. “Normal domestic wastewater” means wastewater that has a BOD5 concentration of not more than two hundred and fifty milligrams per liter and a suspended solids concentration of not more than two hundred and fifty milligrams per liter.
27. “pH” means the logarithm of the reciprocal of the weight of hydrogen ions, in grams per liter of solution.
28. “Pass through” means a discharge which exits the treatment works into waters of the State in quantities or concentrations which alone or in conjunction with a discharge or discharges from other sources, is a cause of a violation of any requirements of the NPDES permit (including any increase in the magnitude or duration of a violation).
29. “Person” means any individual, partnership, co-partnership, firm, company, corporation, association, joint stock company, trust, estate, governmental entity or any other legal entity or their legal representatives, agents or assigns.
30. “Pollution” means the manmade or man-induced alteration of the chemical, physical, biological, and radiological integrity of water.
31. “Pollutant” means any dredged spoil, solid waste, incinerator residue, sewage, garbage, sewage sludge, munitions, chemical wastes, biological materials, radioactive materials, heat, wrecked or discharged equipment, rock, sand, cellar dirt and industrial, municipal, and agricultural waste discharged into water.
32. “Pretreatment” or “treatment” means the reduction of the amount of pollutants, the elimination of pollutants, or the alteration of the nature of pollutant properties in wastewater to a less harmful state prior to or in lieu of discharging or otherwise introducing such pollutants into a treatment works. The reduction or alteration may be obtained by physical, chemical or biological processes or by other means, except as prohibited by 40 CFR section 4033.6(d).
33. “Pretreatment requirements” means any substantive or procedural requirement related to pretreatment, other than a National Categorical Pretreatment Standard, imposed on an industrial user.
34. “Pretreatment standards” means National Categorical Pretreatment Standards and/or any other pretreatment requirements.
35. “Properly shredded garbage” means the wastes from the preparation, cooking and dispensing of food that have been shredded to such a degree that all particles will be carried freely under the flow conditions normally prevailing in public sewers, with no particle greater than one-half inch (1.27 centimeters) in any dimension.
36. “Public sewer” means the sewer in which all owners of served property have equal rights, and which is controlled by public authority and is deemed to include mains but not to include any of the building sewer from the main to the connected building or the connection device, tap or wye.
37. “Sanitary sewer” means the sewer in which carries sewage and to which storm waters, surface waters and groundwaters are not intentionally admitted.
38. “Sanitary sewer system” includes main sewers, sewage pumping stations, treatment and disposal plants, lateral sewers, drainage conduits or channels and sewer connections in public streets or private property.
39. “Sewage,” also termed “wastewater,” means a combination of the water-carried wastes from residences, business buildings, institutions and industrial establishments, together with such groundwater, surface waters and storm waters as may be present.
40. “Sewer” means a pipe or conduit for carrying sewage or storm water.
41. “Significant industrial user” means any industrial user of the City’s wastewater disposal system who has a discharge flow of 25,000 gallons or more of process wastewater per average work day, or has a discharge which is regulated by a National Categorical Pretreatment Standard, or has a process discharge that makes up 5 percent or more of the dry weather average hydraulic or organic capacity of the treatment works, or has a process discharge that makes up 5 percent or more of the dry weather average hydraulic or organic capacity of the treatment works, or has in its wastes toxic pollutants as defined pursuant to Section 307 of the Act or State statutes and rules, or is found by the City, State, or the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) to have reasonable potential, either singly or in combination with other contributing industries, for adversely affecting the treatment works, for violating a pretreatment standard or requirement, for impacting quality of sludge, the system’s effluent quality, or air emissions generated by the system.
42. “Significant noncompliance” means a violation which meets one or more of the following:
A. Chronic violations of wastewater discharge limits, defined as those in which sixty-six percent or more all of the measurements taken during a six-month period exceed (by any magnitude) the daily maximum limit or the average limit for the same pollutant parameter;
B. Technical Review Criteria (TRC) violations, defined here as those in which thirty-three percent or more of all of the measurements taken during a six-month period equal or exceed the product of the daily maximum limit or the average limit multiplied by the applicable TRC (TRC = 1.4 for BOD, TSS, fats, oil, and grease, and 1.2 for all other pollutants except pH).
C. Any other violation of a pretreatment effluent limit (daily maximum or longer-term average) that the Superintendent or Public Works Director determines has caused, alone or in combination with other discharges, interference or pass through (including endangering the health of treatment works personnel or the general public);
D. Any discharge of a pollutant that has caused imminent endangerment to human health, welfare or to the environment or has resulted in the exercise of emergency authority under this Code of Ordinances to halt or prevent such a discharge;
E. Failure to meet, within 90 days after the scheduled date, a compliance schedule milestone contained in a local control mechanism or enforcement order for starting construction, completing compliance, or attaining final compliance;
F. Failure to provide, within 30 days after the due date, required reports such as baseline monitoring reports, 90 day compliance reports, periodic self-monitoring reports, and reports on compliance with compliance schedules;
G. Failure to accurately report noncompliance;
H. Any other violation or group of violations which the Superintendent or Public Works Director determines will adversely affect the operation or implementation of the local pretreatment program.
43. “Slug” means any discharge of water sewage or industrial waste which in concentration of any given constituent or in quantity of flow exceeds, for any period of duration longer than fifteen minutes, more than five times the average twenty-four-hour concentration of flows during normal operation.
44. “Standard Industrial Classification (SIC)” means a classification pursuant to the Standard Industrial Classification Manual issued by the Executive Office of the President, Office of Management and Budget, 1987.
45. “Toxic pollutant” means any pollutant or combination of pollutants listed as toxic in regulations promulgated by the Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency under the provision of Section 307(a) of the Act or other Acts.
46. “Storm drain,” sometimes termed “storm sewer,” means a sewer which carries storm waters, surface waters and drainage but excludes sewage and industrial wastes other than unpolluted cooling water.
47. “Superintendent” means the Public Works Director of the City or an authorized deputy, agent or representative.
48. “Suspended solids (SS)” means solids that either float on the surface of or are in suspension in water, sewage or other liquids and which are removable by laboratory filtering.
49. “Treatment works” means any devices and systems for the storage, treatment, recycling and reclamation of municipal sewage, domestic sewage or liquid industrial wastes. These include intercepting sewers; outfall sewers; sewage collection systems; individual systems; pumping, power and other equipment and their appurtenances; extensions, improvement, remodeling, additions and alterations thereof; elements essential to provide a reliable recycled supply such as standby treatment units and clear well facilities; and any works, including site acquisition of the land that will be an integral part of the treatment process or is used for ultimate disposal or the residues resulting from such treatment (including land for composting sludge, temporary storage of such compost, and land used for storage of treated wastewater in land treatment systems before land application); or any other method or system for preventing, abating, reducing, storing, treating, separating or disposing of municipal waste or industrial waste, including waste in combined storm water and sanitary sewer system. Also regulation 503 Federal Register Sludge Requirements.
50. “Treatment plant” means that portion of the treatment works designed to provide treatment to wastewater.
51. “U.S.C.” means United State Code.
52. “User” means any person who contributes, causes or permits the contribution of wastewater into the City’s treatment works.
53. “Waters of the State” means all streams, lakes, ponds, marshes, watercourses, waterways, wells, springs, reservoirs, aquifers, irrigation systems, drainage systems and all other bodies or accumulations of water, surface or underground, natural or artificial, public or private, which are contained within, flow through, or border upon the State or any portion thereof.
54. “Watercourse” means a channel in which a flow of water occurs, either continuously or intermittently.
95.02 UNSANITARY DISPOSAL UNLAWFUL. It is unlawful for any person to place, deposit, or permit to be deposited in any unsanitary manner on public or private property within the City, or in any area under the jurisdiction of the City, any human or animal excrement, garbage, sewage, or objectionable waste.
95.03 PRIVIES, SEPTIC TANKS AND CESSPOOLS UNLAWFUL. Except as hereinafter provided, it is unlawful to construct or maintain any privy, privy vault, cesspool or other facility intended or used for the disposal of sewage.
95.04 SEWER CONNECTION REQUIRED. The owner of all houses, buildings or properties used for human occupancy, employment, recreation or other purposes, situated within the City and abutting on any street, alley or right-of-way in which there is now located or may in the future be located a public sanitary sewer or combined sewer of the City, is hereby required at said owner’s expense to install suitable toilet facilities therein, and to connect such facilities directly with the proper public sewer in accordance with the provisions of this chapter, within ninety (90) days after date of official notification to do so, provided that said public sewer is within two hundred (200) feet of the property line.
95.05 SEWER CONNECTION PERMIT REQUIRED. No unauthorized person shall uncover, make any connection with or opening into, use, alter or disturb away public sewer or appurtenance thereof without first obtaining a tapping permit form the Public Works Department.
95.06 APPLICATION FOR SEWER PERMIT. The owner or agent shall make application for a permit on a special form furnished by the City. The permit application shall be supplemented by any plans, specifications or other information considered pertinent in the judgment of the Public Works Director. All tapping permit fees and inspection fees shall be estimated by the Public Works Director annually, for each such service required, subject to Council approval.
95.07 SEWER CONNECTION COST LIABILITY. All costs and expenses incident to the installation and connection of the building sewer shall be borne by the owner. The owner shall indemnify the City from any loss or damage that may directly or indirectly be occasioned by the installation of the building sewer.
95.08 SEPARATE BUILDING SEWER REQUIRED. A separate and independent building sewer shall be provided for every building. Each new service shall have a BACK-FLOW prevention device approved by the Public Works Director or his/her representative according to the Building and Plumbing Codes of the City.
95.09 TESTING AND USE OF BUILDING SEWERS. Old building sewers may be used in connection with new buildings only when they are found, on examination and test by the Public Works Department, to meet all requirements of this chapter.
95.10 BUILDING SEWER CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS. The size, slope, alignment, materials of construction of a building sewer, and the methods to be used in excavating, placing of the pipe, jointing, testing, and backfilling the trench shall conform to the requirements of Division 4 of the State Building Code or the City Building and Plumbing Codes or other applicable rules and regulations of the City.
95.11 BUILDING SEWER ELEVATION. Whenever possible, the building sewer shall be brought to the building at an elevation below the basement floor. In all buildings in which any building drain is too low to permit gravity flow to the public sewer, sanitary sewage carried by such building drain shall be lifted by an approved means and discharged to the building sewer.
95.12 CONNECTION OF SURFACE RUNOFF SOURCES TO SANITARY SEWER PROHIBITED. No person shall make connection of roof downspouts, exterior foundation drains, sump pumps, areaway drains, or other sources of surface runoff or groundwater to a building sewer or building drain which in turn is connected directly or indirectly to a public sanitary sewer.
95.13 SEWER CONNECTION STANDARDS. The connection of the building sewer into the public sewer shall conform to the requirements of the Building and Plumbing Code or other applicable rules and regulations of the City.
95.14 INSPECTION REQUIRED. The applicant for a building sewer permit shall notify the Public Works Department when the building sewer is ready for inspection and connection to the public sewer. The connection shall be made under the supervision of the Public Works Director or his/her representative.
95.15 EXCAVATIONS. All excavation for building sewer installations shall be adequately guarded by the contractor or owner with barricades and lights so as to protect the public from hazard. Streets, sidewalks, parkways, and other public property disturbed in the course of the work shall be restored in a manner satisfactory to the Public Works Director.
95.16 UNPOLLUTED WATER PROHIBITED IN SANITARY SEWER. No person shall discharge or cause to be discharged any storm water, surface water, groundwater, roof runoff, subsurface drainage, including interior and exterior foundation drains, uncontaminated cooling water, or unpolluted industrial process waters into any sanitary sewer.
95.17 DISCHARGE OF RUNOFF OR UNPOLLUTED WATER. Storm water and all other unpolluted drainage shall be discharged to such sewers as are specifically designated as combined sewers, or to a natural outlet approved by the Public Works Director. Industrial cooling water or unpolluted process waters may be discharged, on approval of the Public Works Director, into a storm sewer, combined sewer or natural outlet if the user has obtained a NPDES Permit from the State.
95.18 STORM SEWERS — PROHIBITED DISCHARGES. It is unlawful to discharge or cause to be discharged, any sewage or other pollutant into any storm sewer within the City or within any area under the jurisdiction of the City.
95.19 PROHIBITED DISCHARGES. A user may not introduce into the treatment works any pollutants which cause pass through or interference. No user shall contribute or cause to be contributed, directly or indirectly, any of the following substances to the treatment works:
1. Any liquids, solids or gases which by reason of their nature or quantity are, or may be, sufficient either alone or by interaction with other substances to cause fire or explosion or be injurious in any other way to the treatment works or to the operation of the treatment works. Waste streams with a closed-cap flashpoint of less than 60 degrees Celsius (as specified in 40 CFR 261.21) are prohibited. At no time shall two successive readings on an explosion hazard meter at the point of discharge into the system (or at any point in the system) be more than five percent (5%) nor any single reading over ten percent (10%) of the lower explosive limit (LEL) of the meter. Prohibited materials include, but are not limited to, gasoline, kerosene, naphtha, benzene, toluene, xylene, ethers, alcohols, ketones, aldehydes, peroxides chlorates, bromates, carbides, hydrides and sulfides and any other substances which the City, the State or EPA has notified the user is a fire hazard or a hazard to the system.
2. Solids or viscous substances which may cause obstruction to the flow in a sewer or other interference with the operation of the wastewater treatment facilities such as, but not limited to: grease, garbage with particles greater than one-half inch (1/2") in any dimension, animal guts or tissues, paunch manure, bones, hair, hides or fleshing, entrails, whole blood, feathers, ashes, cinders, sand, spent lime, stone or marble dust, metal, glass, straw, shavings, gas, tar, asphalt residues, residues from refining or processing of fuel or lubricating oil, mud, or glass grinding or polishing wastes.
3. Any water or waste containing fats, wax, grease or oils, whether emulsified or not, in excess of one hundred mg/l, or containing substances which may solidify or become viscous at temperatures between thirty-two and one hundred fifty degrees Fahrenheit (0-65 degrees Celsius), unless approved by the Public Works Director.
4. Any wastewater having a pH greater than 9.5, unless approved by the Public Works Director, or any wastewater having a pH less than 5.5, or wastewater having any other corrosive property capable or causing damage or hazard to structures, equipment, and/or personnel of the treatment works.
5. Any waters or wastes containing strong acid iron pickling wastes, or concentrated plating solutions whether neutralized or not unless approved by the Public Works Director.
6. Any wastewater containing toxic pollutants in sufficient quantity, either singly or by interaction with other pollutants, to cause interference with any wastewater treatment process, constitute a hazard to humans or animals, create a toxic effect in the receiving waters of the treatment works, or to exceed the limitation set forth in a National Categorical Pretreatment Standard. A toxic pollutant shall include but not be limited to any pollutant identified pursuant to Section 307(a) of the Act.
7. Any noxious or malodorous liquids, gases, or solids which either singly or by interaction with other wastes are sufficient to create a public nuisance or hazard to life or are sufficient to prevent entry into the sewers for maintenance and repair.
8. Any substance which may cause the treatment works effluent or any other product of the treatment works such as residues, sludges, or scums, to be unsuitable for reclamation and reuse or to interfere with the reclamation process. In no case shall a substance discharged to the treatment works cause the treatment works to be in noncompliance with the sludge use or disposal criteria, guidelines or regulations developed under Section 405 of the Act, or new 503 Federal regulations; or any criteria, guidelines, or regulations affecting sludge use or disposal developed pursuant to the Solid Waste Disposal Act, the Clean Air Act, the Toxic Substance Control Act, or State criteria applicable to the sludge management method being used.
9. Any substance which will cause the treatment works to violate its NPDES and/or State Disposal System Permit or the receiving water quality standards.
10. Any wastewater with objectionable color not removed in the treatment process, such as, but not limited to, dye wastes and vegetable tanning solutions.
11. Any wastewater having a temperature which will inhibit biological activity in the treatment works plant resulting in interference, but in no case wastewater or vapor having a temperature higher than 65 degrees Celsius (150 degrees Fahrenheit), unless approved by the Public Works Director; and in no case wastewater or vapor with a temperature at the introduction into the treatment plant which exceeds 40 degrees Celsius (104 degrees Fahrenheit).
12. Any pollutants, including oxygen demanding pollutants (BOD, etc.) released at a flow rate and/or pollutant concentration which a user knows or has reason to know will cause interference to the treatment works. In no case shall a slug load have a flow rate or contain concentration or quantities of pollutants that exceed for any time period longer than fifteen (15) minutes more than five (5) times the average twenty-four (24) hour concentration, quantities, or flow during normal operations.
13. Any wastewater containing any radioactive wastes or isotopes of such half-life or concentration as may exceed limits established by the Public Works Director in compliance with applicable State or Federal regulations.
14. Unusual concentrations of inert suspended solids (such as, but not limited to, fuller’s earth, lime slurries, and lime residues) or of dissolved solids (such as, but not limited to, sodium chloride sodium sulfate) unless approved by the Public Works Director.
15. Any discharge of petroleum oil, non-biodegradable cutting oil, or products of mineral oil origin in amounts that will cause interference or pass through.
16. Any wastewater which causes a hazard to human life or creates a public nuisance.
17. Any wastewater which will cause interference with the operation or performance of the treatment works. Any discharges listed above as requiring approval of the Public Works Director shall be evaluated by the Public Works Director based upon such factors as the quantities of subject wastes in relation to flows and velocities in the sewers, materials of construction of the sewers, nature of the sewage treatment process, capacity of the sewage treatment plant, degree of treatability of wastes in the sewage treatment plant, and other pertinent factors. When the Public Works Director determines that a user is contributing to the treatment works, any of the above enumerated substances in such amounts as to interfere with the operation of the treatment works, adversely affect sludge or effluent quality, cause hazard to human life, or create a public nuisance, the Public Works Director shall:
A. Advise the user(s) of the impact of the contribution;
B. Develop effluent limitation(s) for such user to correct the problem; and
C. Require a compliance schedule.
95.20 NATIONAL CATEGORICAL PRETREATMENT STANDARDS. Upon the promulgation of the National Categorical Pretreatment Standards, for a particular industrial subcategory, the National Standards, if more stringent than limitations imposed under this chapter for sources in that subcategory, shall immediately supersede the limitations imposed under this chapter. The National Categorical Pretreatment Standards, 40 CFR Chapter 1, Subchapter N, Parts 405-471, revised as of July 1, 1993, are hereby adopted as part of this chapter. The Public Works Director shall notify all affected users of the applicable reporting requirements under 40 CFR, Section 403.12.
95.21 MODIFICATION OF NATIONAL CATEGORICAL PRETREAT-MENT STANDARDS. Where the City’s wastewater treatment system achieves consistent removal of pollutants limited by National Categorical Pretreatment Standards, the City may apply to the approval authority for modification of specific limits in the National Categorical Pretreatment Standards. “Consistent removal” means reduction in the amount of a pollutant or alteration of the nature of the pollutant by the wastewater treatment system to a less toxic or harmless state in the effluent which is achieved by the system in 95 percent of the samples taken when measured according to the procedures set forth in Section 403.7(c)(2) of Title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations; Part 403 - “General Pretreatment Regulations for Existing and New Sources of Pollution” promulgated pursuant to the Act. The City may then modify pollutant discharge limits in the Federal Pretreatment Standards if the requirements contained in 40 CFR, Part 403, Section 403.7, are fulfilled and prior approval from the approval authority is obtained.
95.22 TRUCKED/HAULED WASTES. The discharge of hauled or trucked wastes, except at points designated by the treatment works, is prohibited.
95.23 SPECIFIC POLLUTANT LIMITATIONS. No person shall discharge wastewater containing pollutants which in combination with other discharges would cause the concentrations at the introduction into the treatment plant to exceed the following limits:
0.025 mg/l arsenic
0.003 mg/l cadmium
0.142 mg/l chromium, total
0.153 mg/l copper
0.061 mg/l cyanide
0.233 mg/l lead
0. 000 mg/l mercury
0.118 mg/l nickel
0.057 mg/l silver
0.1 10 mg/l zinc
The Public Works Director shall develop limits for each significant industrial user on a user specific basis to ensure that the above limitations are not exceeded. To ensure that the above limitations are not exceeded the Public Works Director may impose limitations more stringent than those in this chapter.
95.24 STATE REQUIREMENTS. State requirements and limitations on discharges shall apply in any case where they are more stringent than Federal requirements and limitations or those in this chapter.
95.25 OIL AND SAND INTERCEPTORS. Grease, oil and sand interceptors shall be provided when, in the opinion of the Public Works Director, they are necessary for the proper handling of liquid waste containing grease in excessive amounts, or any flammable wastes, sand or other harmful ingredients; except that such interceptors shall not be required for private living quarters or dwelling units. All interceptors shall be of a type and capacity approved by the Public Works Director, and shall be located as to be readily and easily accessible for cleaning and inspection.
95.26 EXCESSIVE DISCHARGE. Except where expressly authorized to do so by an applicable Pretreatment Standard, no user shall increase the use of process water or, in any way, attempt to dilute a discharge as a partial or complete substitute for adequate treatment to achieve compliance with a categorical Pretreatment Standard.
95.27 NOTIFICATION OF CHANGED DISCHARGE. All industrial users shall promptly notify the Public Works Director in advance of any substantial change in the volume or character of pollutants in their discharge, including the listed or characteristic hazardous wastes for which the industrial user has submitted initial notification under 40 CFR 403.12(p).
95.28 NOTIFICATION OF DISCHARGE OF HAZARDOUS WASTE. All industrial users shall notify the Public Works Director, the EPA Regional Waste Management Division Director, and State hazardous waste authorities in writing of any discharge into the POTW of a substance, which, if otherwise disposed of, would be a hazardous waste under 40 CFR, Part 261.
95.29 ACCIDENTAL/SLUG DISCHARGES. Each significant industrial user, or any other user as deemed necessary by the City, shall provide protection from accidental/slug discharge of prohibited materials or other substances regulated by this chapter. Facilities to prevent accidental/slug discharge of prohibited materials shall be provided and maintained at the owner’s or user’s own cost and expense. Detailed plans showing facilities and operating procedures to provide this protection shall be submitted to the City for review, and shall be approved by the City before construction of the facility. All existing users shall complete such a plan within 120 days of the effective date of the ordinance codified in this chapter. No user who commences contribution to the treatment works after the effective date of such ordinance shall be permitted to introduce pollutants into the system until accidental/slug discharge procedures has been approved by the City. Review and approval of such plans and operating procedures shall not relieve the industrial user from the responsibility to modify the user’s facility as necessary to meet the requirements of this chapter. The slug control plan shall contain, at a minimum, the following elements.
1. Description of discharge practices, including non-routine batch discharges;
2. Description of stored chemicals;
3. Procedures for immediately notifying the Public Works Director of slug discharges, including the location of discharge, type of waste, concentration and volume, and corrective actions, and follow up this notification with:
A. Within five (5) days following an accidental/slug discharge, the user shall submit to the Public Works Director a detailed written report describing the cause of the discharge and the measures to be taken by the user to prevent similar future occurrences. Such notification shall not relieve the user of any expense, loss, damage, or other liability which may be incurred as a result of damage to the treatment works, fish kills, or any other damage to person or property; nor shall such notification relieve the user of any fines, civil penalties, or other liability which may be imposed by this chapter or other applicable law.
B. A notice shall be permanently posted on the user’s bulletin board or other prominent place advising employees whom to call in the event of a accidental/slug discharge. Employers shall insure that all employees who may cause or suffer such a accidental/slug discharge to occur are advised of the emergency notification procedure.
4. If necessary, procedures to prevent adverse impact from accidental spills, including inspection and maintenance of storage areas, handling and transfer of materials, loading and unloading operations, control of plant site run-off, worker training, building of containment structures or equipment, measures for containing toxic organic pollutants (including solvents), and/or measures and equipment necessary for emergency response.
95.30 RECORD KEEPING REQUIREMENTS. Any industrial user subject to the reporting requirements established in this section shall be required to retain for a minimum of 3 years any records of monitoring activities and results (whether or not such monitoring activities are required by this section) and shall make such records available for inspection and copying by the Public Works Director, the approval authority, or EPA. This period of retention shall be extended during the course of any unresolved litigation regarding the industrial user or when requested by the Public Works Director, the approval authority, or EPA.
95.31 WASTEWATER CONTRIBUTION PERMITS. All significant industrial users proposing to connect to or to contribute to the treatment works shall obtain a wastewater contribution permit before connecting to or contributing to the treatment works.
1. Permit Application. All significant industrial users shall complete and file with the City an application, in the form prescribed by the City. Proposed new significant industrial users shall apply at least 90 days prior to connecting to or contributing to the treatment works. In support of the application, the user shall submit, in units and terms appropriate for evaluation, the following information:
A. Name, address, location (if different from the address), and telephone number;
B. SIC number according to the Standard Industrial Classification Manual, Bureau of the Budget, 1972, as amended;
C. Wastewater constituents and characteristics including but not limited to those mentioned in this chapter as determined by a reliable analytical laboratory; sampling and analysis shall be performed in accordance with procedures established by the EPA pursuant to Section 304(g) of the Act and contained in 40 CFR, Part 136, as amended;
D. Time and duration of contribution;
E. Average daily and 30 minute peak wastewater flow rates, including daily, monthly and seasonal variations, if any;
F. Site plans, floor plans, mechanical and plumbing plans and details to show all sewers, sewer connections, and appurtenances by the size, location and elevation;
G. Description of activities, facilities, plant processes and pretreatment facilities on the premises including all materials which are or could be discharged;
H. The nature and concentration of any pollutants in the discharge which are limited by any City, State, or Federal pretreatment standards, and a statement defining pretreatment standards and whether or not they are being met on a consistent basis and if not, whether additional operation and maintenance (O&M) and/or additional pretreatment is required for the user to meet applicable pretreatment standards;
I. Each product produced by type, amount, process or processed and rate of production;
J. Type and amount of raw materials processed (average and maximum per day);
K. Number and type of employees, and hours of operation of plant and proposed or actual hours of operation of pretreatment system;
L. A statement, reviewed by an authorized representative of the user and certified by a Professional Engineer with the State of Iowa indicating whether pretreatment standards are being met on a consistent basis, and, if not, whether additional operation and maintenance and/or additional pretreatment is required for the user to meet the pretreatment standards;
M. If additional pretreatment and/or O&M will be required to meet the pretreatment standards, the shortest schedule by which the user will provide such additional pretreatment. The completion date in this schedule shall not be later than the compliance date established for the applicable pretreatment standard. The following conditions shall apply to this schedule:
(1) The schedule shall contain increments of progress in the form of dates for the commencement and completion of major events leading to the construction and operation of additional pretreatment required for the user to meet the applicable pretreatment standards (e.g., hiring an engineer, completing preliminary plans, completing final plans, executing contract for major components, commencing construction, completing construction, etc.)
(2) No increment referred to in paragraph (1) shall exceed 9 months.
(3) No later than 14 days following each date in the schedule and the final date for compliance, the user shall submit a progress report to the Public Works Director including, as a minimum, whether or not it complied with the increment of progress to be met on such date and, if not, the date on which it expects to comply with this increment of progress, the reason for delay, and the steps being taken by the user to return the construction to the schedule established. In no event shall more than nine (9) months elapse between such progress reports to the Public Works Director.
N. Any other information as may be deemed by the City to be necessary to evaluate the permit application. The City will evaluate the data furnished by the user and may require additional information. After evaluation and acceptance of the data furnished, the City may issue or deny a wastewater contribution permit subject to terms and conditions provided herein.
2. Permit Modifications. The Public Works Director may modify the wastewater contribution permit for good cause including, but not limited to, the following:
A. After promulgation of a National Categorical Pretreatment Standard, the wastewater contribution permit of users subject to such standards shall be revised to require compliance with such standard within the time frame prescribed by such standard. Where a user, subject to a National Categorical Pretreatment Standard, has not previously submitted an application for a wastewater contribution permit, such user shall do so within the time period identified in the Standard. In addition, the user with an existing wastewater contribution permit shall submit to the Public Works Director within the time period identified in the Standard the information required by subsection (C) through (M) of subsection 1 of this section. The terms and conditions of the permit may be subject to modification by the City during the term of the permit as City, State or Federal limitations or requirements are modified or if other just cause exists. The user shall be informed of any proposed changes in the permit at least 30 days prior to the effective date of change. Any changes or new conditions in the permit shall include a reasonable time schedule for compliance.
B. To address significant alterations or additions to the industrial user’s operation, processes, or wastewater volume or character since the time of the permit issuance.
C. Information indicating that the permitted discharge poses a threat to the treatment works, personnel or the receiving waters.
D. Violation of terms or conditions of the permit.
E. Misrepresentations or failure to fully disclose all relevant facts in the permit application or in any reporting.
F. To reflect a transfer of the facility ownership and/or operation to a new owner/operator.
G. To correct typographical or other errors in the permit.
3. Permit Conditions. Wastewater contribution permits shall be expressly subject to all provisions of this chapter and all other applicable regulations, user charges and fees established by the City.
A. Permits shall contain the following:
(1) A statement of duration of the permit, not to exceed five years;
(2) Requirements for maintaining and retaining plant records relating to wastewater discharge a minimum of three years or as specified by the City, and affording City access there to;
(3) A statement regarding the transferability of the permit;
(4) Limits on the average and maximum wastewater constituents and characteristics to prevent pass through or interference, protect the quality of the water body receiving the treatment plant’s effluent, protect worker health and safety, facilitate sludge management and disposal, protect ambient air quality, and protect against damage to the treatment works and copy with applicable pretreatment standards;
(5) A statement of applicable civil and criminal penalties for violations of the permit.
B. Permits may contain the following:
(1) The unit charge or schedule of user charges and fees for the wastewater to be discharged to a community sewer;
(2) Limits on average and maximum rate and time of discharge or requirements for flow regulation and equalization;
(3) Requirements for installation and maintenance of inspection and sampling facilities;
(4) Specifications for monitoring programs which may include sampling locations, frequency of sampling, number, types and standards for tests and reporting schedule;
(5) Compliance schedules for installation of technology to meet applicable Standards;
(6) Requirements for submission of technical reports or discharge reports;
(7) Requirements for notification of the City or any new introduction of wastewater constituents or any substantial change in the volume or character of the wastewater constituents being introduced into the wastewater treatment system;
(8) Requirements for notification of accidental/slug discharges or any other potential problem discharges;
(9) Requirements for notification of the Public Works Director, State or EPA of any discharge which would be considered a hazardous waste if disposed of in a different manner; and
(10) Other conditions as deemed appropriate by the City to ensure compliance with this chapter.
4. Permit Duration. Wastewater contribution permits shall normally be issued for a period of five (5) years. A permit may be issued for a lesser period or may be stated to expire on a specific date. The user shall apply for a permit reissuance a minimum of 180 days prior to the expiration of the user’s existing permit.
5. Permit Transfer. Wastewater contribution permits are issued to a specific user for a specific operation. A wastewater discharge permit shall not be reassigned or transferred or sold to a new owner, new user, different premises or a new or changed operation without the approval of the City. Any succeeding owner or user shall also comply with the terms and conditions of the existing permit.
95.32 REPORTING REQUIREMENTS FOR PERMITTEE. The following reports are required for wastewater contribution permit holders:
1. Compliance Date Report. Within 90 days following the effective date of an applicable pretreatment standard, any user subject to the pretreatment standard shall submit to the Public Works Director a report indicating the nature and concentration of all pollutants in the discharge from the regulated process which are limited by pretreatment standards and the average and maximum daily flow for these process units in the user’s facility which are limited by such pretreatment standards. The report shall state whether the applicable pretreatment standards are being met on a consistent basis and, if not, what additional O&M and/or pretreatment is necessary to bring the user into compliance with the applicable pretreatment standards. This statement shall be signed by an authorized representative of the industrial user, and certified to by a qualified professional.
2. Periodic Compliance Reports.
A. Any significant industrial user shall submit to the Public Works Director during the months of June and December, unless required more frequently in the pretreatment standard or by the Public Works Director, a report indicating the nature and concentration of pollutants in the effluent which are limited by such pretreatment standards. In addition, this report shall include a record of all daily flows which during the reporting period exceeded the average daily flow. At the discretion of the Public Works Director and in consideration of such factors as local high or low flow rates, holidays, budget cycles, etc., the Public Works Director may agree to alter the months during which the above reports are to be submitted.
B. The Public Works Director may impose mass limitations on users which are using dilution to meet applicable pretreatment standards, or in other cases where the imposition of mass limitations is appropriate. In such cases, the report required by subsection A of this section shall indicate the mass of pollutants regulated by pretreatment standards in the effluent of the user. These reports shall contain the results of sampling and analysis of the discharge, including the flow and the nature and concentration, or production and mass, where requested by the Public Works Director, of pollutants contained therein which are limited by the applicable pretreatment standards. All analysis shall be performed in accordance with procedures established by the approval authority pursuant to section 304(g) of the Act and contained in 40 CFR, Part 136 and amendments thereto or with any other test procedures approved by the approval authority. Sampling shall be performed in accordance with the techniques approved by the approval authority.
3. Categorical Pretreatment Standard — Baseline Report. Within 180 days after the effective date of a categorical Pretreatment Standard, or 180 days after the final administrative decision made upon a category determination submission under 40 CFR 403.6(a)(4), whichever is later, existing industrial users subject to such categorical Pretreatment Standards and currently discharging to or scheduled to discharge to the treatment works shall be required to submit to the Public Works Director a report which contains the information required under 40 CFR 403.13(b)(1)-(7). Where reports containing this information already have been submitted to the State or EPA in compliance with the requirement of 40 CFR 128.140(b), the industrial user will not be required to submit this information again. At least 90 days prior to commencement of discharge, new sources and sources that become industrial users subsequent to the promulgation of an applicable categorical Standard, shall be required to submit to the Public Works Director a report which contains the information listed in 40 CFR 403.12(b)(1)-(5). New sources shall also be required to include in this report information on the method of pretreatment the source intends to use to meet applicable pretreatment standards. New sources shall give estimates of the information requested in 40 CFR 403.12(b) (4) and (5).
95.33 APPLICATION SIGNATORIES AND CERTIFICATION. All wastewater discharge permit applications and industrial user reports must contain the following certification statement and be signed by an authorized representative of the industrial user.
“I certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direct supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, accurate and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations.”
95.34 MONITORING FACILITIES. All significant industrial users shall be required to provide and operate at their own expense, monitoring facilities to allow inspection, sampling, and flow measurement of the building sewer and/or internal drainage systems. The monitoring facility should normally be situated on the user’s premises, but the City may, when such a location would be impractical or cause undue hardship on the user, allow the facility to be constructed in the public street or sidewalk area and located so that it will not be obstructed by landscaping or parked vehicles. There will be ample room in or near such sampling manhole or facility to allow accurate sampling and preparation of samples for analysis. The facility and all sampling and measuring equipment shall be maintained at all times in a safe and proper operating condition at the expense of the user. Whether constructed on public or private property, the sampling and monitoring facilities shall be provided in accordance with the City’s requirements and all applicable local construction standards and specifications. Construction shall be completed within 90 days following written notification by the City.
95.35 TESTING METHODS. All measurements, tests, and analyses of the characteristics of waters and wastes to which reference is made in this chapter shall be determined in accordance with methods specified in 40 CFR Part 136 and shall be determined at the monitoring facility provided, or upon suitable samples taken at said monitoring facility. In the event that no special monitoring facility has been required, the monitoring facility shall be considered to the nearest downstream manhole in the public sewer to the point at which the building sewer is connected. Sampling shall be carried out by customarily accepted methods to reflect the effect of constituents upon the sewage works and to determine the existence of hazards to life, limb, and property. The particular analyses involved will determine whether a twenty-four hour composite of all outfalls of a premises is appropriate or whether a grab sample or samples should be taken. Normally, but not always, BOD and suspended solids analyses are obtained from twenty-four hour composites of all outfalls, whereas pH’s are determined from periodic grab samples.
95.36 PRETREATMENT. Users shall provide necessary wastewater treatment as required to comply with this chapter and shall achieve compliance with all National Categorical Pretreatment Standards within the time limitations as specified. Any facilities required to pretreat wastewater to a level acceptable to the City shall be provided, operated, and maintained continuously and in satisfactory and effective operation at the user’s expense. Detailed plans showing the pretreatment facilities and operating procedures shall be submitted to the City for review, and shall be acceptable to the City before construction of the facilities. Design and installation of such facilities shall be subject to the requirements of all applicable codes, ordinances, and laws. The review of such plans and operating procedures will in no way relieve the user from the responsibility of modifying the facility as necessary to produce an effluent acceptable to the City under the provisions of this chapter. Any subsequent changes in the pretreatment facilities or method of operation shall be reported to and be acceptable to the City prior to the user’s initiation of the changes. The City shall annually publish in the largest daily newspaper published in the City a list of the users which were in significant noncompliance with pretreatment requirements or standards during the 12 previous months. The notification shall also summarize any enforcement actions taken against the user during the same 12 months.
95.37 UNUSUAL DISCHARGES — SPECIAL ARRANGEMENTS. No statement contained in this chapter shall be construed as preventing any special agreement or arrangement between the City and any industrial concern whereby an industrial waste of unusual strength or character may be accepted by the City for treatment, subject to payment therefor by the industrial concern. Special arrangements shall not be allowed which will cause violation of National Categorical Pretreatment Standards or NPDES permit.
95.38 CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION. Information and data on a user obtained from reports, questionnaires, permit applications, permits and monitoring programs and from inspections shall be available to the public without restriction unless the user specifically requests and is able to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the City that the release of such information would divulge information, processes or methods of production entitled to protection as trade secrets of the user. When requested by the person furnishing a report, the portions of a report which might disclose trade secrets or secret processes shall not be made available for inspection by the public, but shall be made available upon written request to governmental agencies for uses related to this chapter, the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Permit, State Disposal System permit and/or the Pretreatment Programs. Wastewater monitoring results will not be recognized as confidential information. Information accepted by the City as confidential will be provided to the State and EPA upon request without prior notification to the user.
95.39 REVOCATION OF PERMIT. A user is subject to having his/her wastewater contribution permit revoked for any of the following conditions:
1. Failure of a user to report factually the wastewater constituents and characteristics of the discharge;
2. Failure of the user to report significant changes in operations, or wastewater constituents and characteristics;
3. Refusal of reasonable access to the user’s premises for the purpose of inspection or monitoring; or,
4. Violation of conditions of the permit.
95.40 NOTIFICATION OF VIOLATIONS. Whenever the City finds that any user has violated or is violating this chapter, wastewater contribution permit, or any prohibition, limitation or requirement contained herein, the City may serve upon such person a written notice stating the nature of the violation. Within a specified period of the date of the written notice, a plan for the satisfactory correction thereof shall be submitted to the City by the user.
95.41 HARMFUL CONTRIBUTIONS. The City may suspend wastewater treatment service and/or the wastewater contribution permit of a user when such suspension is necessary, in the opinion of the City, in order to stop an actual or threatened discharge which presents or may present an imminent or substantial endangerment to the health or welfare of persons or environment, causes interference to the treatment works or causes the City to violate any condition of its NPDES Permit. Any user notified of a suspension of wastewater treatment service and/or its wastewater contribution permit shall immediately stop or eliminate the contribution. In the event of failure of the person to comply voluntarily with the suspension order, the City shall take such steps as deemed necessary, including immediate severance of the sewer connection, to prevent or minimize damage to the treatment works or endangerment to any individuals. The City shall reinstate the wastewater contribution permit and/or the wastewater treatment service, upon payment to the City of all costs of such disconnection and reconnection and upon proof of the elimination of the noncomplying discharge. A detailed written statement submitted by the user describing the causes of the harmful contribution and the measures taken to prevent any future occurrence shall be submitted to the City within 15 days of the date of occurrence.
95.42 DAMAGING OR TAMPERING WITH SEWAGE WORKS. No unauthorized person shall maliciously, willfully or negligently break, damage, destroy, uncover, deface or tamper with any structure, appurtenance, or equipment which is a part of the sewage works. Any person violating the provisions of this section shall be guilty of a misdemeanor.
95.43 INSPECTION OF PROPERTIES.
1. Authorized Official; Jurisdiction. The City may inspect the facilities of any user to ascertain whether the purpose of this chapter is being met and all requirements are being complied with. Owners or occupants of premises where wastewater is created or discharged shall allow the City or its representative ready access at all reasonable times to all parts of the premises for the purposes of inspection, sampling, examination and copying of records or in the performance of any of their duties. The City shall have the right to set up on the user’s property such devices as are necessary to conduct sampling, inspection, compliance monitoring and/or metering operations. Where a user has security measures in force which would require proper identification and clearance before entry into their premises, the user shall make necessary arrangements with their security guards so that upon presentation of suitable identification, personnel from the City will be permitted to enter, without delay, for the purposes of performing their specific responsibilities.
2. Deaths Or Damages; Liability. While performing the necessary work on private properties referred to in Section 95.43, the Public Works Director or duly authorized employees of the City shall observe all safety rules applicable to the premises established by the company, and the company shall be held harmless for injury or death to City employees. The City shall indemnify the company against loss or damage to its property by City employees and against liability claims and demands for personal injury or property damage asserted against the company and growing out of the gauging and sampling operation, except as such may be caused by negligence or failure of the company to maintain safe conditions.
3. Easements. The Public Works Director and other duly authorized employees of the City bearing proper credentials and identification shall be permitted to enter all private properties through which the City holds a duly negotiated easement for the purpose of, but not limited to, inspection, observation, measurement, sampling, repair, and maintenance of any portion of the sewage works lying within said easement. All entry and subsequent work, if any, on said easement, shall be done in full accordance with the terms of the duly negotiated easement pertaining to the private property involved.
95.44 VIOLATION; PENALTY. Any person found to be violating any provision of this chapter shall be served by the City with written notice stating the nature of the violation and providing a reasonable time limit for the satisfactory correction thereof. The offender shall, within the period of time stated in such notice, permanently cease all violations. Any person who continues any violation beyond the time limit provided for in such notice shall be guilty of a municipal infraction and, upon conviction thereof, shall be fined in the amount not exceeding one thousand dollars a day per violation. Each day in which any such violation continues shall be deemed a separate offense. In addition thereto any person violating any of the provisions of this chapter shall become liable to the City for any expense, loss or damage occasioned the City by reason of such violation. In addition to the other remedies provided in this chapter, the City may, at the City’s office, initiate an action, either in law or in equity, to obtain an injunction against further violations of this chapter, and for judgment for all costs incurred by the City occasioned by the user’s violation of any requirements of this chapter.
95.45 STORM WATER. No person shall discharge or cause to be discharged any storm water, surface water, groundwater, roof runoff, sub-surface drainage, uncontaminated cooling water or unpolluted industrial process waters to any sanitary sewer. Storm water and all other unpolluted drainage shall be discharged to such sewers as are specifically designated as a storm sewer, or to natural outlet approved by the Public Works Director. Industrial cooling water or unpolluted process waters may be discharged on approval of the Public Works Director to a storm sewer or natural outlet.
95.46 SURFACE WATERS EXCEPTION. Special permits for discharging surface waters to a public sanitary sewer may be issued by the Council upon recommendation to the Public Works Director where such discharge is deemed necessary or advisable for purposes of flushing, but any permit so issued shall be subject to revocation at any time when deemed to the best interests of the sewer system.
95.47 ASSURANCE OF COMPLIANCE. Special assessment shall be imposed against property for the costs incurred by the City to bring any particular property into compliance.
95.48 BACKFLOW VALVE. A valve will be required for new construction as outlined under current ordinance and will be required only at location(s) shown to be problem areas that have a history of flooding or poor sewer conditions.
° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °
|
96.01 Comprehensive Sewer Service Charge |
96.08 Measurement by Meters |
|
96.02 Accounts Established |
96.09 Penalty |
|
96.03 Year-end Balances |
96.10 (Repealed by Ordinance No. 98-26) |
|
96.04 Rates |
96.11 Service Charge for Schools Serving Food |
|
96.05 Billing and Collection Charges |
96.12 Lien for Nonpayment |
|
96.06 Debt Service Charges |
96.13 Monthly Rates |
|
96.07 Industrial Cost Recovery |
96.14 Lawn and Garden Watering Systems |
96.01 COMPREHENSIVE SEWER SERVICE CHARGE. Every person whose premises is served by connection to the Sanitary Sewer System of the City, either directly or indirectly, shall pay to the City a comprehensive sewer service charge for the use of and for services supplied by the Water Pollution Control Facilities of the City, which charges consist of:
1. Basic user charge for the O & M of the Water Pollution Control Plant.
2. A surcharge for the O & M of the Water Pollution Control Plant for wastes contributed of strengths greater than domestic wastewater.
3. A basic user charge for the O & M of the Sanitary Sewer System.
4. A billing and collection charge.
5. A debt service charge.
6.
An industrial cost recovery charge, where applicable.
96.02 ACCOUNTS ESTABLISHED. That portion of the total user charge collected which is designated for operation and maintenance including replacement purposes, shall be deposited in a separate non-lapsing fund known as the Operation, Maintenance and Replacement Fund and will be kept in two primary accounts as follows:
1. Operation and Maintenance Account. An account designated for the specific purpose of defraying operation and maintenance costs (excluding replacement) of the treatment works.
2. Replacement Account. An account designated for the specific purpose of ensuring replacement needs over the useful life of the treatment works. Deposits in the Replacement Account shall be made at least annually from the Operation, Maintenance and Replacement Fund.
96.03 YEAR-END BALANCES. Fiscal year-end balances in the Operation and Maintenance Account and the Replacement Account shall be carried over to the same accounts in the subsequent fiscal year, and shall be used for no other purposes than those designated for these accounts. Moneys which have been transferred from other sources to meet temporary shortages in the Operation, Maintenance and Replacement Fund shall be returned to their respective accounts upon appropriate adjustment of the user charge rates for operation, maintenance and replacement. The user charge rate shall be adjusted such that the transferred moneys will be returned to their respective accounts within the fiscal year following the fiscal year in which the moneys were borrowed.
96.04 RATES. The rates for the comprehensive sewer service charge shall be established every July by Council resolution and shall be as follows:
1. Water Pollution Control Plant. The basic user charge for the O & M cost of the Water Pollution Control Plant shall be based on the total number of services and on the quantity of flow of domestic wastewater recorded by water meters. The plant O & M budget is composed of the following basic budget items:
A. Salaries and fringe benefits;
B. Insurance, conference and billing expenses;
C. Maintenance and operation of equipment and vehicles;
D. Buildings and grounds operating supplies and maintenance;
E. Utilities and laboratory expenses;
F. Reserve for payment of bonds and equipment replacement.
2. Unit Cost Charges/Water Pollution Control Plant. The unit cost for all users shall be the sum of the unit cost for (a) flow, (b) B.O.D., and (c) Suspended Solids per gallon multiplied by the flow from each user. The unit cost for flow, B.O.D. and SS shall be determined as follows:
A. Reserve for unit flow costs, as applied for industrial waste — $1.00/100 cu. ft.
B. Reserve for unit B.O.D. costs, as applied for industrial waste — depending on industrial discharge set by Council.
C. Reserve for unit SS costs, as applied for industrial waste.
3. Surcharge. A surcharge for the O & M cost of the Water Pollution Control Plant shall be collected from those users who contribute wastes with strengths greater than domestic wastewater. These users shall be sampled and the sample analyzed at least once per quarter. A moving average of excess B.O.D. and SS, expressed in pounds, shall be used to compute the quarterly surcharge.
A. Quarterly Excess B.O.D. The quarterly excess B.O.D., expressed in mg/l, shall be calculated by subtracting the B.O.D. of domestic wastewater (250 mg/l) from the quarterly average B.O.D. of a user. If the value is less than zero, zero shall be used to compute the moving average of excess B.O.D.
B. Moving Average Excess B.O.D. Value. The moving average of excess B.O.D., expressed in pounds, shall be computed by adding the latest quarterly excess B.O.D., expressed in pounds, to the previous three (3) quarters’ excess B.O.D., expressed in pounds, and divided by four (4).
C. B.O.D. Surcharge Amount. The surcharge for B.O.D. shall be calculated by multiplying the moving average excess B.O.D. value expressed in pounds by the unit B.O.D. cost per pound as developed in subsection 2(B) of this section.
D. Quarterly Excess SS. The quarterly excess SS, expressed in mg/l, shall be calculated by subtracting the SS of domestic wastewater (250 mg/l) from the quarterly average SS of a user. If the value is less than zero, zero shall be used to compute the moving average of excess SS.
E. Moving Average Excess SS Value. The moving average of excess SS, expressed in pounds, shall be computed by adding the latest quarterly excess SS, expressed in pounds, to the previous three (3) quarters’ excess SS, expressed in pounds, and divided by four (4).
F. SS Surcharge Amount. The surcharge for SS shall be calculated by multiplying the moving average excess SS value expressed in pounds by the unit SS cost per pound as developed in subsection 2(C) of this section.
The total surcharge shall be a sum of the surcharge for B.O.D. and the surcharge for SS.
4. Sanitary Sewer System. The basic user charge for the O & M of the sanitary sewer system shall be based on the minimum monthly charge and on the quantity of flow. The sanitary sewer system O & M budget is composed of the following basic budget items:
A. Repair and maintenance of sewer lines;
B. Repair and maintenance of vehicles and equipment;
C. Reserve for future sewer extensions and equipment.
5. Unit Costs and Flow Charge/Sanitary Sewer System.
A. Unit Costs. The unit cost for flow shall be calculated by dividing the anticipated budget by the quantity of flow billed to all users of the sanitary sewer system.
B. Flow Charge. The charge for flow shall then be calculated by multiplying the unit cost for flow by the users’ flow measured in cubic feet.
96.05 BILLING AND COLLECTION CHARGES. The cost of determining the amount due from each user and the collection of the same shall be borne by the user. Each user shall be billed on a regular basis, i.e., monthly or quarterly, for the amount of the comprehensive sewer service charges. Such bill shall be part of a combined service account as authorized by Section 384.84 of the Code of Iowa. Each regular bill shall be increased by a charge to defray the cost of computing and mailing said bill. The cost per bill will be determined by dividing the anticipated cost of billing and collection by the total number of bills mailed to users.
96.06 DEBT SERVICE CHARGES. A debt service charge shall be collected to pay principal and interest as they become due on bonds now issued and hereafter to be issued for sanitary sewer purposes.
1. Unit Costs. The charge for the total annual debt service for such bonds shall be based on quantity of flow recorded by meters. The unit costs for flow shall be calculated by dividing the total debt service by the quantity of flow billed to all users.
2.
Flow Charges.
The charge for flow shall then be calculated by multiplying the unit
cost for flow by the users’ flow measured in cubic feet.
That portion of the total user charge collected which is
designated for debt service shall be deposited in a separate
non-lapsing fund known as the Sewer Debt Service Fund.
The funds shall be used to pay the principal and interest on
debt issued for sewer operations, maintenance and improvements.
Fiscal year-end balances in the sewer debt service fund shall
be carried over to the same account in the subsequent fiscal year,
and shall be used for no other purpose than the designated purpose
of the fund. Moneys
which have been transferred from other sources to meet temporary
shortages in the sewer debt service fund shall be returned to their
respective accounts upon appropriate adjustment of the
user charge rates for sewer debt service. The user charge rate shall be adjusted such that the transferred moneys will be returned to their respective accounts within the fiscal year following the fiscal year in which the moneys were borrowed.
96.07 INDUSTRIAL COST RECOVERY.
1. Rates. The rates to be charged each industrial user that contributes process waste to the sanitary sewer system will be based on the total yearly contribution from that user. A unit cost for flow, B.O.D. and SS shall be computed as follows:
F = Unit flow charge in dollars per $1.00/100 cu. ft.
B = Unit B.O.D. charge in dollars per pound, set by industrial discharge
S = Unit SS charge in dollars per pound, set by industrial discharge
2. Monitoring and Review. Selected industrial users connected to the sewer system shall be monitored by the City at least monthly, all others yearly, to determine their hydraulic and organic contribution. The results of these tests, if more than one is conducted, shall be averaged and used as the individual industry’s total flow, B.O.D. and SS for the industrial cost recovery computation. Prior to July 1 of each year, the City shall conduct a review to determine what industrial users are connected to said system and therefore subject to these charges.
3. Billing; Payment; Collection. All industrial users subject to this section will be billed by the City in accordance with the terms and conditions established by the Council for the industrial user. All payments of industrial cost recovery charges shall be due and payable on or before one year from date of billing. Any industrial users subject to this section may make arrangements with the City to pay said annual billing in periodic installments, either monthly or quarterly. In all cases where payment has not been made on or before one year following the date of billing, the annual industrial cost recovery charges shall thereafter bear interest at the rate of seven percent (7%) per annum.
96.08 MEASUREMENT BY METERS. Rates or charges are based upon the amount of water supplied by the Municipal Utilities as shown by the water meter readings of that company. All persons required to pay the comprehensive sewer service charge established in Section 96.01 of this chapter shall receive billing for such charge separately stated on the Municipal Utilities’ bill and shall pay such charges to the Municipal Utilities as billed. Those users who are billed by the Municipal Utilities monthly shall pay their comprehensive sewer user charges monthly.
96.09 PENALTY. All comprehensive sewer user charges are due and payable thirteen (13) days after the date of billing. Accounts not paid within thirteen (13) days will be assessed a delinquency charge of five percent (5%) of the amount due, except tax.
96.10 USER CHARGE RATE. (REPEALED BY ORDINANCE NO. 98-26 - JUN. 98 SUPP.)
96.11 SERVICE CHARGE FOR SCHOOLS SERVING FOOD. Because of the excessive strength and flow of discharge waters into the City sanitary sewer system from schools serving food, the monthly service charge as specified in the above sections shall be increased by a rate to be set by the Council for all schools serving food and discharging wastes into the City’s sanitary sewer system.
96.12 LIEN FOR NONPAYMENT. The owner of the premises served and any lessee or tenant thereof shall be jointly and severally liable for sanitary sewer use charges to the premises. Charges remaining unpaid and delinquent shall constitute a lien upon the premises served and shall be certified by the Clerk to the County Treasurer for collection in the same manner as property taxes. The Council may order suspension of service to those premises for which the comprehensive sewer use charge is delinquent, after notice and opportunity for hearing, except for the winter months of November, December, January, February and March, when provision of State law shall be followed.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 384.84 [1])
96.13 MONTHLY RATES.
1. Billing.
A. $5.78 per month for meter rate;
B. $3.24 per 100 cubic feet
(Ord. 08-109 ‑ Jul. 08 Supp.)
2. Allowable Limits.
A. Biological Oxygen Demand (BOD5), 5-day test - 250 mg/l
B. Suspended Solids (SS) - 250 mg/l
C. Ammonia Nitrogen (NH3-N) - 25 mg/l
3. Sewer Connection Charge.
A. Inspection and hook-up fee - $50.00, to be reviewed yearly
(Ord.
99-33 – Apr. 99 Supp.)
B. Capital Cost Recovery Fee.
(Repealed by Ord. 99-33 – Apr. 99 Supp.)
4. Collection of residential solid waste.
A. Collection fees ‑ $15.50 per month
(Ord. 07-101 ‑ Oct. 07 Supp.)
96.14 LAWN AND GARDEN WATERING SYSTEMS.
1. Definitions.
A. “Lawn and garden watering systems” are defined as those systems which are closed or restricted and used solely for watering a lawn and/or garden.
B. “Closed systems” are those which are not capable of being used for any other purpose than as set forth herein; and have no open faucet, no hose bib, no hydrant or any other type of extension capable of connecting to a hose or to run water out of the system.
C. “Restricted systems” are those which are a direct system from a separate meter and used solely for watering a lawn and garden. This system is connected to all outside bibs/faucets. No separate bib/faucet will be allowed. The sewer taxed portion of the system may not have an outside bib/faucet when used with this restricted system.
2. The lawn and/or garden watering system shall be connected to an independent second meter, which shall not be subject to any sewer surcharge or minimum sewer charge.
3. In order to install the second meter, the user must have an active primary service in place which is subject to all minimum fees and charges.
4. All expense for installation and maintenance for the entire system and the secondary meter shall be borne by the user requesting the service.
5. The user shall comply with all City Waterworks requirements regarding that portion of the system from the City main to and including the meter.
6. The user shall comply with all Public Works Department requirements for that portion of the system from the meter thereafter. The user may establish an external meter pit for the secondary meter. The pit shall be completely on private property and not on any public right-of-way, unless an easement is secured from the City.
7. In all other respects the system shall comply with all other requirements of Chapter 96 of this Code of Ordinances.
8. The Public Works Department shall be allowed to check, any time, the connection to verify compliance. Any unauthorized use of the water from a lawn and garden water system shall be a violation of this section. Users who violate any provisions of this section may be subject to the sewer charge being added to the usage, and/or removal of the second meter.
(Ord. 98-26 - Jun. 98 Supp.)
[The next page is 425]
CHAPTER 100
SEWER EXTENSIONS
|
100.01 Permit Required |
100.03 Acceptance of Private Sewers |
|
100.02 Permit Condition; Inspection Required |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100.01 PERMIT REQUIRED. Persons desiring to construct a private sewer connecting with any public sanitary sewer shall file an application for a permit to build and connect such sewer with the City Engineer’s office. Such application shall have attached to it a complete plan and details of construction with all pertinent data relating thereto. Such application shall be presented to the Council for its consideration, and in the event the same is allowed, the Council will furnish to the applicant detailed specifications as to the type of construction and materials required to be used therein and provide for the construction of manholes or other cleanouts as shall be necessary to properly maintain and service such private sewer. All specifications furnished by the Council shall be according to approved construction standards and practices.
100.02 PERMIT CONDITIONS; INSPECTION REQUIRED. Any application allowed for permit granted for the construction of a private sanitary sewer shall be upon the condition that the owner thereof allow any adjacent or abutting property owner to make connection thereto or at any time thereafter upon such reasonable terms of compensation as the Council may by resolution decide and fix, including all connection fees imposed under the provisions of this chapter. After allowance of such application, an inspection shall be made of such private sanitary sewer during the construction thereof at such times as in the City Inspector’s judgment shall be necessary to require compliance with the provisions of the permit.
100.03 ACCEPTANCE OF PRIVATE SEWERS. Any private sewer constructed or laid out within the City limits and paid for out of private funds, and which private sewer is to be offered to the City as a public sewer, may be accepted by the City as a public sewer provided:
1. Such sewer so proposed to be dedicated meets the requirements of the City as to construction; and
2. At the time of the proposed dedication to the City of such private sewer, there shall be no hookups or connections made to the private sewer by abutting property owners.
In the discretion of the Council, any such private sewer offered to be dedicated to the City which has at such time one or more hookups or connections to such private sewer may be accepted by the City upon payment to the City of all hookup or connection fees which may have been paid to the owner or owners of said private sewer or due to the City as a hookup or connection fee.
[The next page is 431]
CHAPTER 105
|
105.01 Purpose |
105.08 Separation of Yard Waste Required |
|
105.02 Definitions |
105.09 Littering Prohibited |
|
105.03 Sanitary Disposal Required |
105.10 Open Dumping Prohibited |
|
105.04 Health and Fire Hazard |
105.11 Toxic and Hazardous Waste |
|
105.05 Open Burning Restricted |
105.12 Waste Storage Containers |
|
105.06 Open Burning Prohibited During Fire Emergency |
105.13 Prohibited Practices |
|
105.07 Incinerators |
105.14 Sanitary Disposal Project Designated |
|
|
105.15 Penalties |
105.01 PURPOSE. The purpose of the chapters in this Code of Ordinances pertaining to Solid Waste Control is to provide for the sanitary storage, collection and disposal of solid waste and, thereby, to protect the citizens of the City from such hazards to their health, safety and welfare as may result from the uncontrolled disposal of solid waste.
105.02 DEFINITIONS. For use in these chapters the following terms are defined:
1. “Air pollution” means the presence in the outdoor atmosphere of one or more air contaminants in sufficient quantities and of such characteristics and duration as is or may reasonably tend to be injurious to human, plant or animal life, or to property, or which unreasonably interferes with the enjoyment of life and property.
2. “Collector” means any person authorized to gather solid waste from public and private places.
3. “Director” means the director of the State Department of Natural Resources or any designee.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 455B.101[2b])
4. “Discard” means to place, cause to be placed, throw, deposit or drop.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 455B.361[2])
5. “Dwelling unit” means any room or group of rooms located within a structure and forming a single habitable unit with facilities which are used, or are intended to be used, for living, sleeping, cooking and eating.
6. “Garbage” means all solid and semisolid, putrescible animal and vegetable waste resulting from the handling, preparing, cooking, storing, serving and consuming of food or of material intended for use as food, and all offal, excluding useful industrial by-products, and includes all such substances from all public and private establishments and from all residences.
(IAC, 567-100.2)
7. “Landscape waste” means any vegetable or plant waste except garbage. The term includes trees, tree trimmings, branches, stumps, brush, weeds, leaves, grass, shrubbery and yard trimmings.
(IAC, 567-20.2[455B])
8. “Litter” means any garbage, rubbish, trash, refuse, waste materials or debris.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 455B.361[1])
9. “Owner” means in addition to the record titleholder any person residing in, renting, leasing, occupying, operating or transacting business in any premises, and as between such parties the duties, responsibilities, liabilities and obligations hereinafter imposed shall be joint and several.
10. “Refuse” means putrescible and non-putrescible waste, including but not limited to garbage, rubbish, ashes, incinerator residues, street cleanings, market and industrial solid waste and sewage treatment waste in dry or semisolid form.
(IAC, 567-100.2)
11. “Residential premises” means a single-family dwelling and any multiple-family dwelling up to and including four (4) separate dwelling units.
12. “Residential waste” means any refuse generated on the premises as a result of residential activities. The term includes landscape waste grown on the premises or deposited thereon by the elements, but excludes garbage, tires and trade waste.
(IAC, 567-20.2[455B])
13. “Rubbish” means non-putrescible solid waste consisting of combustible and non-combustible waste, such as ashes, paper, cardboard, tin cans, yard clippings, wood, glass, bedding, crockery or litter of any kind.
(IAC, 567-100.2)
14. “Sanitary disposal” means a method of treating solid waste so that it does not produce a hazard to the public health or safety or create a nuisance.
(IAC, 567-100.2)
15. “Sanitary disposal project” means all facilities and appurtenances including all real and personal property connected with such facilities, which are acquired, purchased, constructed, reconstructed, equipped, improved, extended, maintained, or operated to facilitate the final disposition of solid waste without creating a significant hazard to the public health or safety, and which are approved by the Director.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 455B.301)
16. “Solid waste” means garbage, refuse, rubbish, and other similar discarded solid or semisolid materials, including but not limited to such materials resulting from industrial, commercial, agricultural, and domestic activities. Solid waste may include vehicles, as defined by subsection one of Section 321.1 of the Code of Iowa.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 455B.301)
105.03 SANITARY DISPOSAL REQUIRED. It is the duty of each owner to provide for the sanitary disposal of all refuse accumulating on the owner’s premises before it becomes a nuisance. Any such accumulation remaining on any premises for a period of more than thirty (30) days shall be deemed a nuisance and the City may proceed to abate such nuisances in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 50 or by initiating proper action in district court.
(Code of Iowa, Ch. 657)
105.04 HEALTH AND FIRE HAZARD. It is unlawful for any person to permit to accumulate on any premises, improved or vacant, or on any public place, such quantities of solid waste that constitute a health, sanitation or fire hazard.
105.05 OPEN BURNING RESTRICTED. No person shall allow, cause or permit open burning of combustible materials where the products of combustion are emitted into the open air without passing through a chimney or stack, except that open burning is permitted in the following circumstances, provided that no fire emergency is in effect pursuant to Section 105.06:
(IAC, 567-23.2[455B] and 567-100.2)
1. Disaster Rubbish. The open burning of rubbish, including landscape waste, for the duration of the community disaster period in cases where an officially declared emergency condition exists.
(IAC, 567-23.2[3a])
2.
Trees and Tree Trimmings.
The open burning of trees and tree trimmings at a
City-operated burning site, provided such burning is
conducted in compliance with the rules established by the State
Department of Natural Resources.
(IAC, 567-23.2[3b])
3. Flare Stacks. The open burning or flaring of waste gases, provided such open burning or flaring is conducted in compliance with applicable rules of the State Department of Natural Resources.
(IAC, 567-23.2[3c])
4. Landscape Waste. The disposal by open burning of landscape waste originating on the premises, provided that the waste is contained in a burn barrel or other receptacle and does not cause air pollution. The burning of landscape waste produced in clearing, grubbing and construction operations shall be limited to areas located at least one-fourth (¼) mile from any building inhabited by other than the landowner or tenant conducting the open burning. Rubber tires shall not be used to ignite landscape waste.
(IAC, 567-23.2[3d])
5. Recreational Fires. Open fires for cooking, heating, recreation and ceremonies, provided they comply with the limits for emission of visible air contaminants established by the State Department of Natural Resources. Outdoor fireplaces, grills or charcoal pits shall not be used for the burning of residential waste or yard waste.
(IAC, 567-23.2[3e])
6. Training Fires. Fires set for the purpose of bona fide training of public or industrial employees in fire fighting methods, provided that the training fires are conducted in compliance with rules established by the State Department of Natural Resources.
(IAC, 567-23.2[3g])
7. Pesticide Containers and Seed Corn Bags. Paper or plastic pesticide containers and seed corn bags resulting from farming activities occurring on the premises if burned in accordance with rules established by the State Department of Natural Resources.
(IAC, 567-23.2[3h])
8. Agricultural Structures. The open burning of agricultural structures if in accordance with rules and limitations established by the State Department of Natural Resources.
(IAC, 567-23.2[3i])
9. Variance. Any person wishing to conduct open burning of materials not permitted herein may make application for a variance to the Director.
(IAC, 567-23.2[2])
105.06 OPEN BURNING PROHIBITED DURING FIRE EMERGENCY.
The Fire Chief or a duly
authorized representative shall have the authority to declare a fire
emergency for a period of up to sixty (60) days, during which no
open burning, including open burning permitted by Section 105.05 of
this chapter, shall be permitted due to climatic or manmade
conditions which make open burning dangerous to the health and
safety of the citizens of the community.
The Fire Chief shall have the authority to extend the fire
emergency for an indefinite period should conditions warrant said
extension.
105.07 INCINERATORS.
Any person desiring to install an incinerator or burning
container shall first file with the City Public Works Department the
plans concerning said incinerator.
The City Building Department shall approve in writing the
plans for said incinerator prior to its installation.
Any incinerator installed without the prior approval of the
City Building Department may be subject to removal at the owner’s
cost. All incinerators
or burning containers in use on April 14, 1992, are not subject to
this restriction.
105.08 SEPARATION OF YARD WASTE REQUIRED. All yard waste shall be separated by the owner or occupant from all other solid waste accumulated on the premises and shall be composted on the premises or delivered to the City-run compost site by the owner or occupant. Yard waste may be burned on residential premises provided that the fire is contained in a burn barrel or other receptacle and the burning does not cause air pollution. As used in this section, “yard waste” means any debris such as grass clippings, leaves, garden waste, brush and trees. Yard waste does not include tree stumps.
105.09 LITTERING PROHIBITED. No person shall discard any litter onto or in any water or land, except that nothing in this section shall be construed to affect the authorized collection and discarding of such litter in or on areas or receptacles provided for such purpose. When litter is discarded from a motor vehicle, the driver of the motor vehicle shall be responsible for the act in any case where doubt exists as to which occupant of the motor vehicle actually discarded the litter.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 455B.363)
105.10 OPEN DUMPING PROHIBITED. No person shall dump or deposit or permit the dumping or depositing of any solid waste on the surface of the ground or into a body or stream of water at any place other than a sanitary disposal project approved by the Director, unless a special permit to dump or deposit solid waste on land owned or leased by such person has been obtained from the Director. However, this section does not prohibit the use of dirt, stone, brick or similar inorganic material for fill, landscaping, excavation, or grading at places other than a sanitary disposal project.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 455B.307 and IAC, 567-100.2)
105.11 TOXIC AND HAZARDOUS WASTE. No person shall deposit in a solid waste container or otherwise offer for collection any toxic or hazardous waste. Such materials shall be transported and disposed of as prescribed by the Director. As used in this section, “toxic and hazardous waste” means waste materials, including but not limited to, poisons, pesticides, herbicides, acids, caustics, pathological waste, flammable or explosive materials and similar harmful waste which requires special handling and which must be disposed of in such a manner as to conserve the environment and protect the public health and safety.
(IAC, 567-100.2)
(IAC, 567-102.14[2] and 400-27.14[2])
105.12 WASTE STORAGE CONTAINERS. Every person owning, managing, operating, leasing or renting any premises, dwelling unit or any place where refuse accumulates shall provide and at all times maintain in good order and repair portable containers for refuse in accordance with the following:
1. Container Specifications. Waste storage containers shall comply with the following specifications:
A. Residential waste containers. Person shall use only the refuse waste storage containers provided by the Waste Management Services of either the 96-gallon size or the 35-gallon size depending on which has been issued to the residents. Residents may use heavy-duty disposal garbage bags not to exceed 30 gallons in capacity which are leakproof and waterproof and which also must display a sticker for garbage pickup purchased from designated locations. (Ord. 99-42 – Jan. 00 Supp.)
B. Commercial. Every person owning, managing, operating, leasing or renting any commercial premise where an excessive amount of refuse accumulates and where its storage in portable containers as required above is impractical, shall maintain metal bulk storage containers approved by the City.
2. Magazines and Papers. Occupants of residential premises may tie magazines and papers securely in bundles and need not place the bundles into residential waste containers except during inclement weather.
3. Storage of Containers. Residential solid waste containers shall be stored upon the residential premises. Commercial solid waste containers shall be stored upon private property, unless the owner has been granted written permission from the City to use public property for such purposes. The storage site shall be well drained; fully accessible to collection equipment, public health personnel and fire inspection personnel. All owners of residential and commercial premises shall be responsible for proper storage of all garbage and yard waste to prevent materials from escaping from the containers and blowing around neighboring yards and streets.
4. Location of Containers for Collection. Containers for the storage of solid waste awaiting collection shall be placed at the alley. If there is no alley behind the dwelling, containers may be placed at the curb in front of the dwelling.
5. Nonconforming Containers. Solid waste containers which are not adequate will be collected together with their contents and disposed of after due notice to the owner.
105.13 PROHIBITED PRACTICES. It is unlawful for any person to:
1. Unlawful Use of Containers. Deposit refuse in any solid waste containers not owned by such person without the written consent of the owner of such containers.
2. Interfere with Collectors. Interfere in any manner with solid waste collection equipment or with solid waste collectors in the lawful performance of their duties as such, whether such equipment or collectors be those of the City, or those of any other authorized waste collection service.
3. Incinerators. Burn rubbish or garbage except in incinerators designed for high temperature operation, in which solid, semisolid, liquid or gaseous combustible refuse is ignited and burned efficiently, and from which the solid residues contain little or no combustible material, as acceptable to the Environmental Protection Commission and as approved in writing pursuant to Section 105.07 of this chapter.
4. Scavenging. Take or collect any solid waste which has been placed out for collection on any premises, unless such person is an authorized solid waste collector.
105.14 SANITARY DISPOSAL PROJECT DESIGNATED. The sanitary landfill facilities operated by Union County are hereby designated as the official “Public Sanitary Disposal Project” for the disposal of solid waste produced or originating within the City.
105.15 PENALTIES. A person, business, individual or corporation who violates any provision of this chapter shall commit a simple misdemeanor punishable as follows, to-wit:
1. Upon first offense, a minimum fine shall be imposed of not less than $50.00, and the offender shall be required to reimburse the City for the costs of properly disposing of any waste or correction of any situation caused by the offender;
2. Upon second offense, a minimum fine of $100.00, and the offender shall be required to reimburse the City for the costs of properly disposing of any waste or correction of any situation caused by the offender;
3. Upon third or subsequent offense, a minimum of $200.00, and the offender shall be required to reimburse the City for the costs of properly disposing of any waste or correction of any situation caused by the offender.
(Ord.
99-42 – Jan. 00 Supp.)
|
106.01 Collection Service |
106.06 Right of Entry |
|
106.02 Collection Vehicles |
106.07 Contract Requirements |
|
106.03 Loading |
106.08 Collection Fees |
|
106.04 Frequency of Collection |
106.09 Lien for Nonpayment |
|
106.05 Bulky Rubbish |
|
106.01 COLLECTION SERVICE. The City shall provide by contract for the collection of solid waste, except bulky rubbish as provided in Section 106.05, from residential premises only. The owners or operators of commercial, industrial or institutional premises shall provide for the collection of solid waste produced upon such premises.
106.02 COLLECTION VEHICLES. Vehicles or containers used for the collection and transportation of garbage and similar putrescible waste or solid waste containing such materials shall be leakproof, durable and of easily cleanable construction. They shall be cleaned to prevent nuisances, pollution or insect breeding and shall be maintained in good repair.
(IAC, 567-104.9[455B])
106.03 LOADING. Vehicles or containers used for the collection and transportation of any solid waste shall be loaded and moved in such a manner that the contents will not fall, leak, or spill therefrom, and shall be covered to prevent blowing or loss of material. Where spillage does occur, the material shall be picked up immediately by the collector or transporter and returned to the vehicle or container and the area properly cleaned.
106.04 FREQUENCY OF COLLECTION. All solid waste shall be collected from residential premises at least twice each week and from commercial, industrial and institutional premises as frequently as may be necessary, but not less than once each week.
106.05 BULKY RUBBISH. Bulky rubbish which is too large or heavy to be collected in the normal manner of other solid waste may be collected by the collector upon request in accordance with procedures therefor established by the Council.
106.06 RIGHT OF ENTRY. Solid waste collectors are hereby authorized to enter upon private property for the purpose of collecting solid waste therefrom as required by this chapter; however, solid waste collectors shall not enter dwelling units or other residential buildings.
106.07 CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS. No person shall engage in the business of collecting, transporting, processing or disposing of solid waste from residential premises for the City without first entering into a contract with the City. This section does not prohibit an owner from transporting solid waste accumulating upon premises owned, occupied or used by such owner, provided such refuse is disposed of properly in an approved sanitary disposal project. Furthermore, a contract is not required for the removal, hauling, or disposal of earth and rock material from grading or excavation activities, provided that all such materials are conveyed in tight vehicles, trucks or receptacles so constructed and maintained that none of the material being transported is spilled upon any public right-of-way.
106.08 COLLECTION FEES. The collection and disposal of solid waste as provided by this chapter are declared to be beneficial to the property served or eligible to be served and there shall be levied and collected fees therefor in amounts set by resolution of the Council. All fees are billed and collected under the same terms and conditions provided for payment for water service.
106.09 LIEN FOR NONPAYMENT. The owner of the premises served and any lessee or tenant thereof are jointly and severally liable for fees for solid waste collection and disposal. Fees remaining unpaid and delinquent shall constitute a lien upon the premises served and shall be certified by the Clerk to the County Treasurer for collection in the same manner as property taxes.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 384.84[1])
[The next page is 455]
|
110.01 Franchise Granted |
110.04 Uninterrupted Service |
|
110.02 Safe Operation Required |
110.05 Nonexclusive |
|
110.03 Construction and Excavations |
110.06 Term of Franchise |
110.01 FRANCHISE GRANTED. There is hereby granted to IES UTILITIES, INC., hereinafter referred to as the “Company,” its successors and assigns, the right, franchise and privilege for the term of twenty-five (25) years from and after the passage, adoption, approval and acceptance of the ordinance codified by this chapter, to lay down, maintain and operate the necessary pipes, mains and other conductors and appliances in, along and under the streets, avenues, alleys and public places in the City as now or hereafter constituted for the purpose of distributing, supplying and selling gas to the City and the residents thereof and to persons and corporations beyond the limits thereof. The term “gas” as used in this chapter shall be construed to mean natural gas only.
110.02 SAFE OPERATION REQUIRED. The mains and pipes of the Company must be so placed so as not to interfere unnecessarily with water pipes, drains, sewers and fire plugs which have been or may hereafter be placed in any street, alley and public places in the City nor unnecessarily interfere with the proper use of the same, including ordinary drainage or with the sewers, underground pipe and other property of the City, and the Company, its successors and assigns shall hold the City free and harmless from all damages arising from the negligent acts or omissions of the Company in the laying down, operation and maintenance of the natural gas distribution system.
110.03 CONSTRUCTION AND EXCAVATIONS. In making any excavations in any street, alley, avenue or public place, Company, its successors and assigns, shall protect the site while work is in progress by guards, barriers or signals, shall not unnecessarily obstruct the use of the streets, shall backfill all opening in such manner as to prevent settling or depressions in the surface, and shall replace the surface, pavement or sidewalk of such excavations with same materials, restoring the condition as nearly as practical and if defects are caused shall repair the same.
110.04 UNINTERRUPTED SERVICE.
The Company, its successors and assigns, shall
throughout the term of the franchise distribute to all consumers gas
of good quality and shall furnish uninterrupted service, except as
interruptible service may be specifically contracted for with
consumers; provided, however, that any prevention of service caused
by fire, act of God or unavoidable event or accident shall be a
breach of this condition if the Company resumes service as quickly
as is reasonably practical after the happening of the act causing
the interruption.
110.05 NONEXCLUSIVE. The franchise granted by this chapter shall not be exclusive.
110.06 TERM OF FRANCHISE. The term of the franchise granted by this chapter and the rights granted thereunder shall continue for the period of twenty-five (25) years from and after its acceptance by the Company, its successors and assigns.
EDITOR’S NOTE
Ordinance No. 4
adopting a gas franchise for the City was passed and
adopted on September 5, 1995.
Voters approved the franchise at an election held
October 17, 1995.
The Company accepted the franchise on December
15, 1995.
[The next page is 459]
|
111.01 Franchise Granted |
111.05 Nonexclusive |
|
111.02 Construction; Maintenance; Indemnification |
111.06 Service Provided |
|
111.03 Meters — Service Lines |
111.07 Term of Franchise |
|
111.04 System Requirements |
|
111.01 FRANCHISE GRANTED. There is hereby granted to IES UTILITIES, INC., hereinafter referred to as the “Company,” its successors and assigns, the right and franchise to acquire, construct, erect, maintain and operate in the City, works and plants for the manufacture and generation of electricity and a distribution system for electric light, heat and power and the right to erect and maintain the necessary poles, lines, wires, conduits and other appliances for the transmission of electric current along, under and upon the streets, avenues, alleys and public places in the City; also the right to erect and maintain upon the streets, avenues, alleys and public places, transmission lines through the City, to supply individuals, corporations, communities and municipalities both inside and outside of the City with electric light, heat and power for the period of twenty-five (25) years; also the right to eminent domain as provided in Section 364.2 of the Code of Iowa.
111.02 CONSTRUCTION; MAINTENANCE; INDEMNIFICATION. The poles, wires and appliances shall be placed and maintained so as not to unnecessarily interfere with the travel on said streets, alleys and public places in the City or unnecessarily interfere with the proper use of the same, including ordinary drainage or with the sewers, underground pipe and other property of the City, and the Company, its successors and assigns shall hold the City free and harmless from all damages arising from the negligent acts or omissions of the Company in the erection or maintenance of said system.
111.03 METERS — SERVICE LINES. The Company, its successors and assigns shall furnish and install all meters at its own expense and shall provide the service wire to buildings as set forth in the Company’s tariff filed with the Iowa Utilities Board.
111.04 SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS. The system authorized by this chapter shall be modern and up-to-date and shall be of sufficient capacity to supply all reasonable demands of the City and the inhabitants thereof and shall be kept in a modern and up-to-date condition.
111.05 NONEXCLUSIVE. The franchise granted by this chapter shall not be exclusive.
111.06 SERVICE PROVIDED. Service to be rendered by the Company under this chapter shall be continuous unless prevented from so doing by fire, acts of God, unavoidable accidents or casualties, or reasonable interruptions necessary to properly service the Company’s equipment, and in such event service shall be resumed as quickly as is reasonably possible.
111.07 TERM OF FRANCHISE. The term of the franchise granted by this chapter and the rights granted thereunder shall continue for the period of twenty-five (25) years from and after its acceptance by the Company.
EDITOR’S NOTE
Ordinance No. 3
adopting an electric franchise for the City was passed
and adopted on September 5, 1995.
Voters approved the franchise at an election held
October 17, 1995.
The Company accepted the franchise on December
15, 1995.
|
112.01 Grant of Franchise |
112.02 Assignment or Transfer |
112.01 GRANT OF FRANCHISE. A nonexclusive right is hereby granted to Heritage Cablevision, Inc. (hereinafter referred to as the “Grantee”), its successors and assigns, to establish, construct, operate, maintain, repair, replace, renew, reconstruct and remove a cable television system across public property in the City limits for a term of twenty-five (25) years, in accordance with the laws and regulations of the United States of America and the State of Iowa and the ordinances and regulations of the City, including the nonexclusive right, privilege and authority:
1. to sell and supply audio and video communication service to persons within the City;
2. to use public property within the City;
3. to engage in such further activities within the City as may now or hereafter be consistent with the generally accepted principles applicable to the operation of a cable television system.
112.02 ASSIGNMENT OR TRANSFER. The Grantee shall not assign or transfer any right granted under the franchise to any other person, company or corporation without prior consent of the Council, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, provided that the Grantee shall have the right to assign the franchise to a corporation wholly owned by the Grantee or to a limited partnership of which the Grantee is a general partner without prior consent of the City.
EDITOR’S NOTE
Ordinance No. 3.6
adopting a cable television franchise for the City was
passed and adopted on October 5, 1982.
° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °
|
113.01 Definitions |
113.28 Use of Educational and Local Government |
|
113.02 Bond |
Access Channels |
|
113.03 Use of Property |
113.29 Television Broadcast Signals |
|
113.04 Taxes |
113.30 Local Programming |
|
113.05 Insurance |
113.31 Automated Services |
|
113.06 Repairs |
113.32 Use of Studio and Other Production Facilities |
|
113.07 Hold Harmless |
113.33 Telecast of Educational Activities |
|
113.08 Change of Structure or Ownership |
113.34 Program Alteration |
|
113.09 Insolvency of Grantee |
113.35 FM Bands |
|
113.10 Default of Grantee |
113.36 Subscriber Rates and Charges |
|
113.11 Termination |
113.37 Service Rules and Regulations |
|
113.12 Compliance with Applicable Laws |
113.38 Service Agreements |
|
113.13 Certificate of Compliance |
113.39 Office of the Grantee |
|
113.14 Construction and Operation Schedule |
113.40 Procedure to Handle Complaints and Grievances |
|
113.15 Installation and Maintenance of Property of Grantee |
113.41 Injury to Property of Grantee |
|
113.16 Interference |
113.42 Intercepting Signals of Grantee |
|
113.17 Installation of Cables |
113.43 Filing of Reports |
|
113.18 City Use of Existing Poles |
113.44 Filing of Audit |
|
113.19 Prior Approval of Underground Installations |
113.45 Filing of Maps and Plats |
|
113.20 Restoration of Ground Surface |
113.46 Filing of Communications with Regulatory Agencies |
|
113.21 Alteration of Grade |
113.47 Access |
|
113.22 Temporary Removal of Cables |
113.48 Discrimination Prohibited |
|
113.23 Tree Trimming |
113.49 Other Business Activities Prohibited |
|
113.24 Service Requirements |
113.50 Defense of Grantee |
|
113.25 Performance Standards |
113.51 Arbitration |
|
113.26 Channel Capacity and Performance |
|
|
113.27 Installation and Maintenance of Subscriber |
|
|
Terminals in City Buildings and Schools |
|
113.01 DEFINITIONS. The following words and phrases, when used herein, shall, for the purposes of this chapter, have the meanings ascribed to them in this section:
1. “Cable television system” means any facility that, in whole or in part, receives directly, or indirectly over the air, and amplifies or otherwise modifies the signals transmitting programs broadcast by one or more television or radio stations and distributes such signals, by wire or cable, to subscribing members of the public who pay for such services.
2. “Channel” means the segment of the electromagnetic spectrum to which a source of television transmission is assigned.
3. “FCC” means the Federal Communications Commission.
4. “Franchise” means the rights, privileges, and authority granted by the City to the Grantee hereunder and includes all of the terms and conditions of this chapter.
5. “Grantee” means any company granted a cable television franchise in the City, its successors and assigns. When the context so requires, the term “Grantee” means and includes the Grantee, its officers, agents, employees, servants and independent contractors.
6. “Private property” means all property, real, personal or mixed, owned by a private person, including property owned by a public utility not owned or operated by the City.
7. “Property of the Grantee” means all property, real, personal or mixed, owned or used by the Grantee however arising from or related to or connected with the franchise.
8. “Public property” means all property, real or personal or mixed, owned or used by the City, including property owned or used by a public utility owned or operated by the City.
113.02 BOND.
A Grantee shall, concurrently with its acceptance of a
franchise, file with the Clerk and at all times thereafter, maintain
in full force and effect for the term of the franchise or any
renewal thereof, at Grantee’s sole expense, a corporate surety bond
in a responsible company licensed to do business in Iowa, in the
amount of $10,000.00, renewable annually, and conditioned upon the
faithful performance of the Grantee and compliance by the Grantee
with all provisions of this chapter and upon further condition that
in the event Grantee fails to comply with any one or more of the
provisions of this chapter, there shall be recoverable jointly and
severally from the principal and surety of such bond any damages or
loss suffered by the City as a result thereof, including the full
amount of any compensation, indemnification or cost of removal or
abandonment of any property of the Grantee, plus a reasonable
allowance for Attorney’s fees and costs, up to the full amount of
the bond, said condition to be a continuing obligation for the
duration of the franchise and any renewal thereof and thereafter
until the Grantee has liquidated all of its obligations with the
City that may have arisen from the acceptance of the franchise or
renewal by the Grantee or from its exercise of any privilege or
right granted. The bond
shall provide that at least 30 days’ prior written notice of
intention not to renew, cancellation or material change be given to
the City by filing the same with the Clerk.
Notwithstanding the above provisions, the Council may in its
sole discretion, waive said bond or reduce the required amount
thereof after three (3) years of operation of the cable television
system under a franchise by the Grantee, which the Council has found
to be satisfactory.
113.03 USE OF PROPERTY. The Grantee may use public property within the City and, with the written consent of the owner thereof, private property within the City, in furtherance of such activities within the City as may now or hereafter be consistent with generally accepted principles applicable to the operation of a cable television system subject, however, to the following restrictions:
1. Laws and Regulations. The Grantee shall comply with all governmental laws, ordinances, rules or regulations as may now or hereafter be applicable thereto.
2. Restrictions. The Grantee shall not use or occupy or permit public property or private property to be used or occupied or do or permit anything to be done on or about public property or private property which will, in any manner:
A. Impair the owner’s interest in or title thereto;
B. Impair any mortgage or lease as may now or hereinafter be applicable thereto;
C. Adversely affect the then value or character thereof;
D. Cause or be likely to cause structural damage thereto, or any part thereof;
E. Cause or be likely to cause any damage or injury to any utility service available thereto;
F. Create a public or private nuisance, cause any offensive or obnoxious vibrations, noise, odor or undesirable effect or interfere with the safety, comfort or convenience of the owner thereof, and persons lawfully on or about the same;
G. Violate the rules, regulations and requirements of any person furnishing utilities or services thereto; or
H. Make void or voidable any insurance then in force affecting the same or cause an increase in the rates applicable thereto.
113.04 TAXES. The Grantee shall pay all real estate taxes, special assessments, personal property taxes, license fees, permit fees and other charges of a like nature which may be taxed, charged, assessed, levied, or imposed upon the property of the Grantee and upon any services rendered by the Grantee.
113.05 INSURANCE. The Grantee shall, at all times during the term of the franchise, carry and require their contractors to carry:
1. General Liability. Insurance in such forms and in such companies as shall be approved by the City to protect the City and Grantee from and against any and all claims, injury or damage to persons or property, both real and personal, caused by the construction, erection, operation and maintenance of any structure, equipment or appliance. The amount of such insurance shall be not less than $100,000 as to any one person, $300,000 as to any one occurrence for injury or death to persons, and $100,000 for damages to property, with so-called umbrella coverage of at least $1,000,000.
2. Worker’s Compensation. Worker’s Compensation Insurance as provided by the laws of the State of Iowa, as amended.
3. Automobile. Automobile Insurance with limits of not less than $100,000/$300,000 of public liability coverage and automobile property damage insurance with a limit of not less than $100,000 covering all automotive equipment, with so-called umbrella coverage of at least $1,000,000.
All of said insurance coverage shall provide a ten (10) day notice to the City in the event of material alteration or cancellation of any coverage afforded in said policies prior to the date said material alteration or cancellation shall become effective. Copies of all insurance policies required hereunder shall be furnished to and filed with the City prior to the commencement of operations or the expiration of prior policies, as the case may be. The Grantee shall pay all reasonable expenses incurred by the City in defending itself with regard to all damages, penalties or other claims resulting from the acts of the Grantee, its assigns, employees, agents, invitees, or other persons. Said expenses shall include all out-of-pocket expenses such as attorney’s fees, and shall include the value of any service rendered by the City Attorney or any other officers or employees of the City.
113.06 REPAIRS. During the term of the franchise, the Grantee shall, at its own expense, make all necessary repairs and replacements to the property of the Grantee. Such repairs and replacements, interior and exterior, ordinary as well as extraordinary, and structural as well as nonstructural, shall be made promptly, as and when needed.
113.07 HOLD HARMLESS. During the term of the franchise, the Grantee absolutely assumes and agrees to pay the City for, and the Grantee forever agrees to indemnify the City against, and agrees to hold and save the City harmless from, any and all damage, injury, costs, expenses, liability, claims, settlements, judgments, decrees and awards of every kind and nature whatsoever, including attorney’s fees, costs and disbursements, that may ever be claimed against the City by any person whatsoever, or on account of any actual or alleged loss, damage or injury to any property or person whatsoever, however arising from or related to or connected with, directly or indirectly, (a) injury to or death of any person, or loss, damage or injury to any property of the Grantee, and/or (b) the nonobservance by the Grantee of the provisions of any laws, statutes, ordinances, resolutions, regulations or rules duly promulgated by any governmental entity which may be applicable directly or indirectly, to rights, privileges, and authority, and the obligations and liabilities, assumed by the Grantee under the franchise, (c) the nonobservance by the Grantee of any of the terms and conditions of the franchise, and/or (d) the granting of the franchise.
113.08 CHANGE OF STRUCTURE OR OWNERSHIP. The Grantee shall not change its corporate structure or change the ownership of its capital stock outstanding on the effective date of the franchise to the extent of twenty-five percent (25%) or more without the written consent of the City.
113.09 INSOLVENCY OF GRANTEE. In the event that the Grantee shall become insolvent, or be declared a bankrupt, or the property of the Grantee shall come into the possession of any receiver, assignee or other officer acting under an order of court, and any such receiver, assignee or other such officer shall not be discharged within sixty (60) days after taking possession of such property, the City may, at its option, terminate the franchise by giving written notice thereof to the Grantee.
113.10 DEFAULT OF GRANTEE. In the event the Grantee shall fail to comply with any of the terms and conditions of the franchise within thirty (30) days after receipt of notice in writing from the City specifying the failure or default, the City may, at its option, terminate the franchise by giving written notice thereof to the Grantee. This section shall not apply to failures or defaults beyond the reasonable control of the Grantee.
113.11 TERMINATION. Upon termination of the franchise for any cause, the Grantee shall remove the property of the Grantee from all public property and private property within the City and shall return such public property and private property to the owner thereof in the same condition as when the property of the Grantee was placed thereon, ordinary wear and tear excepted.
113.12 COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAWS. During the term of the franchise, the Grantee shall comply with all governmental laws, ordinances, rules or regulations as may be applicable to the construction, operation, maintenance, repair, replacement, renewal, reconstruction, and removal of a cable television system, the sale and supply of audio and video communications services, the use of public property and private property and the engagement in such further activities as may now or hereafter be consistent with generally accepted principles applicable to the operation of a cable television system. Any modification to Section 76.31 of Subpart C of the regulations of the FCC applicable to the cable television system shall be incorporated into the franchise by amendment to this chapter within one (1) year after the effective date of such modification, or at the time of renewal of the franchise, whichever occurs first.
113.13 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE.
Within ninety (90) days after the effective date of the
franchise, the Grantee shall make application to the FCC for a
Certificate of Compliance.
113.14 CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATION SCHEDULE.
Within one year of the grant of a Certificate
of Compliance by the FCC, the Grantee shall complete significant
construction of its basic trunk line; within one year thereafter, if
not sooner, the Grantee shall extend energized trunk cable to at
least 90% of the potential subscriber terminals in the City; within
three (3) years thereafter, Grantee shall extend energized trunk
cable to the remainder of the City area.
Within two (2) years after receiving FCC certification, the
Grantee shall complete its studios and cablecasting facilities
within the City and the same shall be fully operational.
113.15 INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTY OF THE GRANTEE. During the term of the franchise, the property of the Grantee shall be constructed, operated, maintained, repaired, replaced, renewed, reconstructed, and removed in accordance with generally accepted engineering principles so as not to endanger or interfere with the lives of persons or to interfere with improvements which the City may deem proper to make or to unnecessarily hinder or obstruct pedestrian or vehicular traffic or use of public property or private property.
113.16 INTERFERENCE. The Grantee’s cable television system shall be so designed, engineered and maintained so as not to interfere with the radio and television reception of persons who are not subscribers of the Grantee.
113.17 INSTALLATION OF CABLES. The Grantee shall have the right, privilege, and authority to lease, rent or in any other manner obtain the use of wooden poles with overhead lines, conduits, trenches, ducts, lines, cables, and other equipment and facilities from any and all holders of public licenses and franchises with the City, and to use such poles, conduits, trenches, ducts, lines, and cables in the course of its business. The Grantee shall install its cable on the existing poles owned by other holders of public licenses and franchises with the City whenever possible for the installation of its cable. When installation of cable on poles is insufficient, or when holders of other public licenses or franchises have installed underground cable, then in that event, the cable used by the Grantee shall be installed underground.
113.18 CITY USE OF EXISTING POLES. The City shall and does hereby retain the right to utilize the existing poles for future City use, and to require the removal of the cable by the Grantee where existing poles are not sufficient to adequately handle the proposed City use and the Grantee’s cable.
113.19 PRIOR APPROVAL OF UNDERGROUND INSTALLATIONS.
The Grantee shall submit detailed drawings of all proposed
underground cable installations to the City for approval prior to
the commencement of construction and shall not deviate therefrom
without approval of the City.
113.20 RESTORATION OF GROUND SURFACE. In case of any disturbance of pavement, sidewalk, driveway or other surfacing, the Grantee shall, at its own cost and expense and in a manner approved by the City, replace and restore all paving, sidewalk, driveway, or surface of any street or alley disturbed, in as good a condition as before said work was commenced.
113.21 ALTERATION OF GRADE. In the event that during the term of the franchise, the City shall elect to alter or change the grade of any street, alley, or public way, the Grantee, upon reasonable notice by the City, shall remove, relay, and relocate its poles, wires, cables, underground conduits, manholes, and other fixtures at its own expense.
113.22 TEMPORARY REMOVAL OF CABLES. The Grantee shall, on the request of any person holding a building moving permit issued by the City, temporarily raise or lower its cables to permit the moving of buildings. The expense of such temporary removal, raising, or lowering of cables shall be paid by the person requesting the same and the Grantee shall have the authority to require such payment in advance. The Grantee shall be given not less than five (5) days’ advance notice to arrange for such temporary cable changes.
113.23 TREE TRIMMING. The Grantee shall have the authority to trim trees upon and overhanging streets, alleys, sidewalks, and public places of the City so as to prevent the branches of such trees from coming in contact with the cables of the Grantee. All trimming shall be done at the expense of the Grantee.
113.24 SERVICE REQUIREMENTS. During the term of the franchise, the Grantee shall furnish reasonable, adequate and efficient cable television service to subscriber terminals. This requirement may be temporarily suspended due to circumstances beyond the reasonable control of the Grantee.
113.25 PERFORMANCE STANDARDS. The Grantee shall produce a picture in black and white or in color that is of high quality accompanied by proper sound on typical standard television sets in good repair. The Grantee shall also transmit signals of adequate strength to produce good pictures with good sound at all subscriber terminals throughout the City without causing cross modulation in the cables or interfering with other electrical or electronic systems.
113.26 CHANNEL CAPACITY AND PERFORMANCE. During the term of the franchise, the cable television system of the Grantee shall conform to the channel capacity and performance requirements contained in the then current regulations of the FCC.
113.27 INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF SUBSCRIBER TERMINALS IN CITY BUILDINGS AND SCHOOLS. During the franchise, the Grantee shall at its sole cost, install and maintain a subscriber terminal in such buildings owned or used by the City, and in such buildings owned or used by recognized educational authorities within the City, both public and private, as may be designated by the governing body having jurisdiction thereof. If service to more than one television receiver in a school building is requested by the recognized educational authorities, the cost of the installation (defined as “Grantee’s actual cost of labor and materials”) will be borne by the school district.
113.28 USE OF EDUCATIONAL AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT ACCESS CHANNELS. During the term of the franchise, the Grantee shall, at its sole cost, make available to the City and recognized educational authorities within the City, both public and private, at reasonable times and on reasonable notice, the use of its studio, other production facilities and related equipment for origination cablecasting. In addition thereto, the Grantee shall provide, at its sole cost, such technical assistance as may be reasonably necessary to produce such origination cablecasting.
113.29 TELEVISION BROADCAST SIGNALS.
Grantee shall provide as part of its cable television service
the signals of all television broadcast signals presently available
off-the-air in the City and the maximum number of additional
television signals consistent with the rules and regulations of the
FCC and all other applicable laws, rules or regulations.
Grantee may provide such automated video services and such
audio services as it wishes and as are consistent with the terms of
this chapter. Grantee’s
cable television system will be so designated, engineered and
maintained by the Grantee so as not to interfere with the television
and radio reception of residents of the City who are not subscribers
to its service.
113.30 LOCAL PROGRAMMING. Grantee shall provide cablecasting in such a manner and in such amount and shall maintain such studio facilities and equipment as may be required by the regulations of the FCC.
113.31 AUTOMATED SERVICES. Grantee may make available such automated video services and such audio services as it wishes.
113.32 USE OF STUDIO AND OTHER PRODUCTION FACILITIES.
Grantee shall allow the City and recognized educational
authorities located in the City, both public and private, to use its
studio and other production facilities, equipment and materials, on
reasonable notice, at reasonable times and at a reasonable charge,
if any, but in no event shall such charge exceed actual Grantee’s
costs. Grantee shall
provide at no charge such technical assistance as may be reasonably
required in the production of instructional, educational and civic
programs.
113.33 TELECAST OF EDUCATIONAL ACTIVITIES. The Grantee shall not cablecast, tape, reproduce or otherwise convey to its subscribers the activities of any recognized educational authority, public or private, without the written consent of the governing body of such authority.
113.34 PROGRAM ALTERATION. Any signal received by the Grantee from a television broadcast station shall be cablecast by the Grantee in its entirety, as received, without alteration.
113.35 FM BANDS.
Uses of the FM bands for other than delivery of radio station
signals may be applied by the Grantee only after approval has been
granted by the Council, subject to FCC approval.
The system should stay abreast of the state of the art as
regards equipment, channel and systems capacity.
113.36 SUBSCRIBER RATES AND CHARGES. All rates for service shall be reasonable, compensatory and nondiscriminatory. Except as otherwise provided in the franchise, the Grantee shall have the right, privilege and authority to change the rates and charges.
113.37 SERVICE RULES AND REGULATIONS. The Grantee shall have the right to prescribe reasonable service rules and regulations and operating rules for the conduct of its business. Such rules and regulations shall be consistent with the terms and conditions of the franchise. The Grantee shall file such rules and regulations, and all amendments thereto, with the City.
113.38 SERVICE AGREEMENTS. The Grantee shall have the right to prescribe a reasonable form of service agreement for use between the Grantee and its subscribers. Such service agreement shall be consistent with the terms and conditions of the franchise. The Grantee shall submit its proposed form of service agreement and all proposed amendments thereto to the City for approval.
113.39 OFFICE OF THE GRANTEE.
Grantee shall establish and maintain within the City a local
business office, which office shall be open for business between the
hours of eight o’clock (8:00) a.m. and five o’clock (5:00) p.m.,
Monday through Friday, except on holidays, and said office shall be
appropriately staffed to receive and answer all subscriber
complaints. Grantee
shall make a monthly report to the City of all consumer complaints,
and the action taken to remedy the complaints.
This report shall state the names and addresses of the
complainants, the date the complaint was received and the nature of
the complaint and the specific action taken to remedy each
complaint.
113.40 PROCEDURE TO HANDLE COMPLAINTS AND GRIEVANCES. The procedure to handle complaints and grievances with respect to the quality of the services rendered by the Grantee, equipment malfunctions and other similar matters pertaining to the cable television system of the Grantee are as follows:
1. Within thirty (30) days after the occurrence of the facts and circumstances giving rise to a complaint or grievance, and not thereafter, the complainant shall state his or her complaint or grievance to the Grantee in writing. In the event that a complaint or grievance is received by the City, the City shall forward such complaint or grievance to the Grantee in writing.
2. Within five (5) days after the receipt of a complaint or grievance by the Grantee, the Grantee shall state to the complainant its intentions with respect to the complaint or grievance in writing.
3. In the event that the complaint or grievance is not resolved to the satisfaction of the complainant within fifteen (15) days after the receipt thereof by the Grantee, the complaint or grievance shall be settled by arbitration. Such arbitration shall be before three (3) disinterested arbitrators, one named by the complainant, one named by the Grantee, and one named by the two thus chosen. The decision of the arbitrators shall be conclusive and shall be enforced in accordance with the laws of the State.
113.41 INJURY TO PROPERTY OF THE GRANTEE. No person shall wrongfully or unlawfully injure the property of the Grantee.
113.42 INTERCEPTING SIGNALS OF THE GRANTEE. No person shall wrongfully or unlawfully intercept the signals of the Grantee.
113.43 FILING OF REPORTS. On or before April 1 of each year, the Grantee shall file with the City copies of FCC Form 325 and FCC Form 326 for the preceding calendar year.
113.44 FILING OF AUDIT.
On or before April 1 of each year, the Grantee shall file
with the City an audit of its gross subscriber receipts within the
City during the preceding calendar year.
This audit shall be made by a Certified Public Accountant.
113.45 FILING OF MAPS AND PLATS. On or before April 1 of each year, the Grantee shall file with the City maps and plats showing the location and nature of all new property of the Grantee within the City as of the end of the preceding calendar year.
113.46 FILING OF COMMUNICATIONS WITH REGULATORY AGENCIES. The Grantee shall file with the City, copies of all petitions, applications and communications submitted by the Grantee to any regulatory agency having jurisdiction over the Grantee.
113.47 ACCESS. The Grantee shall and does hereby grant to the City the right to enter upon the property of the Grantee, upon reasonable notice, at any and all reasonable times to inspect the same for purposes pertaining to the rights of the City.
113.48 DISCRIMINATION PROHIBITED. The Grantee shall not grant any undue preference of advantage to any person, nor subject any person to prejudice or disadvantage with respect to rates, charges, services, service facilities, rules, regulations, or in any other respect.
113.49 OTHER BUSINESS ACTIVITIES PROHIBITED. During the initial term of the franchise, or any extension thereof, the Grantee shall not engage in the business of selling, leasing, renting or servicing television or radio receivers, or their parts and accessories, and the Grantee shall not require or attempt to direct its subscribers to deal with any particular person or firm with respect to said activities.
113.50 DEFENSE OF GRANTEE.
In the event that the Grantee should set up against the City
any claim that any term or condition of the franchise is
unreasonable, arbitrary, illegal or void, or that the City did not
have the power or authority to make such term or condition, the City
may, at its option, terminate the franchise in the manner herein
provided.
113.51 ARBITRATION. Except as otherwise provided herein, any controversy between the City and the Grantee regarding the rights, duties and liabilities of either party under the franchise shall be settled by arbitration. Such arbitration shall be before three (3) disinterested arbitrators, one named by the City, one named by the Grantee, and one named by the two thus chosen. The decision of the arbitrators shall be conclusive and shall be enforced in accordance with the laws of the State.
REGULATION OF CABLE TELEVISION RATES AND ESTABLISHMENT OF CUSTOMER SERVICE STANDARDS
|
114.01 Administration of Rules and Regulations |
114.05 Delegation of Powers Permitted |
|
114.02 Rate Regulation Proceedings |
114.06 Enforcement of Customer Service Standards |
|
114.03 Certification to FCC and Cable Operator |
114.07 Rules and Procedures |
|
114.04 Cable Programming Service Tier |
114.08 Reduction of Rate |
114.01 ADMINISTRATION OF RULES AND REGULATIONS. The City has the legal authority to administer and shall enforce against any non-municipally owned cable television system operator, as permitted therein, the provisions of Part 76, Subpart N of the Rules and Regulations of the Federal Communications Commission (FCC), concerning Cable Rate Regulation, 47 C.F.R. §§76.900 et. seq., as they currently read and hereafter may be amended, which are herewith incorporated by reference.
114.02 RATE REGULATION PROCEEDINGS. Any rate regulation proceedings conducted under Section 114.01 shall provide a reasonable opportunity for consideration of the views of any interested party, including but not limited to, the City or its designee, the Cable Operator, subscribers, and residents of the franchise area. In addition to all other provisions required by the laws of the State of Iowa and by the City, and in order to provide for such opportunity for consideration of the views of any interested party, the City shall take the following actions:
1. The City shall publish notice as provided in Section 362.4 of the Code of Iowa and shall mail, by certified mail, to the Cable Operator a notice of the intent to conduct a public proceeding on basic service tier rates and/or charges for equipment to receive such basic service tier, as defined by the FCC.
2. The public notice shall state, among other things, that cable television rates are subject to municipal review and explain the nature of the rate review in question; that any interested party has a right to participate in the proceeding; that public views may be submitted in the proceeding, explaining how they are to be submitted and the deadline for submitting any such views; that a decision concerning the reasonableness of the cable television rates in question will be governed by the Rules and Regulations of the FCC; and that the decision of the City is subject to review by the FCC.
3. The City shall conduct a public proceeding to determine whether or not the rates or proposed rate increases are reasonable. The City may delegate by resolution the responsibility to conduct the proceeding to any duly qualified and eligible individual(s) or entity. If the City or its designee cannot determine the reasonableness of a proposed rate increase within the time period permitted by the FCC Rules and Regulations, it may announce the effective date of the proposed rates for an additional period of time as permitted by the FCC Rules and Regulations, and issue any other necessary or appropriate order and give public notice accordingly.
4. In the course of the rate regulation proceeding, the City may request additional information from the Cable Operator that is reasonably necessary to determine the reasonableness of the basic service tier rates and equipment charges. Any such additional information submitted to the City shall be verified by an appropriate official of the cable television system supervising the preparation of the response on behalf of the entity, and submitted by way of affidavit or under penalty of perjury, stating that the response is true and accurate to the best of that person’s knowledge, information and belief formed after reasonable inquiry.
5. The City may request proprietary information, provided that the City shall consider a timely request from the Cable Operator that said proprietary information shall not be made available for public information, consistent with the procedures set forth in Section 0.459 of the FCC Rules and Regulations. Furthermore, said proprietary information may be used only for the purpose of determining the reasonableness of the rates and charges or the appropriate rate level based on a cost-of-service showing submitted by the Cable Operator.
6. The City may exercise all powers under the laws of the State of Iowa and by this Code of Ordinances to discover any information relevant to the rate regulation proceeding, including, but not limited to, subpoena, interrogatories, production of documents, and deposition.
7. Upon termination of the rate regulation proceeding, the City shall adopt by resolution and release a written decision as to whether or not the rates or proposed rate increase are reasonable or unreasonable, and, if unreasonable, its remedy, including prospective rate reduction, rate prescription, and refunds.
8. The City may not impose any fines, penalties, forfeitures or other sanctions, other than permitted by the FCC Rules and Regulations, for charging an unreasonable rate or proposing an unreasonable rate increase.
9. Consistent with FCC Rules and Regulations, the City’s decision may be reviewed only by the FCC.
10. The City shall be authorized, at any time, whether or not in the course of a rate regulation proceeding, to gather information as necessary to exercise its jurisdiction as authorized by the laws of the State of Iowa, the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, and the FCC Rules and Regulations. Any information submitted to the City shall be verified by an appropriate official of the cable television system supervising the preparation of the response on behalf of the entity, and submitted by way of affidavit or under penalty of perjury, stating that the response is true and accurate to the best of that person’s knowledge, information and belief formed after reasonable inquiry.
114.03 CERTIFICATION TO FCC AND CABLE OPERATOR. The City filed with the FCC the required certification form (FCC Form 328) and notified the Cable Operator that the City has been certified by the FCC and that it has adopted all necessary regulations so as to begin regulating basic service tier cable television rates and equipment charges.
114.04 CABLE PROGRAMMING SERVICE TIER. With regard to the cable programming service tier, as defined by the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, and the FCC Rules and Regulations, and over which the City is not empowered to exercise rate regulation, the Cable Operator shall give notice to the City of any change in rates for the cable programming service tier or tiers, any change in the charge for equipment required to receive the tier or tiers, and any changes in the nature of the services provided, including the program services included in the tier or tiers. Said notice shall be provided within five (5) business days after the change becomes effective.
114.05 DELEGATION OF POWERS PERMITTED. The City may delegate by resolution its powers to enforce this chapter to municipal employees or officers (the “cable official”). The cable official will have the authority to:
1. Administer oaths and affirmations;
2. Issue subpoenas;
3. Examine witnesses;
4. Rule upon questions of evidence;
5. Take or cause depositions to be taken;
6. Conduct proceedings in accordance with this chapter;
7. Exclude from the proceeding any person engaging in contemptuous conduct or otherwise disrupting the proceedings;
8. Hold conferences for the settlement or simplification of the issues by consent of the parties; and
9. Take actions and make decisions or recommend decisions in conformity with this chapter.
114.06 ENFORCEMENT OF CUSTOMER SERVICE STANDARDS. The City shall enforce the customer service standards for the cable television system in the City as permitted by the Cable Television Consumer Protection and Competition Act of 1992. Upon review of the customer service standards adopted by the FCC on March 11, 1993, by MM Docket No. 92-263 of the FCC, and deeming it in the best interests of the City, the Council hereby adopted by reference the above mentioned customer service standards.
114.07 RULES AND PROCEDURES. The Council shall establish rules and procedures regarding the process to remedy possible violations of the customer service standards by the Cable Operator. The Council shall provide for notice and opportunity for hearing for both the customers and the Cable Operator in such process.
114.08 REDUCTION OF RATE. If after notice and opportunity for hearing, the City determines that the Cable Operator is not in complete compliance with all the provisions of the customer service standards, the Cable Operator shall reduce the rate for the basic tier of cable service by ten percent (10%) until such time that the City has been satisfied that the Cable Operator is in compliance with all the provisions of the customer service standards. In addition, the Cable Operator shall pay to the City the sum of $100.00 for each day that the Cable Operator fails to be in compliance with all the provisions of the standards after the date that the Council has passed a resolution stipulating the sections where the Cable Operator is in noncompliance.
[The next page is 495]
LIQUOR LICENSES AND WINE AND BEER PERMITS
|
120.01 License or Permit Required |
120.04 Action by Council |
|
120.02 General Prohibition |
120.05 Prohibited Sales and Acts |
|
120.03 Investigation |
|
120.01 LICENSE OR PERMIT REQUIRED. No person shall manufacture for sale, import, sell, or offer or keep for sale, alcoholic liquor, wine, or beer without first securing a liquor control license, wine permit or beer permit in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 123 of the Code of Iowa.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 123.22, 123.122 & 123.171)
120.02 GENERAL PROHIBITION. It is unlawful to manufacture for sale, sell, offer or keep for sale, possess or transport alcoholic liquor, wine or beer except upon the terms, conditions, limitations and restrictions enumerated in Chapter 123 of the Code of Iowa, and a license or permit may be suspended or revoked or a civil penalty may be imposed for a violation thereof.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 123.2, 123.39 & 123.50)
120.03 INVESTIGATION. Upon receipt of an application for a liquor license, wine or beer permit by the Clerk, it shall be forwarded to the Police Chief, who shall conduct an investigation and submit a written report as to the truth of the facts averred in the application and a recommendation to the Council as to the approval of the license or permit. It is the duty of the Fire Chief to inspect the premises to determine if they conform to the requirements of the City, and no license or permit shall be approved until or unless an approving report has been filed with the Council by such officers.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 123.30)
120.04 ACTION BY COUNCIL. The Council shall either approve or disapprove the issuance of the liquor control license or retail wine or beer permit and shall endorse its approval or disapproval on the application, and thereafter the application, necessary fee and bond, if required, shall be forwarded to the Alcoholic Beverages Division of the State Department of Commerce for such further action as is provided by law.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 123.32 [2])
120.05 PROHIBITED SALES AND ACTS. A person or club holding a liquor license or retail wine or beer permit and the person’s or club’s agents or employees shall not do any of the following:
1. Sell, dispense or give to any intoxicated person, or one simulating intoxication, any alcoholic liquor, wine or beer.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 123.49 [1])
2. Sell or dispense any alcoholic beverage, wine or beer on the premises covered by the license or permit, or permit its consumption thereon between the hours of two o’clock (2:00) a.m. and six o’clock (6:00) a.m. on a weekday, and between the hours of two o’clock (2:00) a.m. on Sunday and six o’clock (6:00) a.m. on the following Monday; however, a holder of a license or permit granted the privilege of selling alcoholic liquor, beer or wine on Sunday may sell or dispense alcoholic liquor, beer or wine between the hours of eight o’clock (8:00) a.m. on Sunday and two o’clock (2:00) a.m. of the following Monday, and further provided that a holder of any class of liquor control license or the holder of a class “B” beer permit may sell or dispense alcoholic liquor, wine or beer for consumption on the premises between the hours of eight o’clock (8:00) a.m. on Sunday and two o’clock (2:00) a.m. on Monday when that Monday is New Year’s Day and beer for consumption off the premises between the hours of eight o’clock (8:00) a.m. on Sunday and two o’clock (2:00) a.m. on the following Monday when that Sunday is the day before New Year’s Day.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 123.49 [2b and 2k] & 123.150)
3. Sell alcoholic beverages, wine or beer to any person on credit, except with bona fide credit card. This provision does not apply to sales by a club to its members nor to sales by a hotel or motel to bona fide registered guests.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 123.49 [2c])
4. Employ a person under eighteen (18) years of age in the sale or serving of alcoholic liquor, wine or beer for consumption on the premises where sold.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 123.49 [2f])
5.
Sell, give or otherwise supply any alcoholic beverage, wine
or beer to any person, knowing or failing to exercise reasonable
care to
ascertain whether the person is under legal age, or permit any
person, knowing or failing to exercise reasonable care to ascertain
whether the person is under legal age, to consume any alcoholic
beverage, wine or beer.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 123.49 [2h])
6. In the case of a retail beer or wine permittee, knowingly allow the mixing or adding of alcohol or any alcoholic beverage to beer, wine or any other beverage in or about the permittee’s place of business.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 123.49 [2i])
7. Knowingly permit any gambling, except in accordance with Iowa law, or knowingly permit any solicitation for immoral purposes, or immoral or disorderly conduct on the premises covered by the license or permit.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 123.49 [2a])
8. Knowingly permit or engage in any criminal activity on the premises covered by the license or permit.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 123.49 [2j]
9. Keep on premises covered by a liquor control license any alcoholic liquor in any container except the original package purchased from the Alcoholic Beverages Division of the State Department of Commerce and except mixed drinks or cocktails mixed on the premises for immediate consumption.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 123.49 [2d])
10. Reuse for packaging alcoholic liquor or wine any container or receptacle used originally for packaging alcoholic liquor or wine; or adulterate, by the addition of any substance, the contents or remaining contents of an original package of an alcoholic liquor or wine; or knowingly possess any original package which has been reused or adulterated.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 123.49 [2e])
11. Allow any person other than the licensee, permittee or employees of the licensee or permittee to use or keep on the licensed premises any alcoholic liquor in any bottle or other container which is designed for the transporting of such beverages, except as allowed by State law.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 123.49 [2g]
12. Permit or allow any person under legal age to remain upon licensed premises unless over fifty percent (50%) of the dollar volume of the business establishment comes from the sale and serving of prepared foods. This provision does not apply to holders of a class “C” beer permit only.
|
121.01 Definitions |
121.06 Refunds |
|
121.02 Permit Required |
121.07 Persons Under Legal Age |
|
121.03 Application |
121.08 Permit Suspension and Revocation |
|
121.04 Fees |
121.09 Effect of Revocation |
|
121.05 Issuance and Expiration |
|
121.01 DEFINITIONS. For use in this chapter the following terms are defined:
1. “Cigarette” means any roll for smoking made wholly or in part of tobacco, or any substitute for tobacco, irrespective of size or shape and irrespective of tobacco or any substitute for tobacco being flavored, adulterated or mixed with any other ingredient, where such roll has a wrapper or cover made of paper or any other material. However, this definition is not to be construed to include cigars.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 453A.1[2])
2. “Place of business” means any place where cigarettes are sold, stored or kept for the purpose of sale or consumption by a retailer.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 453A.1[17])
3. “Retailer” means every person who sells, distributes or offers for sale for consumption, or possesses for the purpose of sale for consumption, cigarettes, irrespective of the quantity or amount or the number of sales.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 453A.1[19])
4. “Tobacco products” means the following: cigars; little cigars; cheroots; stogies; periques; granulated, plug cut, crimp cut, ready rubbed and other smoking tobacco; snuff; snuff flour; cavendish; plug and twist tobacco; fine-cut and other chewing tobaccos; shorts or refuse scraps, clippings, cuttings and sweepings of tobacco; and other kinds and forms of tobacco prepared in such manner as to be suitable for chewing or smoking in a pipe or otherwise, or for both chewing and smoking, but does not mean cigarettes.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 453A.1[23])
121.02 PERMIT REQUIRED. It is unlawful for any person, other than a holder of a retail permit, to sell cigarettes at retail and no retailer shall distribute, sell or solicit the sale of any cigarettes within the City without a valid permit for each place of business. The permit shall be displayed publicly in the place of business so that it can be seen easily by the public. No permit shall be issued to a minor.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 453A.13)
121.03 APPLICATION. A completed application on forms provided by the State Department of Revenue and Finance and accompanied by the required fee shall be filed with the Clerk. Renewal applications shall be filed at least five (5) days prior to the last regular meeting of the Council in June. If a renewal application is not timely filed, and a special Council meeting is called to act on the application, the costs of such special meeting shall be paid by the applicant.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 453A.13)
121.04 FEES. The fee for a retail cigarette permit shall be as follows:
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 453A.13)
|
FOR PERMITS GRANTED DURING: |
FEE: |
|
July, August or September |
$ 75.00 |
|
October, November or December |
$ 56.25 |
|
January, February or March |
$ 37.50 |
|
April, May or June |
$ 18.75 |
121.05 ISSUANCE AND EXPIRATION. Upon proper application and payment of the required fee, a permit shall be issued. Each permit issued shall describe clearly the place of business for which it is issued and shall be nonassignable. All permits expire on June 30 of each year.
121.06 REFUNDS. A retailer may surrender an unrevoked permit and receive a refund from the City, except during April, May or June, in accordance with the schedule of refunds as provided in Section 453A.13 of the Code of Iowa.
(Code of Iowa, 453A.13)
121.07 PERSONS UNDER LEGAL AGE. No person shall sell, give or otherwise supply any tobacco, tobacco products or cigarettes to any person under eighteen (18) years of age. The provision of this section includes prohibiting a minor from purchasing cigarettes or tobacco products from a vending machine.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 453A.2 and 453A.36[6])
121.08 PERMIT SUSPENSION AND REVOCATION. If a retailer or employee of a retailer violates the provisions of Section 121.07, the Council shall, after written notice and hearing, and in addition to the standard penalty, assess the following:
1. For a first violation, the violator shall be assessed a civil penalty in the amount of three hundred dollars ($300.00). Failure to pay the civil penalty as ordered under this subsection shall result in automatic suspension of the permit for a period of fourteen (14) days.
2. For a second violation within a period of two (2) years, the violator’s permit shall be suspended for a period of thirty (30) days.
3. For a third violation within a period of five (5) years, the violator’s permit shall be suspended for a period of sixty (60) days.
4. For a fourth violation within a period of five (5) years, the violator’s permit shall be revoked.
The Clerk shall give ten (10) days’ written notice to the retailer by mailing a copy of the notice to the place of business as it appears on the application for a permit. The notice shall state the reason for the contemplated action and the time and place at which the retailer may appear and be heard.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 453A.22)
121.09 EFFECT OF REVOCATION. If a permit is revoked, no new permit shall be issued to the retailer or for the place of business for one (1) year after the date of revocation unless good cause to the contrary is shown to the Council.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 453A.22[3])
° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °
PEDDLERS, SOLICITORS AND TRANSIENT MERCHANTS
|
122.01 Purpose |
122.11 Revocation of License |
|
122.02 Definitions |
122.12 Notice |
|
122.03 License Required |
122.13 Hearing |
|
122.04 Application for License |
122.14 Record and Determination |
|
122.05 License Fees |
122.15 Appeal |
|
122.06 Bond Required |
122.16 Effect of Revocation |
|
122.07 License Issued |
122.17 Rebates |
|
122.08 Display of License |
122.18 License Exemptions |
|
122.09 License Not Transferable |
122.19 Charitable and Nonprofit Organizations |
|
122.10 Time Restriction |
|
122.01 PURPOSE. The purpose of this chapter is to protect residents of the City against fraud, unfair competition and intrusion into the privacy of their homes by licensing and regulating peddlers, solicitors and transient merchants.
122.02 DEFINITIONS. For use in this chapter the following terms are defined:
1. “Peddler” means any person carrying goods or merchandise who sells or offers for sale for immediate delivery such goods or merchandise from house to house or upon the public street.
2. “Solicitor” means any person who solicits or attempts to solicit from house to house or upon the public street any contribution or donation or any order for goods, services, subscriptions or merchandise to be delivered at a future date.
3. “Transient merchant” means any person who engages in a temporary or itinerant merchandising business and in the course of such business hires, leases or occupies any building, stand or structure whatsoever, or who operates out of a vehicle which is parked anywhere within the City limits. Temporary association with a local merchant, dealer, trader or auctioneer, or conduct of such transient business in connection with, as a part of, or in the name of any local merchant, dealer, trader or auctioneer does not exempt any person from being considered a transient merchant.
122.03 LICENSE REQUIRED. Any person engaging in peddling, soliciting or in the business of a transient merchant in the City without first obtaining a license as herein provided is in violation of this chapter.
122.04 APPLICATION FOR LICENSE. An application in writing shall be filed with the Clerk for a license under this chapter. Such application shall set forth the applicant’s name, permanent and local address and business address, if any. The application shall also set forth the applicant’s employer, if any, the employer’s address, the nature of the applicant’s business, the length of time sought to be covered by the license and the last three (3) places in which applicant has been engaged in similar activity. Applicants must furnish photo identification, criminal history data from the Department of Criminal Investigation and all fees applicable with application.
(Ord. 08-107 – Mar. 08 Supp.)
122.05 LICENSE FEES. The following license fees shall be paid to the Clerk prior to the issuance of any license.
1. Non-refundable application fee $ 10.00
2. One day $ 10.00
3. One year or major part thereof $100.00
(Ord. 08-107 – Mar. 08 Supp.)
122.06 BOND REQUIRED. Before a license under this chapter is issued to a transient merchant, an applicant shall provide to the Clerk evidence that the applicant has filed a bond with the Secretary of State in accordance with Chapter 9C of the Code of Iowa.
122.07 LICENSE ISSUED. If the Clerk finds the application is completed in conformance with the requirements of this chapter, the facts stated therein are found to be correct and the license fee paid, a license shall be issued immediately.
122.08 DISPLAY OF LICENSE. Each solicitor or peddler shall keep such license in possession at all times while doing business in the City and shall, upon the request of prospective customers, exhibit the license as evidence of compliance with all requirements of this chapter. Each transient merchant shall display publicly such merchant’s license in the merchant’s place of business.
122.09 LICENSE NOT TRANSFERABLE. Licenses issued under the provisions of this chapter are not transferable in any situation and are to be applicable only to the person filing the application.
122.10 TIME RESTRICTION. All peddler’s and solicitor’s licenses shall provide that said licenses are in force and effect only between sunrise and sunset.
122.11 REVOCATION OF LICENSE. After notice and hearing, the Clerk may revoke any license issued under this chapter for the following reasons:
1. Fraudulent Statements. The licensee has made fraudulent statements in the application for the license or in the conduct of the business.
2. Violation of Law. The licensee has violated this chapter or has otherwise conducted the business in an unlawful manner.
3. Endangered Public Welfare, Health or Safety. The licensee has conducted the business in such manner as to endanger the public welfare, safety, order or morals.
122.12 NOTICE. The Clerk shall send a notice to the licensee at the licensee’s local address or hand deliver the notice, not less than ten (10) days before the date set for a hearing on the possible revocation of a license. Such notice shall contain particulars of the complaints against the licensee, the ordinance provisions or State statutes allegedly violated, and the date, time and place for hearing on the matter.
122.13 HEARING. The Clerk shall conduct a hearing at which both the licensee and any complainants shall be present to determine the truth of the facts alleged in the complaint and notice. Should the licensee, or authorized representative, fail to appear without good cause, the Clerk may proceed to a determination of the complaint.
122.14 RECORD AND DETERMINATION. The Clerk shall make and record findings of fact and conclusions of law, and shall revoke a license only when upon review of the entire record the Clerk finds clear and convincing evidence of substantial violation of this chapter or State law.
122.15 APPEAL. If the Clerk revokes or refuses to issue a license, the Clerk shall make a part of the record the reasons therefor. The licensee, or the applicant, shall have a right to a hearing before the Council at its next regular meeting. The Council may reverse, modify or affirm the decision of the Clerk by a majority vote of the Council members present and the Clerk shall carry out the decision of the Council.
122.16 EFFECT OF REVOCATION. Revocation of any license shall bar the licensee from being eligible for any license under this chapter for a period of one year from the date of the revocation.
122.17 REBATES. Any licensee, except in the case of a revoked license, shall be entitled to a rebate of part of the fee paid if the license is surrendered before it expires. The amount of the rebate shall be determined by dividing the total license fee by the number of days for which the license was issued and then multiplying the result by the number of full days not expired. In all cases, at least one-half (½) of the original fee shall be retained by the City to cover administrative costs.
122.18 LICENSE EXEMPTIONS. The following are excluded from the application of this chapter.
1. Newspapers. Persons delivering, collecting for or selling subscriptions to newspapers.
2. Club Members. Members of local civic and service clubs, Boy Scout, Girl Scout, 4-H Clubs, Future Farmers of America and similar organizations.
3. Local Residents and Farmers. Local residents and farmers who offer for sale their own products.
4. Students. Students representing schools located in Union County, Iowa, conducting projects sponsored by organizations recognized by the school. (Ord. 08-107 – Mar. 08 Supp.)
5. Route Sales. Route delivery persons who only incidentally solicit additional business or make special sales.
6. Resale or Institutional Use. Persons customarily calling on businesses or institutions for the purposes of selling products for resale or institutional use.
122.19 CHARITABLE AND NONPROFIT ORGANIZATIONS. Authorized representatives of charitable or nonprofit organizations which have a place of business in Union County, Iowa, operating under the provisions of Chapter 504A of the Code of Iowa desiring to solicit money or to distribute literature are exempt from the operation of Sections 122.04, 122.05 and 122.06. All such organizations are required to submit in writing to the Clerk the name and purpose of the cause for which such activities are sought, names and addresses of the officers and directors of the organization, the period during which such activities are to be carried on, and whether any commissions, fees or wages are to be charged by the solicitor and the amount thereof. If the Clerk finds that the organization is a bona fide charity or nonprofit organization, the Clerk shall issue, free of charge, a license containing the above information to the applicant. In the event the Clerk denies the exemption, the authorized representatives of the organization may appeal the decision to the Council, as provided in Section 122.15 of this chapter. (Ord. 08-107 – Mar. 08 Supp.)
|
123.01 House Mover Defined |
123.07 Public Safety |
|
123.02 Permit Required |
123.08 Time Limit |
|
123.03 Application |
123.09 Removal by City |
|
123.04 Bond Required |
123.10 Protect Pavement |
|
123.05 Insurance Required |
123.11 Above Ground Wires |
|
123.06 Permit Issued |
|
123.01 HOUSE MOVER DEFINED. A “house mover” means any person who undertakes to move a building or similar structure upon, over or across public streets or property when the building or structure is of such size that it requires the use of skids, jacks, dollies or any other specialized moving equipment.
123.02 PERMIT REQUIRED. It is unlawful for any person to engage in the activity of house mover as herein defined without a valid permit from the City for each house, building or similar structure to be moved. Buildings of less than one hundred (100) square feet are exempt from the provisions of this chapter.
123.03 APPLICATION. Application for a house mover’s permit shall be made in writing to the Clerk. The application shall include:
1. Name and Address. The applicant’s full name and address and if a corporation the names and addresses of its principal officers.
2. Building Location. An accurate description of the present location and future site of the building or similar structure to be moved.
3. Routing Plan. A routing plan approved by the Police Chief, street superintendent, and public utility officials. The route approved shall be the shortest route compatible with the greatest public convenience and safety.
123.04 BOND REQUIRED. The applicant shall post with the Clerk a penal bond in the minimum sum of two hundred dollars ($200.00) issued by a surety company authorized to issue such bonds in the State. The bond shall guarantee the permittee’s payment for any damage done to the City or to public property, and payment of all costs incurred by the City in the course of moving the building or structure.
123.05 INSURANCE REQUIRED. Each applicant shall also file a certificate of insurance indicating that the applicant is carrying public liability insurance in effect for the duration of the permit covering the applicant and all agents and employees for the following minimum amounts:
1. Bodily Injury - $50,000 per person; $100,000 per accident.
2. Property Damage - $50,000 per accident.
123.06 PERMIT ISSUED. Upon approval of the application and filing of bond and insurance certificate, the Clerk shall issue a permit.
123.07 PUBLIC SAFETY. At all times when a building or similar structure is in motion upon any street, alley, sidewalk or public property, the permittee shall maintain flagmen at the closest intersections or other possible channels of traffic to the sides, behind and ahead of the building or structure. At all times when the building or structure is at rest upon any street, alley, sidewalk or public property the permittee shall maintain adequate warning signs or lights at the intersections or channels of traffic to the sides, behind and ahead of the building or structure.
123.08 TIME LIMIT. No house mover shall permit or allow a building or similar structure to remain upon any street or other public way for a period of more than twelve (12) hours or such additional time as determined by the Council to be reasonable depending on the circumstances without having first secured the written approval of the City.
123.09 REMOVAL BY CITY. In the event any building or similar structure is found to be in violation of Section 123.08 the City is authorized to remove such building or structure and assess the costs thereof against the permit holder and the surety on the permit holder’s bond.
123.10 PROTECT PAVEMENT. It is unlawful to move any house or building of any kind over any pavement, unless the wheels or rollers upon which the house or building is moved are at least one (1) inch in width for each one thousand (1,000) pounds of weight of such building. If there is any question as to the weight of a house or building, the estimate of the City as to such weight shall be final.
123.11 ABOVE GROUND WIRES. The holder of any permit to move a building shall see that all telephone, cable television and electric wires and poles are removed when necessary and replaced in good order, and shall be liable for the costs of the same.
|
124.01 Purpose |
124.10 Hearing |
|
124.02 Definitions |
124.11 Appeal |
|
124.03 License Required |
124.12 Effect of Revocation |
|
124.04 Application for License |
124.13 Rebates |
|
124.05 Fees |
124.14 Transfer of License Prohibited |
|
124.06 Issuance of License |
124.15 Display of License |
|
124.07 Power to Inspect and Investigate |
124.16 Exemptions |
|
124.08 Revocation of License |
124.17 Special Requirements |
|
124.09 Notice |
|
124.01 PURPOSE. The purpose of this chapter is to assure that in the conduct of the public amusements licensed and regulated under this chapter the public health, safety and welfare will be protected and maintained.
124.02 DEFINITIONS. For use in this chapter, the following terms are defined:
1. “Open to the public” means a place in which a public amusement is conducted for, engaged in or performed by the general public and to which the general public is admitted or is in attendance. It does not include places that the general public is not free to enter and to which admission is restricted to members of a club, fraternal organization or religious or educational group.
2. “Public amusement” means any public dance hall, skating rink, swimming pool, billiard hall, bowling alley or shooting gallery that is open to the public.
3.
“Public dance hall” means any place of public amusement in
which dancing is engaged in or performed, even though food is served
and the operator holds a State restaurant license under Section
170.2 of the Code of Iowa.
124.03 LICENSE REQUIRED. It is unlawful for any person to engage in the operation of any public amusement regulated by this chapter without first obtaining a license as herein provided.
124.04 APPLICATION FOR LICENSE. An application for a license under this chapter shall be made in writing on forms furnished by the Clerk. Such application shall set forth the applicant’s full name and address, address of the local business establishment and the nature of the applicant’s business. If the applicant is not the owner of the place where the business is to be conducted, the name and address of the owner shall be included on the application. If the applicant is a corporation or other association, the application shall also list the names and addresses of its principal officers. A receipt from the City showing payment of all fees shall be attached to the application.
124.05 FEES. Application may be made for an annual or a daily license. The annual license is valid for one year after the date on which it is issued. The daily license is valid for only one twenty-four hour period, but the applicant may apply for and receive five daily licenses at one time. However, no daily license shall be issued more than thirty (30) days before the date for which the license is valid. The following license fees shall be paid to the Clerk prior to the issuance of any license.
1. For one day $ 5.00
2. For one year or major part thereof $ 50.00
The Clerk shall give the applicant a written receipt showing the sum received and the time of receipt. The Clerk shall pay to the Finance Officer all such fees no later than ten (10) days following the issuance of a license.
124.06 ISSUANCE OF LICENSE. If the Clerk finds that all of the prescribed conditions for the issuance of a license have been satisfied, that no grounds for revocation under Section 124.08 of this chapter exist, and that any special requirements under Section 124.17 of this chapter have been complied with, the license shall be issued immediately. The Clerk shall make a determination whether to issue the license within ten (10) days after the date a completed application is submitted. If the Clerk refuses to act within this ten-day period, the applicant shall have a right to a hearing before the Council at its next regular meeting on whether the license should be issued.
124.07 POWER TO INSPECT AND INVESTIGATE.
Upon receipt of an application for a license, the Clerk shall
forward it immediately to the Police Chief, who shall conduct an
investigation and submit a written report concerning the truth of
the facts stated in the application and a recommendation concerning
whether or not a license should be issued.
The Clerk shall notify the local health officer, the Building
Inspector and the Fire Chief immediately, and they shall inspect the
premises immediately to determine whether they meet the applicable
standards of this Code of Ordinances and State law.
These officials shall submit written reports of the results
of their investigations.
No license shall be issued until these reports have been
submitted to the Clerk and such reports shall be submitted within
seven (7) days after the Clerk receives the application.
124.08 REVOCATION OF LICENSE. After notice and hearing, the Clerk may revoke any license issued under this chapter for the following reasons:
1. Fraudulent Statements. The licensee has made fraudulent statements in the application for the license or in the conduct of the business.
2. Violation of Law. The licensee has violated this chapter or has otherwise conducted the business in an unlawful manner.
3. Endangered Public Welfare, Health or Safety. The licensee has conducted the business in such manner as to endanger the public welfare, safety, order or morals.
124.09 NOTICE. The Clerk shall send a notice to the licensee at the licensee’s local address or hand deliver, not less than ten (10) days before the date set for a hearing on the possible revocation of a license. Such notice shall contain particulars of the complaints against the licensee, the ordinance provisions or State statutes allegedly violated, and the date, time and place for hearing on the matter.
124.10 HEARING. The Clerk shall conduct a hearing at which both the licensee and any complainants shall be present to determine the truth of the facts alleged in the complaint and notice. Should the licensee, or authorized representative, fail to appear without good cause, the Clerk may proceed to a determination of the complaint.
124.11 APPEAL. If the Clerk revokes or refuses to issue a license, the Clerk shall make a part of the record the reasons therefor. The licensee, or the applicant, shall have a right to a hearing before the Council at its next regular meeting. The Council may reverse, modify or affirm the decision of the Clerk by a majority vote of the Council members present and the Clerk shall carry out the decision of the Council.
124.12 EFFECT OF REVOCATION. Revocation of any license shall bar the licensee from being eligible for any license under this chapter for a period of one year from the date of the revocation.
124.13 REBATES. Any licensee, except in the case of a revoked license, shall be entitled to a rebate of part of the fee paid if the license is surrendered before it expires. The amount of the rebate shall be determined by dividing the total license fee by the number of days for which the license was issued and then multiplying the result by the number of full days not expired. In all cases, at least one-half (½) of the original fee shall be retained by the City to cover administrative costs.
124.14 TRANSFER OF LICENSE PROHIBITED. Licenses issued under the provisions of this chapter are not transferable in any situation and are to be applicable only to the person filing the application.
124.15 DISPLAY OF LICENSE. Every person who is issued a license under the provisions of this chapter shall display the license in a conspicuous place on the premises on which the business is being conducted.
124.16 EXEMPTIONS. This chapter shall not be construed to require licensing of each employee or agent of a person engaged in a public amusement occupation. Only the owner, manager or agent of such public amusement needs to possess a license.
124.17 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS. Every person who is granted a license under this chapter shall also comply with the following regulations which specifically apply to such person’s business:
1. Public Dance Halls. Any holders or owner of a Class “B” or “C” liquor license or wine or beer permit who wishes to obtain a license to permit dancing in connection with the operation of such beer, wine and liquor business must comply with all the requirements of this Code of Ordinances and the laws of the State in connection with the operation of such business. Said license to permit dancing shall be signed by the Mayor and such license may be revoked and canceled upon the conviction of the owner or holder of such beer or wine permit or liquor license for any violation of the beer, wine or liquor laws of the State or any ordinance of the City governing establishments where beer, wine or liquor is sold.
2. Shooting Gallery. A shooting gallery shall display a written certificate from the Police Chief that it is equipped with a safe and adequate backstop and shooting equipment.
3. Billiard Hall. No minor shall be allowed to be in any billiard hall in which beer is sold.
[The next page is 517]
LICENSING AND REGULATING TAXIS
|
125.01 Definitions |
125.11 Appeal |
|
125.02 License Required |
125.12 Supervision |
|
125.03 Application for License |
125.13 Display of License and Rates |
|
125.04 Fees |
125.14 Liability Insurance |
|
125.05 Investigation and Report |
125.15 Driver’s Qualifications |
|
125.06 Issuance of License |
125.16 Maximum Working Hours |
|
125.07 Disposition of Fee |
125.17 Soliciting Business |
|
125.08 Transfer of License Prohibited |
125.18 Restriction on Number of Passengers |
|
125.09 Revocation of License |
125.19 Duty to Carry |
|
125.10 Notice and Hearing |
|
125.01 DEFINITIONS. For use in this chapter, the following terms are defined:
1. “Operator” means any person, whether or not the owner of a taxi, that will profit financially by the operation of a taxi, but does not include a person hired to drive a taxi.
2.
“Taxi” means any motor vehicle that is used on the streets of
the City for the purpose of carrying passengers for hire.
125.02 LICENSE REQUIRED. It is unlawful to operate a taxi without a valid taxi license issued under this chapter. Taxis that are operated principally in other cities and towns and that use the streets of the City only temporarily and on isolated occasions need not have a license under this chapter.
125.03 APPLICATION FOR LICENSE. A taxi operator shall apply in writing to the Clerk for a license for each taxi. The application shall include the name and residential and business addresses of the operator, and the make, model, serial number, motor number and State license plate number of each taxi.
125.04 FEES. The application shall be accompanied by a license fee in the following amount:
1. For one year $10.00
2. For six months $ 6.00
3. For three months $ 4.00
4. Less than three months $ 1.00 per day.
125.05 INVESTIGATION AND REPORT. Before the Clerk acts on the issuance of the license, the Police Chief shall investigate the character of the applicant and shall inspect the taxis to be licensed for possible violations of the State motor vehicle law or of this chapter, and shall report on these matters to the Council.
125.06 ISSUANCE OF LICENSE. The Clerk shall review each application promptly and shall issue a license if it finds that such issuance will be consistent with public convenience, health, safety and welfare. The license shall contain the signatures of the Mayor and Clerk, the date of issuance, the period for which the license is valid, the passenger seating capacity of the taxi and the information contained in the application.
125.07 DISPOSITION OF FEE. Immediately after acting on a license application, the Clerk shall transmit the license fee to the Finance Officer, or return the disapproved application and fee to the applicant.
125.08 TRANSFER OF LICENSE PROHIBITED. Each taxi license shall be issued for one specific taxi only and shall not be transferable from taxi to taxi or to a different operator.
125.09 REVOCATION OF LICENSE. The Clerk may revoke or suspend any license issued under this chapter for the following reasons:
1. Fraudulent Statements. The operator has made fraudulent statements in the application for the license or in the conduct of the business.
2. Violation of Law. The operator has substantially violated the requirements of this chapter or of the State motor vehicle laws.
3. Endangered Public Welfare, Health or Safety. The operator has conducted the business in such manner as to endanger the public welfare or safety.
125.10 NOTICE AND HEARING. The Clerk shall send a notice to the licensee not less than ten (10) days before the date set for a hearing on the possible revocation of a license. Such notice shall be in writing and shall be served personally or as required for personal service by the Iowa Rules of Civil Procedure. Such notice shall state the time and place of the hearing and the reasons for the intended revocation or suspension. The Clerk shall conduct the hearing on the possible revocation of the license. Should the licensee, or authorized representative, fail to appear without good cause, the Clerk may proceed to a determination of the complaint.
125.11 APPEAL. If the Clerk revokes (or refuses to issue) a license, the Clerk shall make a part of the record the reasons therefor. The licensee (or the applicant) shall have a right to a hearing before the Council at its next regular meeting. The Council may reverse, modify or affirm the decision of the Clerk by a majority vote of the Council members present and the Clerk shall carry out the decision of the Council.
125.12 SUPERVISION.
The Police Chief has the power at any time to
investigate the conduct of any taxi business and the operation of
the licensed taxis and to inspect the licensed taxis for possible
violations of the State motor vehicle laws or this chapter, and
shall report on these matters to the Council.
The Police Chief shall inspect all taxis at least once every
two (2) months.
125.13 DISPLAY OF LICENSE AND RATES. Operators shall display within the taxi, in full view of passengers, the taxi license and a schedule of rates.
125.14 LIABILITY INSURANCE. Before beginning operation of any taxi, the operator shall file with the Clerk evidence of liability insurance in a suitable amount as approved by the City to cover possible liabilities rising out of the operations of each licensed taxi.
125.15 DRIVER’S QUALIFICATIONS. Every driver of a licensed taxi shall be at least twenty-one (21) years of age and shall possess a valid Iowa commercial driver’s license.
125.16 MAXIMUM WORKING HOURS. No operator shall require or permit any person to drive a taxi in excess of these maximum periods:
1. No more than twelve (12) consecutive hours in any twenty-four hour period except that, after completing such a period of work, a driver may begin work again if he or she has been off duty for ten (10) hours.
2. No more than twelve (12) non-consecutive hours in any twenty-four hour period except that, after completing such a period of work, a driver may begin work again if he or she has been off duty for eight (8) hours.
125.17 SOLICITING BUSINESS. Taxi drivers shall not stop, park or drive about the City streets or public places to solicit passengers by words, signs or signals, but they may take a passenger anywhere in the City at the passenger’s request.
125.18 RESTRICTION ON NUMBER OF PASSENGERS. No driver shall permit more passengers to be carried in a taxi than the rated seating capacity of the taxi as fixed by the Council and stated in the license.
125.19 DUTY TO CARRY. No driver shall refuse or neglect to convey any orderly person or persons, upon request, unless previously engaged, or unless the driver is unable or forbidden to do so by the provisions of this chapter.
LICENSING OF ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS
|
126.01 Purpose and Scope |
126.11 Accounting for Fees |
|
126.02 Definitions |
126.12 Examination Waived |
|
126.03 License Required |
126.13 Insurance or Bond |
|
126.04 Apprentices and Helpers |
126.14 Revocation of License |
|
126.05 Issuance of Permits |
126.15 Notice |
|
126.06 Applications for Examinations |
126.16 Hearing |
|
126.07 Examination and License Fees |
126.17 Record and Determination |
|
126.08 How Examinations are Conducted |
126.18 Effect of Revocation |
|
126.09 Re-examinations |
126.19 Summary Suspension |
|
126.10 Expiration Dates |
126.20 Transfer of License |
126.01 PURPOSE AND SCOPE. The purpose of this chapter is to provide for the examination and licensing of electrical contractors and for the issuance of permits in order to protect the public safety, health and welfare. The provisions of this chapter do not apply to any of the following: regular employees of a public utility who do electrical work for such public utility only; the electrical work of a telephone or telegraph company or the persons performing electrical work for such a company where such electrical work is an integral part of the plant used by such telephone or telegraph company in rendering its duly authorized service to the public; and regular employees of any railroad who do electrical work only as part of that employment.
126.02 DEFINITIONS. For use in this chapter, the following terms are defined:
1. “Electrical contracting” means undertaking or offering to undertake the planning or supervision of electrical work.
2. “Electrical contractor” means any person who has the necessary qualifications, training, experience and technical knowledge to plan or supervise electrical work.
3. “Electrical equipment” means all electrical materials, wiring, conductors, fittings, devices, appliances, fixtures, signs and apparatus or parts thereof.
4. “Electrical work” means all installations, alterations, repairs, removals, renewals, replacements, disturbances, connections, disconnections and maintenance of all electrical equipment.
5. “Licensed” means licensed under this chapter unless otherwise specified.
126.03 LICENSE REQUIRED. No person shall engage in electrical contracting within the City unless such person has obtained from the City an electrical contractor’s license. In the case of a partnership, corporation or any other association organized to engage in electrical contracting, it is necessary for only one partner, associate, officer, director or manager who is actually engaged as an electrical contractor as defined in this chapter to obtain an electrical contractor’s license. No person shall engage in doing electrical work unless licensed as an electrical contractor except as provided in Sections 126.04 and 126.05 of this chapter.
126.04 APPRENTICES AND HELPERS. Apprentices and helpers employed to assist a licensed electrician need not be licensed; provided, however, such apprentices and helpers perform their work under the direct supervision of a licensed electrician.
126.05 ISSUANCE OF PERMITS. Permits to do electrical work as required by the Electrical Code of the City (Chapter 157 of this Code of Ordinances) shall be issued only to electrical contractors licensed by the City. However, any permit required by the Electrical Code may be issued to the owner of a single-family dwelling used exclusively for living purposes, to do any work regulated by the Electrical Code in that dwelling, including the usual accessory buildings located on the same lot as the dwelling, provided that the dwelling will be occupied by the owner, that the owner appears before the City Building Inspector and shows competency to do the specific work for which the owner desires a permit, and that the owner personally shall purchase all materials and perform all labor in connection with the work. All work done in accordance with this exception must meet all the requirements of the Electrical Code and shall be inspected like other work.
126.06 APPLICATIONS FOR EXAMINATIONS. Any person who desires to be licensed as an electrical contractor shall make application to the Building Department for an examination. The Building Department shall provide application forms for this purpose. The completed forms shall include the name of the applicant, the applicant’s home address, business address and a brief résumé of training and experience.
126.07 EXAMINATION AND LICENSE FEES. Any person who desires to be licensed as an electrical contractor shall make a written, signed application to the Clerk on forms provided by the Building Department. An examination fee of $10.00 must accompany the application, and is non-refundable. The annual license fee shall be paid to the Clerk in the amount of $25.00. Both examination and license fees shall be used for the payment of the costs of issuing such licenses and the enforcement of this chapter.
126.08 HOW EXAMINATIONS ARE CONDUCTED. The examination shall be practical, written or oral, or a combination thereof, and shall be of such a nature as to test uniformly the capabilities of all applicants. The applicants shall clearly demonstrate to the Building Department his or her qualifications for an electrical contractor’s license and show satisfactory knowledge of the methods and standards for doing electrical work under the Electrical Code.
126.09 RE-EXAMINATIONS. If an applicant fails to pass an examination, he or she may reapply for re-examination after thirty (30) days and upon payment of the regular examination fee. However, a person may apply only three (3) times in a calendar year and examinations can be taken only at two-month intervals.
126.10 EXPIRATION DATES. All licenses shall expire on June 30 and shall be renewed annually upon application of the licensee and payment of the license fee to the Clerk. Any license not renewed prior to July 31 shall expire on July 31 and may not be renewed without examination or proof of license from another jurisdiction that tests.
126.11 ACCOUNTING FOR FEES. Examination and license fees shall be turned over to the Finance Officer not later that the tenth day of the month following the month in which they were received, with a written report of the amounts and sources of the fees. The resulting fund shall be used to pay the costs of examination, issuance of licenses and enforcement of this chapter.
126.12 EXAMINATION WAIVED. Any electrical contractor who holds a certificate of competency or license from another city that has similar licensing standards and who produces credentials showing proper accreditation as an electrical contractor shall be excused from the examination required by this chapter, if the Building Department approves such credentials.
126.13 INSURANCE OR BOND. Any person who has been issued a license as an electrical contractor shall execute and deposit with the Clerk a bond in the sum of $100,000.00 or insurance certificate with sureties approved by the Clerk and Mayor. This bond or insurance is to be held as surety that the licensee will fulfill these conditions:
1. All electrical work performed by the licensee or under his or her supervision shall be performed in accordance with the provisions of the Electrical Code of the City.
2. He or she will pay all fines and penalties imposed upon the contractor for violation of this chapter or the Electrical Code.
3. The City shall be held free from any liability sustained by reason of the negligence or incompetence of such electrical contractor or other person working under his or her supervision.
126.14 REVOCATION OF LICENSE. After notice and hearing, the Council may revoke any license issued under this chapter for the following reasons:
1. Fraudulent Statements. The licensee has made fraudulent statements in the application for the license or in the conduct of the business.
2. Violation of Law. The licensee has violated this chapter or the Electrical Code or has otherwise conducted the business in an unlawful manner.
3. Endangered Public Welfare, Health or Safety. The licensee has conducted the business in such manner as to endanger the public welfare or safety.
126.15 NOTICE. The Clerk shall send a notice to the licensee at the licensee’s local address or hand deliver the notice not less than ten (10) days before the date set for a hearing on the possible revocation of a license. Such notice shall contain particulars of the complaints against the licensee, the ordinance provisions or State statutes allegedly violated, and the date, time and place for hearing on the matter.
126.16 HEARING. The Council shall conduct a hearing at which both the licensee and any complainants shall be present to determine the truth of the facts alleged in the complaint and notice. The licensee shall have the right to be represented by counsel, to testify and present witnesses in his or her own behalf, and to cross-examine adverse witnesses. Should the licensee, or authorized representative, fail to appear without good cause, the Council may proceed to a determination of the complaint.
126.17 RECORD AND DETERMINATION. The Council shall make and record findings of fact and conclusions of law, and shall revoke a license only when upon review of the entire record the Council finds clear and convincing evidence of substantial violation of this chapter or State law.
126.18 EFFECT OF REVOCATION. Revocation of any license shall bar the licensee from being eligible for any license under this chapter for a period of one year from the date of the revocation.
126.19 SUMMARY SUSPENSION. If the Council finds that the public health or safety requires emergency action, and incorporates a finding to that effect in its order, summary suspension of a license may be ordered pending suspension or revocation proceedings under this chapter. Immediately upon issuance of an order of summary suspension, the Council shall institute proceedings pursuant to Sections 126.15 and 126.16.
126.20 TRANSFER OF LICENSE. It is unlawful for any license holder to transfer his or her license or to allow it to be used, directly or indirectly, by any other person.
° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °
LICENSING OF
PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CONTRACTORS
|
127.01 Purpose |
127.10 Examination and License Fees |
|
127.02 Definitions |
127.11 Expiration of License |
|
127.03 License Required |
127.12 Insurance or Bond |
|
127.04 Issuance of Permits |
127.13 Revocation of License |
|
127.05 Apprentices and Helpers |
127.14 Notice |
|
127.06 Examination and Certification |
127.15 Hearing |
|
127.07 Examination Waived |
127.16 Record and Determination |
|
127.08 Re-examinations |
127.17 Effect of Revocation |
|
127.09 Temporary Permit |
127.18 Use of Licensee’s Name by Another |
|
|
127.19 Inspections and Investigations |
127.01 PURPOSE. The purpose of this chapter is to provide for the examination and licensing of plumbing and mechanical contractors in order to protect the public safety, health and welfare.
127.02 DEFINITIONS. For use in this chapter, the following terms are defined:
1. “Apprentice” or “plumber/mechanic’s helper” means any person who, while learning the trade of plumbing or mechanical work, is assisting in the installation, alteration or repair of plumbing or mechanical work and is actually with and in the presence of a plumbing or mechanical contractor.
2. “Mechanical” has the meaning given in the Uniform Mechanical Code.
3. “Plumbing” has the meaning given in the Uniform Plumbing Code.
4. “Plumbing or mechanical contractor” means any person engaged in planning, supervising and contracting for the installation of plumbing and who is licensed as a plumbing or mechanical contractor.
127.03 LICENSE REQUIRED. No person shall engage in the business of plumbing or mechanical work unless licensed as a plumbing or mechanical contractor. In the case of a partnership, corporation or any other association organized to engage in plumbing or mechanical installation, the issuance of a valid plumber or mechanical contractor’s license to one of the partners, associates, officers or managers is sufficient compliance with this section. This section shall not be construed to allow any person to engage in the practice of installing, repairing or altering plumbing or mechanical work unless that person is licensed as a plumber or mechanical contractor in accordance with the provisions of this chapter. No person shall engage in the practice of installing, repairing or altering plumbing or mechanical work unless licensed as a plumber or mechanical contractor.
127.04 ISSUANCE OF PERMITS. Permits to do plumbing and mechanical work as required by the Plumbing and Mechanical Code of the City (Chapter 156 of this Code of Ordinances) shall be issued only to plumbing or mechanical contractors licensed by the City. However, any permit required by the Plumbing and Mechanical Code may be issued to the owner of a single-family dwelling used exclusively for living purposes, to do any work regulated by the Plumbing and Mechanical Code in that dwelling, including the usual accessory buildings located on the same lot as the dwelling, provided that the dwelling will be occupied by the owner, that the owner appears before the City Building Inspector and shows competency to do the specific work for which the owner desires a permit, and that the owner personally shall purchase all materials and perform all labor in connection with the work. All work done in accordance with this exception must meet all the requirements of the Plumbing and Mechanical Code and shall be inspected like other work.
127.05 APPRENTICES AND HELPERS. Apprentices and helpers employed to assist a licensed plumbing or mechanical contractor need not be licensed, provided, however, that such apprentices and helpers perform their work under the direct supervision of a licensed plumbing or mechanical contractor.
127.06 EXAMINATION AND CERTIFICATION.
The Building Department shall establish requirements and
procedures for the qualification, examination and licensing of
plumbing or mechanical contractors.
The City shall issue an appropriate certificate of
qualification without unnecessary delay to each person who meets the
qualifications therefor and successfully passes the examination
given by the City Building Department.
Examinations and qualifications shall be founded on the
requirements of the City’s Plumbing and Mechanical Code so as to
determine the ability of an applicant, when licensed, to install,
repair and alter plumbing or mechanical trade safely and properly.
The secretary of the Building Department shall keep an
official record of all its transactions.
127.07 EXAMINATION WAIVED. Any plumbing or mechanical contractor who holds a certificate of competency or license from another city that has similar licensing standards and who produces credentials showing proper accreditation as a plumbing or mechanical contractor shall be excused from the examination required by this chapter, if the Building Department approves such credentials.
127.08 RE-EXAMINATIONS. Any person who fails to pass an examination may apply for re-examination after thirty (30) days and upon payment of the regular examination fee. However, a person may apply only three (3) times in a year and examinations can be taken only at two-month intervals.
127.09 TEMPORARY PERMIT.
The Building Department may issue a temporary certificate
pending examination, provided the applicant holds a similar license
or certificate from an equivalent Building Department.
Such temporary certificate shall not be valid for more than
sixty (60) days.
127.10 EXAMINATION AND LICENSE FEES. Any person who desires to be licensed as a plumbing or mechanical contractor shall make a written, signed application to the Clerk on forms provided by the Building Department. An examination fee of $10.00 must accompany the application, and is non-refundable. The annual license fee shall be paid to the Clerk in the amount of $25.00. Both examination and license fees shall be used for the payment of the costs of issuing such licenses and the enforcement of this chapter.
127.11 EXPIRATION OF LICENSE. All licenses shall expire on June 30 and shall be renewed annually upon application of the licensee and payment of the license fee to the Clerk. Any license not renewed prior to July 31 shall expire on July 31 and may not be renewed without examination or proof of license from another jurisdiction that tests.
127.12 INSURANCE OR BOND. Any person who has been issued a license as a plumbing or mechanical contractor shall execute and deposit with the Clerk a bond in the sum of $100,000.00 or insurance certificate with sureties approved by the Clerk and Mayor. This bond or insurance is to be held as surety that the licensee will fulfill these conditions:
1. All plumbing or mechanical work performed by the licensee or under his or her supervision shall be performed in accordance with the provisions of the Plumbing and Mechanical Code of the City.
2. He or she will pay all fines and penalties imposed upon the contractor or person working under his or her supervision for violation of this chapter or the Plumbing and Mechanical Code.
3. The City shall be held free from any liability sustained by reason of the negligence or incompetence of such plumbing or mechanical contractor or other person working under his or her supervision.
4. The contractor shall indemnify the City for work done by the City to correct any condition during excavation or backfilling, including safety measures required therefor.
127.13 REVOCATION OF LICENSE. After notice and hearing, the Council may revoke any license issued under this chapter for the following reasons:
1. Fraudulent Statements. The licensee has made fraudulent statements in the application for the license or in the conduct of the business.
2. Violation of Law. The licensee has violated this chapter or the Plumbing and Mechanical Code or has otherwise conducted the business in an unlawful manner.
3. Endangered Public Welfare, Health or Safety. The licensee has conducted the business in such manner as to endanger the public welfare or safety.
127.14 NOTICE. The Clerk shall send a notice to the licensee at the licensee’s local address or hand deliver the notice not less than ten (10) days before the date set for a hearing on the possible revocation of a license. Such notice shall contain particulars of the complaints against the licensee, the ordinance provisions or State statutes allegedly violated, and the date, time and place for hearing on the matter.
127.15 HEARING. The Council shall conduct a hearing at which both the licensee and any complainants shall be present to determine the truth of the facts alleged in the complaint and notice. The licensee shall have the right to be represented by counsel, to testify and present witnesses in his or her own behalf, and to cross-examine adverse witnesses. Should the licensee, or authorized representative, fail to appear without good cause, the Council may proceed to a determination of the complaint.
127.16 RECORD AND DETERMINATION. The Council shall make and record findings of fact and conclusions of law, and shall revoke a license only when upon review of the entire record the Council finds clear and convincing evidence of substantial violation of this chapter or State law.
127.17 EFFECT OF REVOCATION. Revocation of any license shall bar the licensee from being eligible for any license under this chapter for a period of one year from the date of the revocation.
127.18 USE OF LICENSEE’S NAME BY ANOTHER. No licensee shall allow his or her name to be used by another person either for the purpose of obtaining permits or for the purpose of doing business or work under the license. Every licensee shall notify the Building Department of the address of his or her place of business and the name under which such business is carried on and shall give immediate notice to the Building Department of any change in either. No license issued under this chapter shall be transferable.
127.19 INSPECTIONS AND INVESTIGATIONS.
It is the duty of the Building Inspector to make any
investigations or inspections which he or she believes necessary or
any investigations or inspections required or requested by the
Council to carry out the purposes of this chapter.
[The next page is 551]
|
135.01 Removal of Warning Devices |
135.08 Burning Prohibited |
|
135.02 Obstructing or Defacing |
135.09 Excavations |
|
135.03 Placing Debris On |
135.10 Maintenance of Parking or Terrace |
|
135.04 Playing In |
135.11 Failure to Maintain Parking or Terrace |
|
135.05 Traveling on Barricaded Street or Alley |
135.12 Dumping of Snow |
|
135.06 Use for Business Purposes |
135.13 Driveway Culverts |
|
135.07 Washing Vehicles |
135.14 Paving of Driveway Access |
|
|
135.15 Right-of-way Easements |
135.01 REMOVAL OF WARNING DEVICES. It is unlawful for a person to willfully remove, throw down, destroy or carry away from any street or alley any lamp, obstruction, guard or other article or things, or extinguish any lamp or other light, erected or placed thereupon for the purpose of guarding or enclosing unsafe or dangerous places in said street or alley without the consent of the person in control thereof.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 716.1)
135.02 OBSTRUCTING OR DEFACING. It is unlawful for any person to obstruct, deface, or injure any street or alley in any manner.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 716.1)
135.03 PLACING DEBRIS ON. It is unlawful for any person to throw or deposit on any street or alley any glass, glass bottle, nails, tacks, wire, cans, trash, garbage, rubbish, litter, offal, leaves, grass or any other debris, or any other substance likely to injure any person, animal or vehicle or which, if washed into the storm sewer, could clog the storm sewer.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 321.369)
135.04 PLAYING IN. It is unlawful for any person to coast, sled or play games on streets or alleys, except in the areas blocked off by the City for such purposes.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.12[2])
135.05 TRAVELING ON BARRICADED STREET OR ALLEY. It is unlawful for any person to travel or operate any vehicle on any street or alley temporarily closed by barricades, lights, signs, or flares placed thereon by the authority or permission of any City official, police officer or member of the fire department.
135.06 USE FOR BUSINESS PURPOSES. It is unlawful to park, store or place, temporarily or permanently, any machinery or junk or any other goods, wares, and merchandise of any kind upon any street or alley for the purpose of storage, exhibition, sale or offering same for sale, without permission of the Council.
135.07 WASHING VEHICLES. It is unlawful for any person to use any public sidewalk, street or alley for the purpose of washing or cleaning any automobile, truck equipment, or any vehicle of any kind when such work is done for hire or as a business. This does not prevent any person from washing or cleaning his or her own vehicle or equipment when it is lawfully parked in the street or alley.
135.08 BURNING PROHIBITED. No person shall burn any trash, leaves, rubbish or other combustible material in any curb and gutter or on any paved or surfaced street or alley.
135.09 EXCAVATIONS. No person shall dig, excavate or in any manner disturb any street, parking or alley unless such person first obtains a permit therefor as hereinafter provided:
1. Application. Before such permit is granted, the person shall file with the City a written application. The application shall contain the following:
A. An exact description of the property, by lot and street number, in front of or along which it is desired to excavate;
B. A statement of the purpose, for whom and by whom the excavation is to be made;
C. The person responsible for the refilling of said excavation and restoration of the street or alley surface; and
D. Date of commencement of the work and estimated completion date.
2. Public Convenience. Streets and alleys shall be opened in the manner which will cause the least inconvenience to the public and admit the uninterrupted passage of water along the gutter on the street
3. Barricades, Fencing and Lighting. Adequate barricades, fencing and warning lights meeting standards specified by the City shall be so placed as to protect the public from hazard. Any costs incurred by the City in providing or maintaining adequate barricades, fencing or warning lights shall be paid to the City by the permit holder/property owner.
4. Bond Required. The applicant shall post with the City a penal bond in the minimum sum of one thousand dollars ($1,000.00) issued by a surety company authorized to issue such bonds in the State. The bond shall guarantee the permittee’s payment for any damage done to the City or to public property, and payment of all costs incurred by the City in the course of administration of this section. In lieu of a surety bond, a cash deposit of one thousand dollars ($1,000.00) may be filed with the City.
5. Insurance Required. Each applicant shall also file a certificate of insurance indicating that the applicant is carrying public liability insurance in effect for the duration of the permit covering the applicant and all agents and employees for the following minimum amounts:
A. Bodily Injury - $50,000.00 per person; $100,000.00 per accident.
B. Property Damage - $50,000.00 per accident.
6. Restoration of Public Property. Streets, sidewalks, alleys and other public property disturbed in the course of the work shall be restored to the condition of the property prior to the commencement of the work, or in a manner satisfactory to the City, at the expense of the permit holder/property owner.
7. Inspection. All work shall be subject to inspection by the City. Backfill shall not be deemed completed, nor resurfacing of any improved street or alley surface begun, until such backfill is inspected and approved by the City. The permit holder/property owner shall provide the City with notice at least twenty-four (24) hours prior to the time when inspection of backfill is desired.
8. Completion by the City. Should any excavation in any street or alley be discontinued or left open and unfinished for a period of twenty-four (24) hours after the approved completion date, or in the event the work is improperly done, the City has the right to finish or correct the excavation work and charge any expenses therefor to the permit holder/property owner.
9. Responsibility for Costs. All costs and expenses incident to the excavation shall be borne by the permit holder and/or property owner. The permit holder and owner shall indemnify the City from any loss or damage that may directly or indirectly be occasioned by such excavation.
10. Permit Fee. A permit fee of three dollars ($3.00 ) shall be payable at the time of filing the application with the City. A separate permit shall be required for each excavation.
11. Permit Issued. Upon approval of the application, filing of bond and insurance certificate, and payment of any required fees, a permit shall be issued.
135.10 MAINTENANCE OF PARKING OR TERRACE. It shall be the responsibility of the abutting property owner to maintain all property outside the lot and property lines and inside the curb lines upon the public streets, except that the abutting property owner shall not be required to remove diseased trees or dead wood on the publicly owned property or right-of-way. Maintenance includes timely mowing, trimming trees and shrubs and picking up litter.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.12[1c])
135.11 FAILURE TO MAINTAIN PARKING OR TERRACE. If the abutting property owner does not perform an action required under the above section within a reasonable time, the City may perform the required action and assess the cost against the abutting property for collection in the same manner as a property tax.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.12[2e])
135.12 DUMPING OF SNOW. It is unlawful for any person to throw, push, blow or place or cause to be thrown, pushed, placed or blown any ice or snow from private property, sidewalks, or driveways onto the traveled way of a street or alley so as to obstruct gutters, or impede the passage of vehicles upon the street or alley or to create a hazardous condition therein; except where, in the cleaning of large commercial drives in the business district it is absolutely necessary to move the snow onto the street or alley temporarily, such accumulation shall be removed promptly by the property owner or agent, and only after first making arrangements for such prompt removal at the owner’s cost of the accumulation within a reasonably short time.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.12 [2])
135.13 DRIVEWAY CULVERTS. The property owner shall, at the owner’s expense, install any culvert deemed necessary under any driveway or any other access to the owner’s property, and before installing a culvert, permission must first be obtained from the City. In the event repairs are needed at any time with respect to culverts, it shall be the responsibility of the property owner to make such repairs, and, in the event the owner fails to do so, the City shall have the right to make the repairs. If the property owner fails to reimburse the City for the cost of said repairs, the cost shall be certified to the County Treasurer and specially assessed against the property as by law provided.
135.14 PAVING OF DRIVEWAY ACCESS. Whenever a property owner is permitted a driveway access by the City onto a public street which is improved with either a curb and gutter or a full width concrete street with integral curb, such owner shall pave all area within the right-of-way with a minimum of four (4) inches of Portland cement concrete along the entire length of that portion of the curb removed. The installation of the paving along the curb cut shall be completed within 120 days after the issuance of a permit for the curb cut. It shall be unlawful for any person, firm or corporation to cut or remove any curbing for any purpose without first securing a written permit therefor from the Creston Public Works Department. All construction of this minimum concrete slab shall be in accordance with this Code of Ordinances and with good construction practices. (Ord. 05-89 – Feb. 06 Supp.)
135.15 RIGHT-OF-WAY EASEMENTS. All non-governmental agencies shall place their lines or underground services in a designated corridor within the City right-of-way. All non-governmental agencies will be required at their own expense to remove or relocate their lines or services in the event their services interfere with a governmental use, i.e. sewer, water or street construction. Whenever a non-governmental agency installs any service within a City right-of-way, the agency involved shall be responsible for verification that no damage has been caused to any City system located within the same right-of-way.
(Ord. 01-51 – May 01 Supp.)
° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °
|
136.01 Purpose |
136.12 Failure to Repair or Barricade |
|
136.02 Definitions |
136.13 Interference with Sidewalk Improvements |
|
136.03 Removal of Snow, Ice and Accumulations |
136.14 Awnings |
|
136.04 Responsibility for Maintenance |
136.15 Encroaching Steps |
|
136.05 City May Order Repairs |
136.16 Openings and Enclosures |
|
136.06 Sidewalk Construction Ordered |
136.17 Fires and Fuel on Sidewalks |
|
136.07 Permit Required |
136.18 Defacing |
|
136.08 Sidewalk Standards |
136.19 Debris on Sidewalks |
|
136.09 Failure to Obtain Permit; Remedies |
136.20 Merchandise Display |
|
136.10 Inspection and Approval |
136.21 Sales Stands |
|
136.11 Barricades and Warning Lights |
|
136.01 PURPOSE. The purpose of this chapter is to enhance safe passage by citizens on sidewalks, to place the responsibility for the maintenance, repair, replacement or reconstruction of sidewalks upon the abutting property owner and to minimize the liability of the City.
136.02 DEFINITIONS. For use in this chapter the following terms are defined:
1. “Broom finish” means a sidewalk finish that is made by sweeping the sidewalk when it is hardening.
2. “Established grade” means that grade established by the City for the particular area in which a sidewalk is to be constructed.
3. “One-course construction” means that the full thickness of the concrete is placed at one time, using the same mixture throughout.
4. “Owner” means the person owning the fee title to property abutting any sidewalk and includes any contract purchaser for purposes of notification required herein. For all other purposes, “owner” includes the lessee, if any.
5. “Portland cement” means any type of cement except bituminous cement.
6. “Sidewalk” means all permanent public walks in business, residential or suburban areas.
7. “Sidewalk improvements” means the construction, reconstruction, repair, replacement or removal, of a public sidewalk and/or the excavating, filling or depositing of material in the public right-of-way in connection therewith.
8. “Wood float finish” means a sidewalk finish that is made by smoothing the surface of the sidewalk with a wooden trowel.
136.03 REMOVAL OF SNOW, ICE AND ACCUMULATIONS. It is the responsibility of the abutting property residents/owners to remove snow, ice and accumulations promptly from sidewalks. If a property resident/owner does not remove snow, ice or accumulations within twenty-four (24) hours, the following procedure shall be implemented:
1. The Creston Police Department shall issue a notice and leave it at the residence that the snow, ice or accumulations shall be removed within twenty-four (24) hours.
2. Upon failure to remove the snow, ice or accumulations by the resident/owner, the Creston Police Department will issue a City of Creston citation, which shall provide for a fine of $25.00, payable to the Creston Police Department within thirty (30) days of issuance. If the fine is not paid within the thirty (30) day time period, the fine will automatically double on the thirty-first day. Failure to pay the fine within forty-five (45) days will result in a summons being filed with Union County Magistrate’s Court and all costs associated with this action are to be paid by the defendant.
3. A resident/owner may contest these proceedings by filing a request for hearing with the Union County Magistrate within thirty (30) days of the issuance of the citation.
(Ord. 04-74 – Apr. 04 Supp.)
136.04 RESPONSIBILITY FOR MAINTENANCE. It is the responsibility of the abutting property owners to maintain in a safe and hazard-free condition any sidewalk outside the lot and property lines and inside the curb lines or traveled portion of the public street.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.12 [2c])
136.05 CITY MAY ORDER REPAIRS. If the abutting property owner does not maintain sidewalks as required, the Council may serve notice on such owner, by certified mail, requiring the owner to repair, replace or reconstruct sidewalks within a reasonable time and if such action is not completed within the time stated in the notice, the Council may require the work to be done and assess the costs against the abutting property for collection in the same manner as a property tax.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.12[2d & e])
136.06 SIDEWALK CONSTRUCTION ORDERED. The Council may order the construction of permanent sidewalks upon any street or court in the City and may specially assess the cost of such improvement to abutting property owners in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 384 of the Code of Iowa.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 384.38)
136.07 PERMIT REQUIRED. No person shall remove, reconstruct or install a sidewalk unless such person has obtained a permit from the City Engineer and has agreed in writing that said removal, reconstruction or installation will comply with all ordinances and requirements of the City for such work. All such permits shall be issued without charge and a copy thereof, with the application, shall be filed and preserved in the office of the City Engineer. The permit shall state when the work is to be commenced and when the work is to be completed. The time of completion of the sidewalk improvements may be extended by the City Engineer. All permits for sidewalk improvements not ordered by resolution of the Council shall be issued in compliance with this chapter. The City Engineer may withhold the issuance of any permit for any sidewalk improvements for a sufficient period to determine the necessity for the proposed improvements or when weather conditions will adversely affect the sidewalk improvements.
136.08 SIDEWALK STANDARDS. Sidewalks repaired, replaced or constructed under the provisions of this chapter shall meet the standards for sidewalk construction and repair as prepared and adopted by the City and on file in the office of the Clerk. All sidewalk improvements on public property, whether performed by the owner of the abutting property or by the City, shall be performed under the supervision and inspection of the City Engineer and in accordance with the plans and specifications adopted by the City.
136.09 FAILURE TO OBTAIN PERMIT; REMEDIES. Whenever any sidewalk improvements are made that do not conform to the provisions of this chapter and with the specifications or when any sidewalk improvements are made without a permit, the City Engineer shall serve notice to obtain a permit upon the property owner and upon the contractor doing the work. If the sidewalk is in the course of construction, the notice shall order the work to stop until a permit is obtained and the work is corrected to comply with the specifications. If the sidewalk work has been completed, the owner shall obtain a permit immediately and perform any needed corrections within five (5) days from receipt of the permit. If the owner fails to comply with this notice, the engineer shall have the work completed and the costs assessed to the property owner.
136.10 INSPECTION AND APPROVAL. Upon final completion, the City Engineer shall inspect the work. The City Engineer may order corrections if the work does not meet specifications. When the work does meet all requirements of this chapter, the specifications and the permit, the City Engineer shall indicate this on both copies of the permit.
136.11 BARRICADES AND WARNING LIGHTS. Whenever any material of any kind is deposited on any street, avenue, highway, passageway or alley when sidewalk improvements are being made or when any sidewalk is in a dangerous condition, it shall be the duty of all persons having an interest therein, either as the contractor or the owner, agent, or lessee of the property in front of or along which such material may be deposited, or such dangerous condition exists, to put in conspicuous places at each end of such sidewalk and at each end of any pile of material deposited in the street, a sufficient number of approved warning lights or flares, and to keep them lighted during the entire night and to erect sufficient barricades both at night and in the daytime to secure the same. The party or parties using the street for any of the purposes specified in this chapter shall be liable for all injuries or damage to persons or property arising from any wrongful act or negligence of the party or parties, or their agents or employees or for any misuse of the privileges conferred by this chapter or of any failure to comply with provisions hereof.
136.12 FAILURE TO REPAIR OR BARRICADE. It is the duty of the owner of the property abutting the sidewalk, or the owner’s contractor or agent, to notify the City immediately in the event of failure or inability to make necessary sidewalk improvements or to install or erect necessary barricades as required by this chapter.
136.13 INTERFERENCE WITH SIDEWALK IMPROVEMENTS. No person shall knowingly or willfully drive any vehicle upon any portion of any sidewalk or approach thereto while in the process of being improved or upon any portion of any completed sidewalk or approach thereto, or shall remove or destroy any part or all of any sidewalk or approach thereto, or shall remove, destroy, mar or deface any sidewalk at any time or destroy, mar, remove or deface any notice provided by this chapter.
136.14 AWNINGS. It is unlawful for a person to erect or maintain any awning over any sidewalk unless all parts of the awning are elevated at least eight (8) feet above the surface of the sidewalk and the roof or covering is made of duck, canvas or other suitable material supported by iron frames or brackets securely fastened to the building, without any posts or other device that will obstruct the sidewalk or hinder or interfere with the free passage of pedestrians.
136.15 ENCROACHING STEPS. It is unlawful for a person to erect or maintain any stairs or steps to any building upon any part of any sidewalk without permission by resolution of the Council.
136.16 OPENINGS AND ENCLOSURES. It is unlawful for a person to:
1. Stairs and Railings. Construct or build a stairway or passageway to any cellar or basement by occupying any part of the sidewalk, or to enclose any portion of a sidewalk with a railing without permission by resolution of the Council.
2. Openings. Keep open any cellar door, grating or cover to any vault on any sidewalk except while in actual use with adequate guards to protect the public.
3. Protect Openings. Neglect to properly protect or barricade all openings on or within six (6) feet of any sidewalk.
136.17 FIRES OR FUELS ON SIDEWALKS. It is unlawful for a person to make a fire of any kind on any sidewalk or to place or allow any fuel to remain upon any sidewalk.
136.18 DEFACING. It is unlawful for a person to scatter or place any paste, paint or writing on any sidewalk.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 716.1)
136.19 DEBRIS ON SIDEWALKS. It is unlawful for a person to throw or deposit on any sidewalk any glass, nails, glass bottle, tacks, wire, cans, trash, garbage, rubbish, litter, offal, or any other debris, or any other substance likely to injure any person, animal or vehicle.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.12 [2])
136.20 MERCHANDISE DISPLAY. It is unlawful for a person to place upon or above any sidewalk, any goods or merchandise for sale or for display in such a manner as to interfere with the free and uninterrupted passage of pedestrians on the sidewalk.
136.21 SALES STANDS. It is unlawful for a person to erect or keep any vending machine or stand for the sale of fruit, vegetables or other substances or commodities on any sidewalk without first obtaining a written permit from the Council.
° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °
VACATION AND DISPOSAL OF STREETS
|
137.01 Power to Vacate |
137.04 Findings Required |
|
137.02 Planning and Zoning Commission |
137.05 Disposal of Vacated Streets or Alleys |
|
137.03 Notice of Vacation Hearing |
137.06 Disposal by Gift Limited |
137.01 POWER TO VACATE. When, in the judgment of the Council, it would be in the best interest of the City to vacate a street or alley or portion thereof, the Council may do so by ordinance in accordance with the provisions of this chapter.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.12 [2a])
137.02 PLANNING AND ZONING COMMISSION. Any proposal to vacate a street or alley shall be referred by the Council to the Planning and Zoning Commission for its study and recommendation prior to further consideration by the Council. The Commission shall submit a written report including recommendations to the Council within thirty (30) days after the date the proposed vacation is referred to the Commission.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 392.1)
137.03 NOTICE OF VACATION HEARING. The Council shall cause to be published a notice of public hearing of the time at which the proposal to vacate shall be considered.
137.04 FINDINGS REQUIRED. No street or alley, or portion thereof, shall be vacated unless the Council finds that:
1. Public Use. The street or alley proposed to be vacated is not needed for the use of the public, and therefore, its maintenance at public expense is no longer justified.
2. Abutting Property. The proposed vacation will not deny owners of property abutting on the street or alley reasonable access to their property.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.15)
137.05 DISPOSAL OF VACATED STREETS OR ALLEYS. When in the judgment of the Council it would be in the best interest of the City to dispose of a vacated street or alley, or portion thereof, the Council may do so in accordance with the provisions of Section 364.7, Code of Iowa.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.7)
137.06 DISPOSAL BY GIFT LIMITED. The City may not dispose of a vacated street or alley, or portion thereof, by gift except to a governmental body for a public purpose.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.7[3])
|
EDITOR’S NOTE
|
|||
|
The following ordinances, not codified herein and specifically saved from repeal, have been adopted vacating certain streets and/or alleys and remain in full force and effect.
|
|||
|
ORDINANCE NO. |
ADOPTED |
ORDINANCE NO. |
ADOPTED |
|
9.2 |
No. 89, 1887 |
9.40 |
12-21-64 |
|
9.3 |
No. 99, 1889 |
9.41 |
5-17-65 |
|
9.4 |
No. 111, |
9.42 |
8-16-65 |
|
9.5 |
No. 113, 1890 |
9.43 |
5-22-67 |
|
9.6 |
No. 114, 1890 |
9.44 |
11-6-67 |
|
9.8 |
No. 195, 1899 |
9.45 |
5-6-68 |
|
9.9 |
No. 203, 1900 |
9.46 |
12-15-69 |
|
9.10 |
No. 205, 1901 |
9.47 |
12-15-69 |
|
9.11 |
No. 218, 1902 |
9.48 |
3-2-70 |
|
9.12 |
No. 319, 1915 |
9.49 |
4-19-71 |
|
9.14 |
No. 228, 1904 |
9.50 |
6-21-71 |
|
9.16 |
No. 246, 1905 |
9.51 |
8-16-71 |
|
9.17 |
No. 250, 1906 |
9.52 |
10-4-71 |
|
9.19 |
No. 334, 1917 |
9.53 |
12-6-71 |
|
9.20 |
|
9.54 |
6-5-72 |
|
9.22 |
No. 269, 1925 |
9.55 |
|
|
9.23 |
No. 375 |
9.56 |
|
|
9.24 |
No. 384, 1928 |
9.57 |
2-18-74 |
|
9.25 |
No. 385, 1928 |
9.59 |
4-16-74 |
|
9.27 |
No. 393, 1929 |
9.61 |
4-16-74 |
|
9.28 |
No. 467, 1947 |
9.64 |
11-2-76 |
|
9.29 |
No. 472, 1948 |
9.67 |
5-3-77 |
|
9.30 |
No. 307, 1915 |
9.71 |
6-20-78 |
|
9.31 |
12-6-85 |
9.72 |
3-7-78 |
|
9.32 |
1-17-55 |
9.73 |
8-15-78 |
|
9.33 |
11-7-55 |
9.74 |
|
|
9.34 |
11-5-56 |
9.75 |
4-20-82 |
|
9.35 |
2-4-57 |
9.76 |
3-7-78 |
|
9.36 |
6-17-57 |
9.77 |
10-17-78 |
|
9.37 |
4-17-61 |
9.78 |
10-7-80 |
|
9.38 |
11-4-63 |
9.79 |
1-20-81 |
|
9.39 |
5-18-64 |
9.80 |
3-20-79 |
|
ORDINANCE NO. |
ADOPTED |
ORDINANCE NO. |
ADOPTED |
|
9.81 |
2-15-83 |
|
|
|
9.82 |
6-7-83 |
|
|
|
9.83 |
2-5-85 |
|
|
|
9.85 |
10-1-85 |
|
|
|
9.86 |
8-15-86 |
|
|
|
9.87 |
5-5-87 |
|
|
|
9.88 |
5-5-87 |
|
|
|
9.89 |
5-16-87 |
|
|
|
8.101 |
4-20-88 |
|
|
|
9.92 |
11-1-88 |
|
|
|
9.93 |
12-20-88 |
|
|
|
9.93 |
12-19-89 |
|
|
|
9.93 |
1988 |
|
|
|
9.94 |
1-16-90 |
|
|
|
9.95 |
1-16-90 |
|
|
|
9.96 |
2-6-90 |
|
|
|
9.98 |
3-6-90 |
|
|
|
9.99 |
7-17-90 |
|
|
|
9.102 |
6-18-91 |
|
|
|
97-19 |
6-3-97 |
|
|
|
97-21 |
7-1-97 |
|
|
|
97-23 |
11-18-97 |
|
|
|
98-31 |
10-20-98 |
|
|
|
99-40 |
9-7-99 |
|
|
|
99-41 |
9-7-99 |
|
|
|
05-85 |
5-17-05 |
|
|
|
05-92 |
12-20-05 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °
|
138.01 Established Grades |
138.02 Record Maintained |
138.01 ESTABLISHED GRADES. The grades of all streets, alleys and sidewalks, which have been heretofore established by ordinance are hereby confirmed, ratified and established as official grades.
138.02 RECORD MAINTAINED. The Clerk shall maintain a record of all established grades and furnish information concerning such grades upon request.
|
EDITOR’S NOTE
|
|
|
The following ordinances not codified herein, and specifically saved from repeal, have been adopted establishing street and/or sidewalk grades and remain in full force and effect.
|
|
|
ORDINANCE NO. |
ADOPTED |
|
9.90 |
11-5-73 |
|
9.91 |
1-4-83 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °
|
139.01 Naming New Streets |
139.04 Official Street Name Map |
|
139.02 Changing Name of Street |
139.05 Revision of Street Name Map |
|
139.03 Recording Street Names |
|
139.01 NAMING NEW STREETS. New streets shall be assigned names in accordance with the following:
1. Extension of Existing Street. Streets added to the City that are natural extensions of existing streets shall be assigned the name of the existing street.
2. Resolution. All street names, except streets named as a part of a subdivision or platting procedure, shall be named by resolution.
3. Planning and Zoning Commission. Proposed street names shall be referred to the Planning and Zoning Commission for review and recommendation.
139.02 CHANGING NAME OF STREET. The Council may, by resolution, change the name of a street.
139.03 RECORDING STREET NAMES. Following official action naming or changing the name of a street, the Clerk shall file a copy thereof with the County Recorder, County Auditor and County Assessor.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 354.26)
139.04 OFFICIAL STREET NAME MAP. Streets within the City are named as shown on the Official Street Name Map which is hereby adopted by reference and declared to be a part of this chapter. The Official Street Name Map shall be identified by the signature of the Mayor, and bearing the seal of the City under the following words: “This is to certify that this is the Official Street Name Map referred to in Section 139.04 of the Code of Ordinances of Creston, Iowa.”
139.05 REVISION OF STREET NAME MAP. If in accordance with the provisions of this chapter, changes are made in street names, such changes shall be entered on the Official Street Name Map promptly after the change has been approved by the Council with an entry on the Official Street Name Map as follows: “On (date), by official action of the City Council, the following changes were made in the Official Street Name Map: (brief description),” which entry shall be signed by the Mayor and attested by the Clerk.
|
140.01 Exercise of Police Power |
140.05 Unlawful Use of Controlled Access Facility |
|
140.02 Definition |
140.06 Permitted Access Points |
|
140.03 Right of Access Limited |
140.07 Speed Limits |
|
140.04 Access Controls Imposed |
140.08 Parking Restricted |
140.01 EXERCISE OF POLICE POWER. This chapter shall be deemed an exercise of the police power of the City under Chapter 306A, Code of Iowa, for the preservation of the public peace, health, safety and for the promotion of the general welfare.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 306A.1)
140.02 DEFINITION. The term “controlled access facility” means a highway or street especially designed for through traffic, and over, from or to which owners or occupants of abutting land or other persons have no right or easement or only a controlled right or easement of access, light, air or view by reason of the fact that their property abuts upon such controlled access facility or for any other reason.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 306A.2)
140.03 RIGHT OF ACCESS LIMITED. No person has any right of ingress or egress to, from or across any controlled access facility except at such points as may be permitted by the Iowa Department of Transportation and designated by ordinance.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 306A.4)
140.04 ACCESS CONTROLS IMPOSED. There are hereby fixed and established controlled access facilities within the City, described as follows:
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 306A.3)
1. Project No. FN-25-2. On the Primary Road System extension improvement, Project No. FN-25-2, Primary Road No. Iowa 25 within the City, described as follows:
Beginning at Station 186+00, a point 25.2 feet east of the centerline of Lincoln Street, thence westerly 2,653 feet to Station 212+53, the west corporation line.
regulating access to and from abutting properties along said highway all in accordance with the plans for such improvement identified as Project No. FN-25-2, on file in the office of the Clerk.
2. Project No. U-83. On the Primary Road System extension improvement, Project No. U-83, Primary Road No. 34 within the City, described as follows:
From Station 361+21.8 to Station 392+49
regulating access to and from abutting properties along said highway all in accordance with the plans for such improvement identified as Project No. U-83 on file in the office of the Clerk.
140.05 UNLAWFUL USE OF CONTROLLED ACCESS FACILITY. It is unlawful for any person to:
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 306A.3)
1. Cross Dividing Line. Drive a vehicle over, upon or across any curb, central dividing section, or other separation or dividing line on such controlled access facilities.
2. Turns. Make a left turn or a semicircular or U-turn except through an opening provided for that purpose in the dividing curb section, separation or line.
3. Use of Lanes. Drive any vehicle except in the proper lane provided for that purpose and in the proper direction and to the right of the central dividing curb, separation section or line.
4. Enter Facility. Drive any vehicle into the controlled access facility from a local service road except through an opening provided for that purpose in the dividing curb or dividing section or dividing line which separates such service road from the controlled access facility property.
140.06 PERMITTED ACCESS POINTS. Points of access are hereby permitted as follows:
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 306A.4)
1. The compiled list furnished by the Iowa Highway Commission of drives and entrances provided for access under the improvement specified as Project No. U-83-(8), FU-83(8) and U-83 is hereby recorded as follows:
|
STATION |
SIDE OF STREET |
CURB OPENING WIDTH |
USE OF ENTRANCE |
|
361+40 |
Right |
18 feet |
Residential |
|
361+70 |
Right |
35 feet |
Commercial |
|
361+82 |
Left |
18 feet |
Residential |
|
362+80 |
Left |
35 feet |
Commercial |
|
363+20 |
Right |
35 feet |
Commercial |
|
364+31 |
Left |
35 feet |
Commercial |
|
365+40 |
Right |
18 feet |
Residential |
|
365+41 |
Left |
18 feet |
Residential |
|
367+10 |
Left |
18 feet |
Residential |
|
368+15 |
Left |
18 feet |
Residential |
|
373+30 |
Right |
18 feet |
Residential |
|
374+57 |
Right |
18 feet |
Residential |
|
375+30 |
Left |
35 feet |
Commercial |
|
376+45 |
Right |
18 feet |
Residential |
|
376+98 |
Left |
45 feet |
Joint Commercial |
|
377+48 |
Right |
18 feet |
Residential |
|
378+50 |
Right |
18 feet |
Residential |
|
380+12 |
Right |
18 feet |
Residential |
|
380+63 |
Left |
18 feet |
Residential |
|
380+70 |
Right |
24 feet |
Residential |
|
381+40 |
Right |
45 feet |
Commercial |
|
383+25 |
Left |
24 feet |
Residential |
|
383+98 |
Right |
35 feet |
Commercial |
|
384+68 |
Right |
35 feet |
Commercial |
|
384+90 |
Left |
35 feet |
Commercial |
|
385+87 |
Right |
35 feet |
Commercial |
|
385+89 |
Left |
24 feet |
Commercial |
|
386+83 |
Left |
18 feet |
Residential |
|
387+87 |
Left |
18 feet |
Residential |
|
388+02 |
Right |
18 feet |
Residential |
|
388+11 |
Left |
18 feet |
Residential |
|
389+10 |
Left |
18 feet |
Residential |
|
389+37 |
Right |
35 feet |
Joint Commercial |
|
389+95 |
Right |
35 feet |
Joint Commercial |
|
390+08 |
Left |
18 feet |
Residential |
|
391+74 |
Right |
18 feet |
Residential |
|
392+60 |
Right |
35 feet |
Joint Commercial |
|
393+70 |
Right |
24 feet |
Joint Residential |
|
396+45 |
Right |
45 feet |
Commercial |
|
398+70 |
Right |
35 feet |
Commercial |
|
398+82 |
Left |
35 feet |
Commercial |
|
400+52 |
Left |
35 feet |
Commercial |
|
401+18 |
Left |
35 feet |
Commercial |
|
402+44 |
Left |
35 feet |
Commercial |
|
404+30 |
Right |
24 feet |
Street |
|
408+29 |
Left |
24 feet |
Alley |
|
411+02 |
Right |
18 feet |
Farm |
|
412+65 |
Left |
45 feet |
Commercial and Alley |
|
414+65 |
Left |
45 feet |
Street |
|
417+21 |
Left |
35 feet |
Commercial |
|
419+95 |
Right |
35 feet |
Joint Commercial |
|
422+99.7 |
Right |
24 feet |
Alley |
|
422+99.7 |
Left |
24 feet |
Alley |
|
423+36 |
Left |
35 feet |
Commercial |
|
423+40 |
Right |
35 feet |
Commercial |
|
423+93 |
Left |
35 feet |
Commercial |
|
424+03 |
Right |
35 feet |
Commercial |
|
425+18 |
Right |
35 feet |
Commercial |
|
425+28 |
Left |
35 feet |
Commercial |
|
425+83 |
Left |
35 feet |
Commercial |
|
426+03 |
Right |
35 feet |
Joint Commercial |
|
426+20 |
Left |
20 feet |
Alley |
|
426+58 |
Left |
35 feet |
Commercial |
|
427+23 |
Left |
35 feet |
Commercial |
|
429+46.6 |
Left |
35 feet |
Commercial and Alley |
|
429+50 |
Right |
45 feet |
Commercial and Alley |
|
430+37.5 |
Right |
35 feet |
Commercial |
|
430+38 |
Left |
35 feet |
Commercial |
|
431+85 |
Right |
35 feet |
Commercial |
|
432+81 |
Left |
24 feet |
Alley |
|
432+81 |
Right |
45 feet |
Commercial and Alley |
|
434+51 |
Left |
45 feet |
Commercial |
|
436+21.1 |
Right |
24 feet |
Alley |
|
436+21.1 |
Left |
24 feet |
Alley |
|
438+40 |
Left |
35 feet |
Commercial |
|
439+35 |
Right |
35 feet |
Commercial and Alley |
|
439+41 |
Left |
24 feet |
Alley |
|
440+00 |
Left |
35 feet |
Commercial |
|
442+29 |
Right |
24 feet |
Commercial |
|
442+60.9 |
Right |
24 feet |
Alley |
|
442+55 |
Left |
35 feet |
Residential and Alley |
|
443+10 |
Right |
35 feet |
Commercial |
|
445+25 |
Left |
35 feet |
Commercial |
|
445+49 |
Right |
35 feet |
Commercial |
|
445+79 |
Left |
35 feet |
Commercial and Alley |
|
446+30 |
Right |
35 feet |
Commercial |
|
447+17 |
Right |
35 feet |
Joint Commercial |
|
448+35 |
Right |
24 feet |
Commercial |
|
449+15 |
Left |
45 feet |
Commercial and Alley |
|
450+21 |
Left |
35 feet |
Commercial |
|
450+83 |
Right |
40 feet |
Street |
|
451+43 |
Right |
18 feet |
Residential |
|
452+41 |
Right |
18 feet |
Residential |
|
452+57 |
Left |
45 feet |
Joint Commercial |
|
453+18 |
Right |
35 feet |
Commercial |
|
455+00 |
Left |
35 feet |
Commercial |
|
463+90 |
Right |
45 feet |
Commercial |
On Primary Road No. Iowa 25 (New York Avenue) from the intersection with Taylor Street northeasterly to Sumner Avenue.
|
STATION |
SIDE OF STREET |
CURB OPENING WIDTH |
USE OF ENTRANCE |
|
1391+83 |
Left |
24 feet |
Joint Residential |
|
1393+93 |
Left |
18 feet |
Residential |
|
1397+60 |
Right |
18 feet |
Park |
|
1398+96 |
Right |
22 feet |
Commercial |
|
1398+96 |
Left |
16 feet |
Residential |
|
1399+48 |
Left |
15 feet |
Residential |
|
1400+08 |
Left |
16 feet |
Residential |
|
1401+06 |
Left |
16 feet |
Residential |
|
1401+87 |
Right |
35 feet |
Commercial |
|
1403+00 |
Left |
20 feet |
Residential |
|
1403+23 |
Right |
45 feet |
Commercial |
|
1404+10 |
Left |
22 feet |
Commercial |
On Primary Road No. Iowa 25 (Sumner Avenue) from intersection with Taylor Street northerly to New York Avenue.
|
STATION |
SIDE OF STREET |
CURB OPENING WIDTH |
USE OF ENTRANCE |
|
1405+15 |
Left |
35 feet |
Commercial |
|
1407+14 |
Right |
35 feet |
Commercial |
|
1407+92 |
Right |
35 feet |
Commercial |
140.07 SPEED LIMITS. The maximum speed limits on said projects are hereby established as follows:
1. The speed limit on New York Avenue from the south corporation line (Station 361+21.8) to a point 83 feet southwest of Smith Street (Station 369+00) is 45 miles per hour.
2. The speed limit from a point 83 feet southwest of Smith Street (Station 369+00) to the intersection of New York Avenue with Taylor Street (Station 392+49) is 35 miles per hour.
3. The speed limit from the intersection of New York Avenue with Taylor Street (Station 392+49) east to a point 317.5 feet east of Mulberry Street (Station 454+00) is 35 miles per hour.
4. The speed limit from a point 317.5 feet east of Mulberry Street (Station 454+00) to the east corporation line (Station 472+12) is 55 miles per hour.
140.08 PARKING RESTRICTED. The parking of vehicles on or along controlled access facilities is restricted as follows:
1. Parking shall be prohibited on all minor street approaches for a distance of thirty-five (35) feet in advance of the stop sign.
2. On New York Avenue from the south corporation line to and including intersection of New York Avenue and Sumner Avenue.
3. On Taylor Street, also known as an extension of U.S. Highway No. 34, from New York Avenue easterly to the east corporation line.
4. On Sumner Avenue, from Taylor Street northerly to and including intersection of Sumner Avenue and New York Avenue.
5. On the parking within ten (10) feet of the curb line of Iowa Highway 25 in the area located between Prairie Street and Spencer Street.
[The next page is 585]
|
145.01 Enforcement Officers |
145.05 Conduct of Hearing |
|
145.02 General Definition of Unsafe |
145.06 Posting of Signs |
|
145.03 Unsafe Building |
145.07 Right to Demolish |
|
145.04 Notice to Owner |
145.08 Costs |
145.01 ENFORCEMENT OFFICERS. The Fire Chief shall be responsible for the enforcement of this chapter in relation to all buildings or structures intended for human habitation or commercial use. The City Administrator or a designated Nuisance Officer as approved by City Council shall be responsible for the enforcement of this chapter in relation to any and all other buildings or structures. (Ord. 07-106 – Dec. 07 Supp.)
145.02 GENERAL DEFINITION OF UNSAFE. All buildings or structures which are structurally unsafe or not provided with adequate egress, or which constitute a fire hazard, or are otherwise dangerous to human life, or which in relation to existing use constitute a hazard to safety or health, or public welfare, by reason of inadequate maintenance, dilapidation, obsolescence, or abandonment, are, for the purpose of this chapter, unsafe buildings. All such unsafe buildings are hereby declared to be public nuisances and shall be abated by repair, rehabilitation, demolition, or removal in accordance with the procedure specified in this chapter.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 657A.1 & 364.12[3a])
145.03 UNSAFE BUILDING. “Unsafe building” means any structure or mobile home meeting any or all of the following criteria:
1. Various Inadequacies. Whenever the building or structure, or any portion thereof, because of (a) dilapidation, deterioration, or decay, including but not limited to exterior surfaces of any structure with holes, breaks, unpainted or peeling surfaces, loose or rotting materials, areas of exterior walls not maintained weatherproof and properly surface coated or sided to prevent deterioration and/or roofs or flashing with defects that admit rain; (b) faulty or unfinished construction; (c) the removal, movement or instability of any portion of the ground necessary for the purpose of supporting such building; (d) the deterioration, decay or inadequacy of its foundation; or (e) any other cause, is likely to partially or completely collapse. (Ord. 06-95 ‑ June 06 Supp.)
2. Manifestly Unsafe. Whenever, for any reason, the building or structure, or any portion thereof, is manifestly unsafe for the purpose for which it is being used.
3. Inadequate Maintenance. Whenever a building or structure, used or intended to be used for dwelling purposes, because of dilapidation, decay, damage, faulty construction, or otherwise, is determined by any health officer to be unsanitary, unfit for human habitation or in such condition that it is likely to cause sickness or disease.
4. Fire Hazard. Whenever any building or structure, because of dilapidated condition, deterioration, damage, or other cause, is determined by the Fire Marshal or Fire Chief to be a fire hazard.
5. Abandoned. Whenever any portion of a building or structure remains on a site after the demolition or destruction of the building or structure or whenever any building or structure is abandoned for a period in excess of six (6) months so as to constitute such building or portion thereof an attractive nuisance or hazard to the public.
145.04 NOTICE TO OWNER. The enforcement officer shall examine or cause to be examined every building or structure or portion thereof reported as dangerous or damaged and, if such is found to be an unsafe building as defined in this chapter, the enforcement officer shall give to the owner of such building or structure written notice stating the defects thereof. This notice may require the owner or person in charge of the building or premises, within forty-eight (48) hours or such reasonable time as the circumstances require, to commence either the required repairs or improvements or demolition and removal of the building or structure or portions thereof, and all such work shall be completed within ninety (90) days from date of notice, unless otherwise stipulated by the enforcement officer. If necessary, such notice shall also require the building, structure, or portion thereof to be vacated forthwith and not reoccupied until the required repairs and improvements are completed, inspected and approved by the enforcement officer.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.12 [3h])
1. Notice Served. Such notice shall be served by sending by Certified Mail to owner of record, according to Section 364.12[3h] of the Code of Iowa, if the owner is found within the City limits. If the owner is not found within the City limits such service may be made upon the owner by registered mail or certified mail. The designated period within which said owner or person in charge is required to comply with the order of the enforcement officer shall begin as of the date the owner receives such notice.
2. Hearing. Such notice shall also advise the owner that he or she may request a hearing before the Council on the notice by filing a written request for hearing within the time provided in the notice.
145.05 CONDUCT OF HEARING. If requested, the Council shall conduct a hearing in accordance with the following:
1. Notice. The owner shall be served with written notice specifying the date, time and place of hearing.
2. Owner’s Rights. At the hearing, the owner may appear and show cause why the alleged nuisance shall not be abated.
3. Determination. The Council shall make and record findings of fact and may issue such order as it deems appropriate.
145.06 POSTING OF SIGNS. The enforcement officer shall cause to be posted at each entrance to such building a notice to read: “DO NOT ENTER. UNSAFE TO OCCUPY. CITY OF CRESTON, IOWA.” Such notice shall remain posted until the required repairs, demolition, or removal are completed. Such notice shall not be removed without written permission of the enforcement officer and no person shall enter the building except for the purpose of making the required repairs or of demolishing the building.
145.07 RIGHT TO DEMOLISH. In case the owner fails, neglects, or refuses to comply with the notice to repair, rehabilitate, or to demolish and remove the building or structure or portion thereof, the Council may order the owner of the building prosecuted as a violator of the provisions of this chapter and may order the enforcement officer to proceed with the work specified in such notice. A statement of the cost of such work shall be transmitted to the Council.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.12[3h])
145.08 COSTS. Costs incurred under Section 145.07 shall be paid out of the City treasury. Such costs shall be charged to the owner of the premises involved and levied as a special assessment against the land on which the building or structure is located, and shall be certified to the County Treasurer for collection in the manner provided for other taxes.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.12[3h])
EDITOR’S NOTE
Suggested forms of
notice and of a resolution and order of the Council for
the administration of this chapter are provided in the
APPENDIX of this Code of Ordinances.
Caution is urged in
the use of this procedure.
We recommend you review the situation with your
attorney before initiating procedures and follow his or
her recommendation carefully.
[The next page is 615]
|
150.01 Definitions |
150.03 Building Numbering Map |
|
150.02 Owner Requirements |
150.04 Plan of Numbering |
150.01 DEFINITIONS. For use in this chapter, the following terms are defined:
1. “Owner” means the owner of the principal building.
2. “Principal building” means the main building on any lot or subdivision thereof.
150.02 OWNER REQUIREMENTS. Every owner shall comply with the following numbering requirements:
1. Obtain Building Number. The owner shall obtain the assigned number to the principal building from the Public Works Director.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.12[3d])
2. Display Building Number. The owner shall place or cause to be installed and maintained on the principal building the assigned number in a conspicuous place to the street in figures not less than three and one-half (3½) inches in height and of a contrasting color with their background.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.12[3d])
3. Failure to Comply. If an owner refuses to number a building as herein provided, or fails to do so for a period of five (5) days after being notified in writing by the City to do so, the City may proceed to place the assigned number on the principal building and assess the costs against the property for collection in the same manner as a property tax.
(Code of Iowa, Sec. 364.12[3h])
150.03 BUILDING NUMBERING MAP. The Public Works Director shall be responsible for preparing and maintaining a building numbering map.
150.04 PLAN OF NUMBERING. Buildings shall be numbered in accordance with the Philadelphia Plan, using Adams Street as a base line or dividing line between the north and south portions and Pine Street as the base line or dividing line between the east and west portions of the City.
° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °
|
151.01 Purpose |
151.05 Disease Control |
|
151.02 Definition |
151.06 Inspection and Removal |
|
151.03 Planting Restrictions |
151.07 Nuisance Abatement |
|
151.04 Duty to Trim Trees |
151.08 Appeals to City Council |
151.01 PURPOSE. The purpose of this chapter is to protect and promote tree planting in a reasonable and responsible way and to improve the aesthetic qualities of the City by regulating tree management and landscaping activities. Its purpose is to protect the public; protect public and private property; ensure pedestrian and vehicular rights-of-way; and to promote aesthetic quality and help create and maintain a pleasant community environment.
151.02 DEFINITION. For use in this chapter, “parking” means that part of the street, avenue, or highway in the City not covered by the sidewalk and lying between the lot line and the curb line; or, on unpaved streets, that part of the street, avenue, or highway lying between the lot line and that portion of the street usually traveled by vehicular traffic.
151.03 PLANTING RESTRICTIONS. No tree shall be planted in any parking except in accordance with the following:
1. Alignment. All trees planted in any parking shall be planted in the parking midway between the outer line of the sidewalk (or where a sidewalk would normally be placed) and the curb. In the event that a curb line is not established, trees shall be planted on a line nine (9) feet from the property line, except as noted elsewhere in this chapter. In no case shall a tree be planted closer than four (4) feet from the curb line or existing or potential sidewalk line and, if possible centered in the middle of the parking, except as noted elsewhere.
2. Spacing. Trees shall not be planted on any parking which is less than nine (9) feet in width, or contains less than eighty-one (81) square feet of exposed soil per tree. Trees shall not be planted less than thirty (30) feet from intersections (property lines extended) and ten (10) feet from driveways. If at all possible, all trees should be planted inside the property lines and not between the sidewalk (or where one would normally be placed) and the curb.
3. Prohibited Trees. No person shall plant in any parking any fruit bearing trees (except as noted), shrubs, bushes, or any type of the tree commonly known as:
A. Cottonwood
B. Poplar
C. Box elder
D. Chinese elm
E. Evergreen
F. Willow
G. Black walnut
H. Maples (except as indicated below)
4. Accepted Trees. The following is a list of trees which are acceptable to be planted in the parking. This list is divided into two (2) categories, A and B. The minimum distance between any trees (either category) is twenty-five (25) feet.
A. Category A Trees:
(1) Amur maple (tree form only)
(2) Japanese tree lilac
(3) Ornamental pear
(4) Purple leaf plum (non-fruit varieties)
(5) White fringe tree
(6) Corkscrew willow
(7) Any flowering crabapple tree is acceptable provided that it is a variety in which the fruit it bears does not exceed three-quarters (3/4) inch in diameter
(8) Padoga dogwood
(9) Red bud
B. Category B Trees. Category B trees have different sitting requirements than Category A trees. The sitting requirements for Category B trees are:
(1) No trees shall be planted closer than eight (8) feet to the curb line and no closer than four (4) feet from the nearest sidewalk edge or where a sidewalk edge would normally be placed.
(2) Category B trees shall not be planted where they will potentially interfere with overhead wires.
(3) Category B trees shall not be planted where the width of the parking is less than twelve (12) feet.
(4) Acceptable Category B trees are:
(a) Any variety of green or white ash trees
(b) River birch
(c) Greenspire linden
(5) As new species evolve, the City reserves the right to add species to either the Prohibited or Accepted trees list.
5. The abutting property owner is liable for any damage caused by a tree(s) not in compliance with this chapter. Prior to any digging or planting, it is the responsibility of the abutting property owner, occupant, or agent in charge to contact Iowa One Call at 1-800-292-8989 to have Locator Service come to the digging or planting site to determine where any underground systems are located.
6. No tree shall be planted within ten (10) feet of a fire hydrant.
151.04 DUTY TO TRIM TREES.
1. The owner or agent of the abutting property shall keep the trees on or overhanging the street trimmed so that all branches will be at least sixteen (16) feet above the surface of the street and eight (8) feet above the sidewalks. If the abutting property owner fails to trim the trees, the City may serve notice on the abutting property owner requiring that such action be taken within five (5) days. If no action is taken within that time, the City may perform the required action and assess the costs incurred with such action against the abutting property for collection in the same manner as a property tax.
2. Trimming trees:
A. The City may trim any tree located on the parking if the tree is creating a public hazard.
B. The City may trim any tree, bush, or shrub to the extent necessary to remove the hazard to protect lives and property.
C. The City will employ persons skilled in such trimming so that the life and general aesthetic qualities of the tree, bush, or shrub are preserved.
151.05 DISEASE CONTROL. Any dead, diseased, or damaged tree or shrub which may harbor serious insect or disease, pests, or disease injurious to other trees, as determined by the City Administrator or designee is hereby declared a nuisance and subject to abatement.
151.06 INSPECTION AND REMOVAL. The City Council shall inspect or cause to be inspected any trees or shrubs in the City reported or suspected to be infected with or damaged by any disease or insect or disease pests, and also trees damaged by storms and trees that could be considered hazardous to the public, and such trees and shrubs shall be subject to removal as follows:
1. Removal from City Property. If it is determined by the City Administrator or designee that any such conditions exist on any public property, including the parking between the curb and the lot line of private property, and that danger to the public or to other trees within the City is imminent, the Council shall immediately cause such condition to be corrected by treatment or removal so as to eliminate the hazard or destroy or prevent as fully as possible the spread of disease or the insect or disease pests. The Council may also order the removal of any trees on the streets of the City which interfere with the making of improvements or with travel thereof.
2. Removal from Private Property. If it is determined with reasonable certainty by the City Administrator or designee that any such condition exists on private property and that the danger to other trees within the City is imminent, the Council shall immediately notify (by certified mail) the property owner, occupant, or agent in charge of the property to correct such condition by treatment or removal of said tree(s) or shrub(s) within fourteen (14) days of said notification. If that property owner, occupant, or agent in charge of said property fails to comply within fourteen (14) days of the receipt of notice, the Council may cause the nuisance to be removed and the costs of removal be assessed against the property.
3. Except as provided above, no tree, bush or shrub shall be removed without the written consent of the property owner, occupant, or agent in charge of the property upon which property the tree, bush, or shrub is located.
4. The City shall not be responsible for a property owner’s, occupant’s, or agent’s in charge of the property, discretionary removal of any tree not damaged by storm or disease or otherwise not posing a public hazard or nuisance.
151.07 NUISANCE ABATEMENT. All trees, shrubs, and bushes on the parking which are planted in violation of, or not maintained in compliance with, the provisions of this chapter are hereby declared to constitute a public nuisance. The City Administrator or designee may cause written notice to be served on the property owner requiring such nuisance to be corrected within a specified period, or the nuisance be abated and the costs thereof be assessed against the property owner in the manner of ordinary taxes.
151.08 APPEALS TO THE CITY COUNCIL. Whenever, because of unusual circumstances, there are practical difficulties involved in carrying out the provisions of this chapter, the City Council may grant a specific exemption for individual situations; provided that they shall first find that special and unusual individual circumstances makes the strict application of this chapter impractical and that the exemption granted with appropriate safeguards is in conformity with the intent and purposes of this chapter.
(Ch. 151 – Ord. 02-62 – Dec. 02 Supp.)
[The next page is 627]
|
156.01 Adoption of Code |
156.04 Plans and Specifications |
|
156.02 Permit for Plumbing or Mechanical Work |
156.05 Emergency Work |
|
156.03 Issuance of Permit |
156.06 Administration and Enforcement |
156.01 ADOPTION OF CODE. The latest editions of the Uniform Plumbing Code, as published by the International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials, and the International Mechanical Code, as published by the International Code Council, are hereby incorporated by reference. The latest editions are hereby adopted in full except for such portions as hereinafter may be deleted, modified or amended. All installations, repairs and alterations of plumbing and mechanical systems shall be performed in accordance with the provisions of such Codes. Official copies of the Uniform Plumbing Code and the International Mechanical Code, latest editions as adopted, are on file in the office of the Clerk for public inspection.
(Ord. 05-87 – Jul. 05 Supp.)
156.02 PERMIT FOR PLUMBING OR MECHANICAL WORK. No plumbing or mechanical work shall be done without a permit issued by the Building Inspector. A permit shall be issued if the plumbing work, as proposed in the application for a permit, meets all the requirements of this chapter. If plans and specifications of the proposed work are requested, they also must meet the requirements of this chapter.
156.03 ISSUANCE OF PERMIT. A permit shall be issued only to a licensed plumbing/mechanical contractor. However, any permit required by this chapter may be issued to the owner of a single-family dwelling, used exclusively for living purposes, to do any work regulated by this chapter in that dwelling, including the usual accessory buildings located on the same lot as the dwelling, provided that the dwelling will be occupied by the owner and also that the owner personally shall purchase all material and perform all labor in connection with the work. All work done in accordance with this exception must meet all the requirements of this chapter and shall be inspected as other work.
156.04 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. Plans and specifications showing the proposed work in the necessary detail shall be submitted if required by the Building Department. If a permit is denied, the applicant may submit revised plans and specifications without payment of any additional fee. If, in the course of the work, it is found necessary to make any change from the plans and specifications on which a permit was issued, amended plans and specifications shall be submitted.
156.05 EMERGENCY WORK.
In emergency situations work can be initiated and completed
by licensed plumbing/mechanical contractors without first obtaining
a permit. However, a
permit must be obtained within a reasonable time after the passage
of the critical period.
With this exception, all emergency work must be done in conformity
with the provisions of this chapter and shall be inspected by the
Building Department for full compliance.
156.06 ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT.
It is the duty of the Building Inspector to administer and
enforce the provisions of this chapter and to make any required
inspections or tests.
The Mayor may appoint or authorize assistants or agents of the
Building Inspector as may be necessary to carry out the provisions
of this chapter.
|
157.01 Adoption of Code |
157.06 Plans and Specifications |
|
157.02 Administration and Enforcement |
157.07 Emergency Work |
|
157.03 Permit for Electrical Work |
157.08 Inspections |
|
157.04 Issuance of Permit |
157.09 Right of Entry |
|
157.05 Application for a Permit |
157.10 Shutting Off Supply |
|
|
157.11 Connections to Electrical Power Supply |
157.01 ADOPTION OF CODE. The National Electrical Code of 1993, or the latest edition, as recommended by the National Fire Protection Association, is hereby adopted in full except for such portions that are deleted or modified or amended by this chapter. All electrical work shall be performed in accordance with the provisions of this Code as modified by this chapter. A copy of the National Electrical Code as adopted shall be on file in the office of the Clerk for public inspection.
157.02 ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT.
It is the duty of the Building Department to administer and
enforce the provisions of this chapter.
The Building Inspector shall keep complete records of all
permits issued, inspections and re-inspections made and other
official work performed in accordance with the provisions of this
chapter.
157.03 PERMIT FOR ELECTRICAL WORK. No electrical work shall be done unless a permit authorizing the work has been issued by the Building Department. A permit shall be issued if the electrical work, as proposed in the application for a permit, meets all the requirements of this chapter. If plans and specifications of the proposed work are requested by the Building Department, they also must meet the requirements of this chapter.
157.04 ISSUANCE OF PERMIT. A permit shall be issued only to licensed electrical contractors. However, any permit required by this chapter may be issued to the owner of a single-family dwelling, used exclusively for living purposes, to do any work regulated by this chapter in that dwelling, including the usual accessory buildings located on the same lot as the dwelling, provided that the dwelling will be occupied by the owner, that the owner appears before the Building Department and shows competency to do the specific work for which the permit is desired, and also that the owner personally shall purchase all material and perform all labor in connection with the work. All work done in accordance with this exception must meet all the requirements of this chapter and shall be inspected like other work.
157.05 APPLICATION FOR A PERMIT. Applications for permits shall be made to the Building Department on forms provided by the Building Department prior to beginning the particular work, except for emergency work. The application shall include the name and business address of the person who is to do the work, a description of the property where the work is to be done, the name of the owner of the property, the name of the occupant, and a general description of the material to be used, and shall specify the particular part or parts of the work that must be inspected as required by this chapter. The application shall be accompanied by fees in accordance with the schedule of fees as stated on the permit. Permits shall be valid for 180 days from date of issue. Permits shall become dull and void if work is abandoned for 180 days.
157.06 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. Plans and specifications showing the proposed work in the necessary detail shall be submitted if requested by the Building Department. If a permit is denied, the applicant may submit revised plans and specifications without payment of any additional fee. If, in the course of the work, it is found necessary to make any change from the plans and specifications on which a permit was issued, amended plans and specifications shall be submitted.
157.07 EMERGENCY WORK. In emergency situations, work can be initiated and completed by licensed electricians without first obtaining a permit. However, a permit must be obtained within a reasonable time after the passage of the critical period. With this exception, all emergency work must be done in conformity with the provisions of this chapter and shall be inspected by the Building Department for full compliance.
157.08 INSPECTIONS. Upon the completion of electrical work that has been done under a permit, the person doing the work shall notify the Building Department by phone or in person. The Building Department shall inspect the work within twenty-four (24) hours, exclusive of Saturdays, Sundays and holidays, after receipt of notice, or as soon thereafter as practicable.
1. Certificate of Approval. If the Building Department finds the work to be in conformity with the provisions of this chapter, the Building Inspector or other authorized person shall issue to the person that has done the work a certificate of approval, and shall deliver a duplicate copy of the certificate of approval to the owner of the premises where the work was done. This certificate shall authorize the use of the work and its connection to the supply of electricity. The Building Department shall deliver written notice in person of this authorization to the agency supplying the electricity.
2. Temporary Installations. A certificate of approval may be issued authorizing the connection and use of a temporary installation. Such certificates shall be issued to expire at a stated time and may be revoked by the Building Department for any violation of this chapter.
3. Periodic Inspections. If any electrical equipment is to be hidden from view by the permanent placement of parts of a building, structure or grounds, the person installing the equipment shall notify the Building Department by phone or in person. Such equipment shall not be concealed until it has been inspected and approved by the Building Department or until twenty-four (24) hours, exclusive of Saturdays, Sundays and holidays, shall have elapsed after the receipt of such notification by the Building Department. On installations where the concealment of equipment proceeds continuously, the person installing the equipment shall give the Building Department due notice by phone or in person and inspections shall be made periodically during the progress of the work. At regular intervals the Building Department shall visit all premises where work may be done and the inspector shall inspect all electrical work done since the date of his or her last inspection and shall issue a certificate of approval for work found to be in conformity with the provisions of this chapter after the licensee has paid any fees required.
157.09 RIGHT OF ENTRY. The Building Department shall have the right, during reasonable hours and upon consent of the occupant, to enter any building or premises in the discharge of official duties to make any inspection, re-inspection, or test of electrical equipment that is reasonably necessary to protect the public health, safety and welfare. Where the building or premises is unoccupied, the consent of the owner shall be obtained. If the Building Department has reasonable cause to believe that electrical installations or equipment within the building or premises constitute an extreme hazard to persons or property, the inspector shall have the right to immediately enter and inspect such installations or equipment and may use any reasonable means required to effect such entry and to make such inspection, whether such property is occupied or unoccupied and whether or not permission to inspect has been obtained.
157.10 SHUTTING OFF SUPPLY. If the Building Department finds that any electrical equipment or installation is defective or that it has been installed in conflict with the provisions of this chapter, the Building Department shall notify the person responsible for the electrical equipment or installation by certified mail of such findings and orders. If the necessary changes or repairs are not completed within fifteen (15) days (or such longer period as specified in the notice), the Building Department shall have the authority to disconnect or order the discontinuance of electrical service to the equipment or installation in question. No disconnection shall be made during the pending of an appeal to the Council. In cases where maintenance of electrical service to electrical equipment or installations constitutes an extreme hazard to persons or property, the Building Department shall have authority to cause immediate discontinuance of such service. If fires have damaged the wiring of any building or structure, reconnection to electrical supply shall not be made until authorized in writing by the Building Department.
157.11 CONNECTIONS TO ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY. It is unlawful for any person to make connection from a supply of electricity or to supply electricity to any electrical equipment for the installation of which a permit is required unless such connection has been authorized by the Building Department. It is unlawful to make connections to equipment that has been disconnected or ordered to be disconnected by the Building Department.
|
158.01 Adoption of Code |
158.02 Copies on File |
158.01 ADOPTION OF CODE. The 2003 Edition of the International Building Code, as published by the International Code Council, and the 2003 International Residential Code, as published by the International Code Council are hereby adopted in full except for such portions deleted, modified or amended. The latest editions are hereby adopted in full except for such portions as hereinafter may be deleted, modified or amended.
(Ord. 05-87 – Jul. 05 Supp.)
158.02 COPIES ON FILE. Official copies of the aforementioned Codes are on file in the office of the Clerk.
[The next page is 645]
ZONING CODE — GENERAL PROVISIONS
|
165.01 Purpose and Intent |
165.08 Administration and Enforcement |
|
165.02 Scope |
165.09 Violations and Penalties |
|
165.03 Interpretation |
165.10 Amendments to the Zoning Code |
|
165.04 Private Agreements |
165.11 Procedure to Amend Zoning Code |
|
165.05 Lots of Record |
165.12 Conditional Use Permits and Procedures |
|
165.06 Disclaimer of Liability |
165.13 Building and Use Permits |
|
165.07 Definitions |
|
165.01 PURPOSE AND INTENT. The Zoning Code is enacted for the following purposes:
1. To provide for the orderly, economic, and safe development of land and urban services and facilities, and to promote the public health, safety, morals and general welfare of the inhabitants of the City;
2. To promote the character and preserve and enhance the stability of properties and areas within the City;
3. To divide the City into zones or districts as to the use, location, construction, reconstruction, alteration and use of land and structures for residence, business and industrial purposes.
4. To provide adequate light, air, privacy and safety;
5. To prevent the overcrowding of land, undue concentration of population;
6. To promote the proper use of land and structures;
7. To fix reasonable standards to which building, structures and land shall conform for the benefits of all;
8. To prohibit the use of buildings, structures and lands that are incompatible with the intended use or development of lands within the specified zones;
9. To promote the safe, rapid and efficient movement of people and goods;
10. To facilitate the provisions of public service;
11. To limit congestion in the public streets and protect the public health and welfare by providing for the off-street parking of vehicles and vehicle loading areas;
12. To protect against fire, panic, explosion, noxious fumes, offensive noise, vibration, dust, odor, heat, glare, and other pollution of the air and other hazards in the interest of the public health, comfort and general welfare; and
13. To define and limit the powers and duties of the administrative officers and bodies provided for herein.
165.02 SCOPE. From and after the effective date of the Zoning Ordinance, the use of all land and every building or portion of a building erected, altered with respect to height and area, added to, relocated, and every use within a building or use accessory thereto, in the City shall be in conformity with the provisions of this Zoning Code. Any existing building or structure and any existing use of properties not in conformity with the regulations herein prescribed shall be regarded as nonconforming properties or uses.
165.03 INTERPRETATION. In interpreting and applying the provisions of this Zoning Code, they shall be held to be the minimum requirements for the promotion of the public health, safety, morals, convenience and general welfare. Where the provisions of the Zoning Code impose greater restrictions than those of any statute, other ordinance or regulation, the provisions of this Zoning Code shall be controlling. Where the provisions of any statute, other ordinance or regulation impose greater restrictions than the Zoning Code, the provisions of such statute, other ordinance or regulation shall be controlling.
165.04 PRIVATE AGREEMENTS. The Zoning Code is not intended to abrogate any easement covenant, or any other private agreement provided that where the regulations of the Zoning Code are more restrictive (or impose higher standards or requirements), the requirements of the Zoning Code shall govern.
165.05 LOTS OF RECORD. Any lot which was legally recorded with the Union County Recorder and Auditor at the time of adoption of the Zoning Ordinance, and which does not meet the requirements of the Zoning Code as to area, width or open space, may, nevertheless, be utilized for single family detached dwelling purposes provided the measurements of such area, width or open space are established by the Zoning Code.
165.06 DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY. The F-1 Flood Plain District herein established is intended to provide a reasonable approach to flood control based on present information. As additional information becomes available, the extent of various boundaries shall be so altered to maintain this reasonableness. The Zoning Code does not imply that areas beyond the district limits will be free from flooding; nor shall the Zoning Code, or districts established herein, create a liability on the part of, or cause action against the City or any office or employee thereof, for any flood damage that may result from reliance upon the Zoning Code or flood district so established.
165.07 DEFINITIONS. For use in this Zoning Code, the following words and terms are defined. In addition, the word “building” shall include “structures” of every kind, regardless of similarity to buildings; the word “lot” shall include the words “plot,” “piece” and “parcel;” the words “used for” shall include the phrases “arranged for,” “designed for,” “intended for,” “maintained for” and “occupied for;” and all measured distances shall be taken to the nearest integral foot. If a fraction is one-half (½) foot or less, the integral foot next below shall be taken.
1. “Agriculture” means the area or science of cultivating the soil and activities incidental thereto; the growing of soil crops in the customary manner on open tracts of land; the accessory raising of livestock and poultry; farming. The term includes incidental retail selling by the producer of products raised on the premises, provided that space necessary for parking of vehicles of customers shall be furnished outside the public right-of-way.
2. “Alley” means a public or private right-of-way less than 30 feet in width which affords secondary means of access to abutting property.
3. “Alteration as applied to a building or structure” means a change or rearrangement in the structural parts or in the exit facilities, or an enlargement, whether by extending on a side or by increasing in height, or the moving from one location or position to another.
4. “Apartment” means a room or suite of rooms designed for, intended for, or used as a residence for one family or individual and equipped with cooking facilities.
5. “Apartment building” means three or more apartments grouped in one building.
6. “Automobile repair, major” means general repair, rebuilding or reconditioning of engines, motor vehicles, or trailers; collision service including body, frame or fender straightening or repair; overall painting or paint shop and vehicle steam cleaning.
7. “Automobile repair, minor” means incidental body or fender work, or other minor repairs, painting and upholstering, replacement of parts and motor service to passenger cars and trucks not exceeding one and one-half (1½) ton capacity, but not including any operation named under “Automobile repair, major” or any other similar use.
8. “Automobile or trailer sales area” means an open area, other than a street, used for the display, sale or rental of new or used motor vehicles or trailers in operable condition and where no repair work is done.
9. “Automobile service station” or “filling station” means a place where gasoline, kerosene or any other motor fuel or lubricating oil or grease for operating motor vehicles is offered for sale and delivered directly into motor vehicles including grease and oiling but excluding “automobile repair, major” and “automobile or trailer sale area.”
10. “Basement” means a story having part but not more than one-half (½) its height below the average level of the adjoining finished grade. A basement is counted as a story for the purpose of height regulations, if subdivided and used for business or dwelling purposes.
11. “Bed and breakfast home” means a private residence which provided lodging or meals for guests in which the host or hostess resides and in which no more than two guest families are lodged at the same time, and which, while it may advertise and accept reservations, does not hold itself out to the public to be a restaurant, hotel or motel; does not require reservations and serves food only to overnight guests as established by Chapter 170A and 170B of the Code of Iowa.
12. “Bed and breakfast inn” means a hotel which has nine or fewer guest rooms as established in Chapter 170A and 170B of the Code of Iowa.
13. “Block” means a tract of land bounded by streets, or a combination of streets and public parks, cemeteries, railroad rights-of-way, shorelines, waterways, or boundary lines of corporate limits of the City.
14. “Board” means the Zoning Board of Adjustment.
15. “Boarding house” means a building other than a hotel or motel, where, for compensation and by prearrangement for definite periods, meals, or lodging and meals, are provided for three (3) or more persons, but not exceeding ten (10) persons.
16. “Buildable area” means the space remaining on a zoning lot after the minimum open space and setback requirements of the Zoning Code have been met.
17. “Building” means any structure for the shelter, support or enclosure of persons, animals, chattel, or property of any kind; and when separated by party walls without openings, each portion of such building so separated shall be deemed a separate building.
18. “Building, accessory” means a subordinate building or structure on the same lot, or part of the main building, exclusively occupied by or devoted to a use incidental to the main use.
19. “Building, height of” means the vertical distance from the average contact ground level at the front wall of the building to the building to the highest point of the coping of a flat roof or to the deck line of a mansard roof, or to the mean height level between eaves and ridge for sable, hip or gambrel roofs.
20. “Building line” means an imaginary line separating buildable lot area and required yards.
21. “Building line setback” means the distance between the building line and the street line in a district, lot, tract or parcel of land.
22. “Building, detached” means a building surrounded by open space, said open space being on the same zoning lot as the building.
23. “Cellar” means a story having more than one-half (½) of its height below the average grade of the adjoining ground.
24. “Certificate of Occupancy” means a certificate, issued to the intended occupant of a structure, prior to occupancy, which indicates that the structure complies with all Federal, State and Local codes for such structure.
25. “Clinic” means a place used for the care, diagnosis and treatment of sick, ailing, infirm and injured persons and those who are in need of medical or surgical attention, but who are not provided with board or room or kept overnight on the premises.
26. “Club” means a nonprofit association of persons who are bona fide members, paying regular dues, and are organized for some common purpose, but not including a group organized solely or primarily to render a service customarily carried on as a commercial enterprise.
27. “Commission” means the Planning and Zoning Commission of the City of Creston, Iowa, established pursuant to Chapter 23 of this Code of Ordinances.
28. “Condominium” means two or more individually owned living units which share a common area such as halls or yards or walls.
29. “Convalescent (Rest) Home” means a home designed and licensed to provide care for aged or infirm persons requiring or receiving personal care or custodial care complying with the standards established by the Iowa State Board of Health.
30. “Corner lot” — See “Lot, corner”.
31. “Court” means an unoccupied open space, other than a yard, on the same lot with a building, which is bounded on two or more sides by the walls of such building.
32. “Court, inner” means a court enclosed on not less than three sides by exterior walls and lot lines on which walls are allowable.
33. “Court, outer” means a court enclosed on not more than three sides by exterior walls and lot lines on which walls are allowable, with one side or end open to a street, driveway, alley or yard.
34. “Curb level” means the level of the established curb in front of a building measured at the center of such front. Where a building faces on more than one (1) street, the curb level shall be the average of the levels of the curbs at the center of the front of each street.
35. “Duplex” means two self-contained living units in one structure.
36. “Dwelling” means a building or portion thereof designed or used exclusively for residential occupancy, including one-family, two-family, and multiple-family units, but not including hotels, motels, boarding or lodging houses.
37. “Dwelling unit” means one (1) or more rooms which are arranged, designed, or used as living quarters for one family only. Individual bathrooms and kitchen facilities, permanently installed, shall always be included for each dwelling unit.
38. “Dwelling unit, factory-built” means a dwelling unit designed for long-term residential occupancy which is mass-produced in a factory and designed and constructed for transportation to a site for installation and use when connected to required utilities, either as an independent, individual building or as modules or sections for combination with other elements to form a building on the site. Different types of factory-built dwellings are further defined as follows:
A. “Modular dwelling” means a new factory-built dwelling unit comprised of panelized units, components, sections, modules or other assemblies of closed construction which are transported to the site for minor and incidental assembly and installation, and which is inspected and certified by the State or State-approved third party agency as complying with all requirements of the Iowa State Building Code for modular factory-built structures.
B. “Manufactured dwelling” means a new factory-built dwelling unit which is inspected and certified by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) or HUD-approved third party agency as complying with all Federal Manufactured Home Construction and Safety Standards in effect on June 15, 1976, or the date of manufacture, whichever is the later date. Such dwelling units are generally, but are not required to be, constructed on a chassis, which may or may not be removed, for transportation to a site for minor assembly.
C. “Mobile home” means a factory-built dwelling unit which has been installed or occupied on a previous site or which does not comply with Federal Manufactured Home Construction and Safety Standards or the Iowa State Building Code of modular housing, as applicable.
39. “Dwelling, attached (group, row or townhouse)” means a dwelling joined to other dwellings by a party wall or walls.
40. “Dwelling, detached” means a dwelling entirely surrounded by open space, said space being on the same zoning lot as the dwelling.
41. “Dwelling, multiple family” means a dwelling containing three (3) or more dwelling units, designed with more than one (1) dwelling unit connecting to a common corridor or entranceway, originally constructed for said purpose; and not including converted dwellings or attached row dwellings (party-wall type) as defined herein.
42. “Dwelling, single-family” means a detached dwelling containing accommodations for and occupied by one (1) family only.
43. “Dwelling, two-family” means a dwelling designed exclusively for occupancy by two (2) families living independently of each other.
44. “Earth sheltered building” means an earth sheltered building is constructed so that 50% or more of the exterior surface area, including the roof, of the completed building is covered with earth. Garages and other accessory buildings should be excluded from calculations of earth covering. Earth covering is measured from the lowest level of livable space in nonresidential buildings. An earth sheltered building is a complete structure that does not serve just as a foundation or substructure for above grade construction. A partially completed building shall not be considered earth sheltered.
45. “Easement” means a grant by a property owner for the use of a strip of land for the purpose of constructing and maintaining utilities, including but not limited to sanitary sewers, water mains, electric lines, telephone lines, storm sewer or storm drainage ways and gas lines.
46. “Essential services” means the erection, construction, alteration or maintenance, by public utilities or municipal or other governmental agencies, of underground or overhead gas, electrical, steam or water, cable TV, transmission or distribution systems, collection, communication, supply or disposal systems, including poles, wires, mains, drains, sewers, pipe conduits, cables, fire alarm boxes, police call boxes, traffic signals, hydrants, and other similar equipment and accessories in connection therewith; reasonably necessary for the furnishing of adequate service by such public utilities or governmental agencies or for the public health or safety or general welfare, but not including building.
47. “Family” means any number of individuals living together on the premises as a single non-profit housekeeping unit as distinguished from a group occupying a boarding house, lodging house, hotel, club, fraternity or sorority house.
48. “Farm, crop” means an area more than one (1) acre which is used for the growing of the usual farm crops such as vegetables, fruit trees, and grain, and for the packing or storage of the products produced on the premises, but not including the raising of farm animals or laboratory animals such as mice, rats, rabbits, snakes, etc.
49. “Floor area” means the floor area of a building, and is the sum of the gross horizontal areas of the several floors of the building, measured from the exterior faces of the exterior walls.
50. “Floor area (livable)” means livable floor area shall be the same as “floor area” defined above, excluding all areas occupied by cellars, garages, porches, attics, stairways and storage, utility and heating rooms.
51. “Floor area ratio (F.A.R.)” means the floor area ratio of the building or buildings on any zoning lot is the floor area of the building or buildings on that zoning lot divided by the area of such zoning lot, or, in the case of planned developments, by the net site area. The floor area ratio requirements, as set forth under each zoning district, shall determine the maximum floor area allowable for the building or buildings (total floor area of both principal and accessory buildings) in direct ratio to the gross area of the zoning lot.
52. “Frontage” means all the property fronting on one (1) side of a street between the nearest intersecting streets, or between a street and right-of-way, waterway, or other similar barrier.
53. “Garage, private” means an accessory building designed or used for the storage of automobiles owned and used by the occupants of the building to which it is accessory.
54. “Garage, public” means any premises used for the storage or care of motor-driven vehicles except private garages, or premises where any such vehicles are equipped for operation, repaired, or are kept for remuneration, for hire, or for sale.
55. “Garage, truck” means a building which is used or intended to be used for the storage of motor trucks, truck trailers, tractors, and commercial vehicles exceeding one and one half (1½) tons capacity.
56. “High rise building” means any structure, designed for a specific use that exceeds the fourth floor of elevation.
57. “High water mark” means a mark delineating the highest water level which has been maintained for a sufficient period of time to leave evidence upon the landscape. The normal high water mark is commonly that point where the natural vegetation changes from predominantly aquatic to predominantly terrestrial.
58. “Home occupation” means any use customarily conducted entirely within a dwelling and carried on by members residing therein, which use is clearly incidental and secondary to the use of the dwelling purposes and does not change the character thereof.
59. “Hotel” means a building occupied as a temporary abiding place of individuals who are lodged with or without meals in which there are more than five (5) sleeping rooms and wherein no provisions are made for cooking in any individual room or apartment.
60. “Junk yard” means land or building where waste, discarded or salvaged materials are bought, sold, stored, exchanged, cleaned, packed, disassembled or handled, including, but not limited to scrap metal, rags, paper, hides, rubber products, glass products, lumber products and products resulting from the wrecking of automobiles or other machinery.
61. “Kennel” means any structures or premises on which three (3) or more domestic animals over four (4) months of age are kept.
62. “Loading space” means an off-street space or berth on the same lot with a building or contiguous to a group of buildings, for the temporary parking of a commercial vehicle while loading or unloading merchandise or materials, and which abuts upon a street, alley or other appropriate means of success.
63. “Lodging house” means a building where lodging is provided for compensation, to three (3) or more persons in contradistinction to hotels open to transients.
64. “Lot” means land occupied or to be occupied by a building and its accessory buildings together with such open spaces as are required under the Zoning Code and having its principal frontage upon a street or officially approved place. (Plot)
65. “Lot area” means the lot area is the land area within the lot lines.
66. “Lot coverage” means the total allowable amount of lot area, expressed as a percentage, which may be covered by a principal use and its accessory structures.
67. “Lot depth” means the mean horizontal distance between the mean front road and the mean rear lot line. The greater frontage of a corner lot is its depth, and its lesser frontage is its width.
68. “Lot of record” means a lot which is a part of a subdivision, the map of which has been recorded in the office of the County Recorder, or a lot described by metes and bounds, the deed to which has been recorded in the office of the County Recorder at the time the Zoning Ordinance was passed.
69. “Lot, corner” means a lot abutting upon two (2) or more streets at their intersection or upon two parts of the same street, such streets or parts of the same street forming an interior angle of less than one hundred thirty-five (135) degrees. The point of intersection of the street lines is the “corner.”
70. “Lot, double frontage” means a lot having frontage on two (2) non-intersecting streets as distinguished from a corner lot.
71. “Lot frontage” — See “lot line, front”.
72. “Lot, interior” means a lot other than a corner or reversed corner lot.
73. “Lot line, front” means a boundary of a lot butting a street. On a corner lot, the shortest street lot line is the front lot line.
74. “Lot line, rear” means the lot line opposite and most distant from the front lot line.
75. “Lot line, side” means any lot line other than a front or rear lot line. A side lot line separating a lot from a street is called a side street lot line. A side lot line separating a lot from another lot or lots is called an interior side lot line.
76. “Lot width” means the horizontal distance between the side lot lines measured at right angles to the lot depth at the established front building line.
77. “Metes and bounds” means a method of property description by means of their direction and distance from an easily identifiable point.
78. “Mobile home” see “dwelling unit, factory-built.”
79. “Manufactured Housing” — See “dwelling unit, factory-built.”
80. “Mobile home park” means any park, mobile park, mobile court, mobile camp, court, campsite, lot, parcel or tract of land designed, maintained, or intended for the purpose of supplying a long term location or accommodations for any mobile home and upon which any mobile home, coach, or mobile home coaches are parked, and includes all buildings used or intended for use as a part of the equipment thereof, whether or not a change is made for the use of the mobile home park and its facilities. Mobile home parks do not include automobile or mobile home sales lots on which unoccupied mobile homes are parked for the purpose of inspection, display and sale.
81. “Mobile home lot” means a parcel of land rented or sold for the exclusive use of the occupants of a single mobile home.
82. “Mobile home stand” means that part of an individual lot which has been reserved for the placement of the mobile home, appurtenant structures or additions.
83. “Nonconforming building” means a building or portion thereof, lawfully existing at the time of adoption of the Zoning Ordinance, which was designed, erected, or structurally altered for a use that does not conform to the use regulations of the district in which it is now located.
84. “Nonconforming use” means a use lawfully in existence on the effective date of the Zoning Code and not conforming to the regulations for the district in which it is situated, except that such a use is not nonconforming if it would be authorized under a conditional use permit where located.
85. “Nonconforming lot” means a lot which does not comply with the minimum lot area or frontage requirements of the district in which it is located.
86. “Nonconforming structure” means a structure which does not comply with the bulk, yard, setback or height regulations of the district in which it is located.
87. “Nonconforming use of land” means any use of a lot which does not conform to the applicable use regulations of the district in which it is located.
88. “Nonconforming use of structure” means a use of a structure which does not conform to the applicable use regulations of the district in which it is located.
89. “Obstruction” means any dam, wall, wharf, embankment, levee, dike, pile, abutment, projection, excavation, channel rectification, bridge conduit, culvert, building, wire, fence, rock gravel, refuse, fill, structure or matter in, along, across, or projecting into any channel, watercourse, or regulatory flood hazard area which may impede, retard or change the direction of the flow of water, either in itself or by catching or collecting debris carried by such water, or that is placed where the flow of water might carry the same downstream to the damage of life or property.
90. “Parking space” means a land area of not less than two hundred (200) square feet, exclusive of driveways and aisles, of such shape and dimensions and so prepared as to be usable or the parking of a motor vehicle, and so located as to be readily accessible to a public street or alley. Truck loading and unloading space are not included in such area.
91. “Planned Unit Development” means a tract of land developed as a unit rather than as individual development wherein two or more buildings may be located in relationship to each other rather than to lot lines or zoning district boundaries.
92. “Premises” means a lot or plat with the required front, side and rear yards for a dwelling or other uses as allowed under the Zoning Code.
93. “Private open space” means any land owned by private persons or homes associations wherein the land is dedicated for a use such as public open space but for use by the private persons or association.
94. “Public open space” means any publicly owned open area, including but not limited to the following: parks, playgrounds, school sites, parkways, and streets.
95. “Public utility” means any person, firm, corporation, municipal department, or board fully authorized to furnish and furnishing under municipal regulation to the public, electricity, gas, steam, communication services, telegraph services, transportation, cable TV, or water.
96. “Public waters” means a body of water capable of substantial beneficial public use. This shall be construed to mean, for the purpose of these regulations, any body of water which has the potential to support any type of recreational pursuit or water supply purpose. A body of water created by a private user where there was no previous shoreland for a designated private use authorized by the Department of Natural Resources shall be exempt.
97. “Railroad right-of-way” means a strip of land with tracks and auxiliary facilities for track operation, but not including depots, loading platforms, station, train sheds, warehouses, car shop, car yards, locomotive shops, or water towers.
98. “Recreational vehicles” means a self-propelled vehicle or wheeled vehicle capable of being towed which can be licensed for travel on any public street or highway, or a unit which can be mounted on a pickup or other vehicle, which is arranged for residential occupancy, customarily of a temporary or transient nature, and having less than 320 square feet of floor area.
99. “Recreational vehicle camp” constitutes any area used on a daily, nightly, or weekly basis for the accommodation of three or more occupied tents, expandable camp trailers, travel trailers and converted buses or trucks; whether privately or publicly owned; and whether use of such accommodation is granted free of charge or for compensation.
100. “Regulatory flood protection elevation” means the elevation to which uses regulated by the Zoning Code are required to be elevated or floodproofed. It corresponds to a point not less than one foot above the water surface profile associated with the regional flood plus any increases in flood heights attributable to encroachments on the floodway.
101. “Rest home” or “nursing home” means a private home for the care of children or the aged or infirm, or a place of rest for those suffering bodily disorders. Such home does not contain equipment for surgical care or for treatment of disease or injury.
102. “Road” means a public right-of-way affording primary access by pedestrians and vehicles to abutting properties, whether designated as a street, highway, thoroughfare, parkway, through-way, road, avenue, boulevard, lane, place or however otherwise designated.
103. “Rooming house” — see “lodging house.”
104. “Setback line” means the allowable building line as defined by the yard regulations of the Zoning Code.
105. “Sign” means a name, identification, description, display, illustration or device which is affixed to or represented directly or indirectly upon a building, structure or land in view of the general public and which directs attention to a product, place, activity, person, institution or business.
106. “Sign, advertising” means a sign which directs attention to a business, commodity, service, activity or entertainment not necessarily conducted, sold or offered upon the premises where such a sign is located.
107. “Sign, area of” — see “sign, surface area of.”
108. “Sign, business” means a sign which directs attention to a business or profession of a commodity, service, or entertainment sold or offered upon the premises where such a sign is located.
109. “Sign, display” means an advertising device.
110. “Sign, flashing” means any illuminated sign on which such illumination is not kept stationary or constant in intensity and color at all times where such sign is in use.
111. “Sign, illuminated” means any sign which has characters, letters, figures, designs or outlines illuminated by electric lights or luminous tubes as a part of the sign.
112. “Sign, marquee” means any sign affixed to any hood, marquee or canopy over the entrance to a building.
113. “Sign, nameplate” means any sign which states the name or address or both of the business or occupant of the lot where the sign is placed.
114. “Sign, rotating” means a sign which revolves or rotates on its axis by mechanical means.
115. “Sign, surface area of” means the entire area within a single continuous perimeter enclosing the extreme limits of the actual sign surface, not including any structural elements outside the limits of such sign and not forming an integral part of the display. Only one side of a double-face or V-type sign structure shall be used in computing total surface area.
116. “Standard, performance” means a criterion established in the interest of protecting the public health and safety for the control of noise, odor, smoke, noxious gases and other objectionable or dangerous elements generated by an inherent in or incidental to land use.
117. “Story” means that portion of the building included between the surface of any floor and the surface of the next floor above it, or, if there is no floor above it, the space between the floor and the ceiling next above it.
118. “Story, half” means a space under a sloping roof which has the line of intersection of roof decking and wall face not more than three (3) feet above the top floor level, and in which space not more than two-thirds (2/3) of the floor area is finished off for use. A half-story contained independent apartment or living quarters shall be counted as a full story.
119. “Street” means a public or private right-of-way forty (40) feet or more in width, approved or accepted by public authority or user, which provides a primary means of public access to abutting property. The term “street” includes avenue, drive, circle, road, parkway, boulevard, highway, thoroughfare or any other similar term.
120. “Street line” means the right-of-way line of a street.
121. “Structure” means anything constructed or erected, the use of which requires permanent location on the ground. When a structure is divided into separate parts by an unpierced wall each part shall be deemed a separate structure.
122. “Structure alterations” means any change in the supporting members of a building such as bearing walls, columns, beams, or girders, or any substantial changes in the roof and exterior walls.
123. “Subdivision” means a described tract of land which is to be or has been divided into two (2) or more lots or parcels, any of which resultant parcels is less than five (5) acres in area and three hundred (300) feet in width, for the purpose of transfer of ownership or building development or if a new street is involved, any division of a parcel of land. The term includes resubdivision, and, where it is appropriate to the context, relates either to the process or subdivision or to the land subdivided.
124. “Trailer” means a vehicle with or without motor power used or adaptable for temporary living, sleeping, business, or storage purposes, having no foundation other than wheels, blocks, skids, jacks, horses, or skirting, which does not meet building code requirements and has been or reasonably may be equipped with wheels or other devices for transporting from place to place. The term “trailer” shall include “camp car,” “travel trailer,” “camping trailer,” and “house car.” A permanent foundation shall not change its character unless the entire structure is erected in accordance with Building Code.
125. “Townhouse” means a multiple family dwelling which maintains private ingress and egress, attached to its own foundation, contains no independent dwellings above or below it and is attached to other similar dwellings by a common wall.
126. “Unit, dwelling” — See “dwelling unit.”
127. “Unit, Lodging, Rooming, Dormitory” means a room rented as sleeping and living quarters but without cooking facilities and with or without individual bathroom. In a suite of rooms without cooking facilities, each room which provides sleeping accommodations shall be counted as one lodging room or rooming unit for the purpose of the Zoning Code.
128. “Use” means the purpose for which land or premises or a building thereon is designated, arranged or intended, or for which it is or may be occupied or maintained.
129. “Use, accessory” means a use subordinate to the main use on the same lot and used for purposes customarily incidental to those of the main use.
130. “Use, conditional” means a use which, because of unique characteristics, cannot be classified as a permitted use in any particular district. After due consideration, in each case, of the impact of such use upon neighboring land and of the public desirability or the particular use of the particular location, a “conditional use permit” may or may not be granted. If granted, the Zoning Board of Adjustment may attach conditions and guarantees upon the zoning permit deemed necessary for the protection of the public interest.
131. “Use, principal permitted” means a use which is permitted outright in a district for which a zoning certificate may be issued by the Zoning Administrator in accordance with the provisions of the Zoning Code.
132. “Variance” means a modification or variation of the provisions of the Zoning Code, as applied to a specific piece of property, except that modification in the allowable uses within a district shall not be considered a variance.
133. “Vet clinic” means a place used for the care, diagnosis and treatment of sick, ailing, infirm and injured animals and those who are in need of medical or surgical attention.
134. “Yard” means an open space on the same zoning lot with a building or structure, which yard is unoccupied and unobstructed from its lowest level to the sky, except as otherwise permitted in Chapter 168.
135. “Yard, front” means a yard extending across the front of the lot between the side yard lines and lying between the front street line of the lot and the nearest line of the building.
136. “Yard, rear” means an open space occupied except for accessory buildings on the same lot with a building between the rear lines of the building and the rear line of the lot, for the full width of the lot.
137. “Yard, side” means an open, unoccupied space on the same lot with a building between the building and the side of the lot and extending from the front lot line to the rear yard.
138. “Zoning Administrator” means the designated Zoning Administrator of the City or an authorized representative as appointed by the City Council by resolution.
139. “Zoning certificate” means a document issued by the Zoning Administrator authorizing buildings, structures, or uses consistent with the terms of the chapter and for the purpose of carrying out and the enforcement of its provisions.
140. “Zoning district” means an area or areas within the limits of the Community for which the regulations and requirements governing use are uniform.
141. “Zoning lot” means a plot of ground, made up of one (1) or more parcels of land, which is or may be occupied by a use, building, or buildings, including the open spaces required by the Zoning Code.
142. “Zoning map” means the map or maps incorporated into the Zoning Code as part hereof, designating the zoning districts.
165.08 ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT.
1. The Zoning Administrator. The Public Works Director is hereby authorized and directed to enforce all the provisions of the Zoning Code. Said official may delegate the enforcement of the Zoning Code to any administrative official of the City and supporting staff if deemed necessary, who shall be directly under the control of the Public Works Director and shall be known as the Zoning Administrator or Zoning Enforcement Officer. The Zoning Administrator shall perform the following duties.
A. Examine all applications pertaining to use of land, building, or structure, and approve same when the application conforms with the provisions of the Zoning Code.
B. Keep a record of all nonconforming uses.
C. Inspect buildings, structures and uses of land to determine compliance with the terms of the Zoning Code, upon request or upon apparent violation. In regard to performance standards the Zoning Administrator may require the service of a testing laboratory to determine compliance. The cost of employing said laboratory shall be paid for by the owner if a violation of the Zoning Code is established, otherwise by the City.
D. Notify, in writing, any person responsible for violating a provision of the Zoning Code, indicating the nature of the violation and ordering the action necessary to correct it.
E. Order discontinuance of illegal use of land, buildings or structures; order removal of illegal buildings, structures, additions, alterations; order discontinuance of illegal work being done; or take any action authorized by the Zoning Code to insure compliance with or to prevent violations of its provisions.
F. Maintain permanent and current records of the Zoning Code, including all maps, amendments, conditional uses and variations.
G. Maintain a current file of all permits, all certificates, and all copies of notices of violations, discontinuances, or removal for such time as necessary to insure a continuous compliance with the provisions of the Zoning Code, and, on request, provide information to any person having a proprietary or tenancy interest in any specific property.
H. Provide technical assistance to the Zoning Board of Adjustment.
2. Zoning Board of Adjustment.
A. There is hereby established a Zoning Board of Adjustment for the City, consisting of five (5) members. Appointments to the Board shall be for a term of three (3) years. Any vacancy shall be filled in the same manner as the original appointment.
(Ord. 04-77 – Oct. 04 Supp.)
B. The members shall elect one of their number as Chairperson and shall appoint a Secretary, who may be a member of the Board.
C. The Board of Adjustment shall adopt rules necessary to the conduct of its affairs and in keeping with the provisions of the Zoning Code. Meetings shall be held at the call of the Chairperson and at such other times as the Board may determine. The Chairperson or in the absence of the Chairperson the acting Chairperson, may administer oaths and compel the attendance of witnesses. All meetings shall be open to the public.
D. The Board of Adjustment shall keep minutes of its proceedings, showing the vote of each member upon each question, or if absent or failing to vote indicating such fact, and shall keep records of its examinations and other official actions, all of which shall be a public record and filed in the office of the Zoning Administrator.
E. Hearing; Appeals; Notice Appeals to the Board of Adjustment concerning interpretation or administration of the Zoning Code may be taken by any person aggrieved or by any officer or bureau of the governing body of the City affected by any decision of the Zoning Administrator. Such appeals shall be taken within a reasonable time, not to exceed sixty (60) days or such lesser period as may be provided by the rules of the Board of Adjustment a notice of appeal specifying the grounds thereof. The Zoning Administrator shall forthwith transmit to the Board all papers constituting the record upon which the action appealed from was taken. The Board of Adjustment shall fix a reasonable time for the hearing or appeal, give public notice thereof as well as due notice to the parties in interest, and decide the same within a reasonable time. At the hearing, any party may appear in person or by agent or attorney.
F. A copy of all applications for a Variance or a Conditional Use under the provisions of the Flood Plain District shall be forwarded to the Department of Natural Resources ten (10) days prior to said hearing.
G. An appeal stays all proceedings in furtherance of the action appealed from, unless the administrative official from whom the appeal is taken certified to the Board of Adjustment after the notice of appeal is filed with said official, that by reason of facts stated in the certificate, a stay would, in the opinion of such official, cause imminent peril to life and property. In such case, proceedings shall not be stayed other than by a restraining order which may be granted by the Board of Adjustment or by a Court of record on application, on notice to the administrative official from whom the appeal is taken and on due cause shown.
H. The Board shall have the power and duty of hearing and deciding appeals or requests in the following cases. The Council may review actions by the Board of Adjustment before their effective date. However, the Council may only remand a decision concerning action by the Board for the further study. The cases which may be presented to the Board of Adjustment are as follows:
(1) Appeals where it is alleged that there is an error in any order, requirement, decision, or determination made by an administrative officer in the enforcement of the Zoning Code.
(2) Requests for a variance from the literal provisions of the Zoning Code in instances where their strict enforcement would cause undue hardship because of circumstances unique to the individual property under consideration.
I. In
granting any variance the Board of Adjustment may prescribe
appropriate conditions and safeguards in conformity
with the Zoning Code.
Violations of such conditions and safe-guards, when made a part of
the terms under which the variance is granted, shall be deemed a
violation of the Zoning Code and shall be punishable under Section
165.09 of the Zoning Code.
J. In exercising the aforementioned powers, the Board may, so long as such action is in conformity with the terms of the Zoning Code, reverse or affirm, in whole or in part or may modify the order, requirements, decisions or determination appealed from and may such order, requirements, decision or determination as ought to be made and to that end shall have powers of the administrative official from whom any appeal is taken.
K. The concurring vote of a majority of the Board shall be necessary to reverse any order, requirements, decision or determination of the administrative official, or to decide in favor of the applicant on any matter upon which it is required to pass under the Zoning Code, or to effect any variation of the Zoning Code. (Ord. 97-20 - Oct. 97 Supp.)
L. A copy of all decisions granting Variances or Conditional Use Permits in the Floodway and/or Flood Fringe portions of the Flood Plain District shall be forwarded to the Department of Natural Resources within ten (10) days of such action.
3. Appeal for Variance. Application for any adjustment permissible under the hardship provision in subsection H above, shall be made to the Zoning Administrator in the form of a written application for a permit to use the land or building or both as set forth in said application. No nonconforming use of neighboring lands, structure or buildings in the same district and no permitted use of lands, structures or buildings in other districts shall be considered grounds for the issuance of a variance. The application shall present a statement and adequate evidence showing:
A. That there are exceptional or extraordinary circumstances or conditions applying to the land, building, or use referred to in the application, which circumstances or conditions do not apply generally to land, building, or uses in the same zone classification.
B. That the granting of the application is necessary for the preservation and employment of substantial property rights of the petitioner.
C. That the reasons set forth in the application justify the granting of the variance.
D. The variance is the minimum variance that will make possible the reasonable use of land, building or structure.
E. That the granting of such application will not, under the circumstances of the particular case, materially affect adversely the health or safety of persons residing or working in the neighborhood of the property of the applicant, and will not, under the circumstances of the particular case, be materially detrimental to the public welfare or injurious to property or improvements in said neighborhood.
F. That the special conditions and circumstances do not result from the actions of the applicant.
G. That granting the application will not confer on the applicant any special privilege that is denied by this chapter to other lands, structures, or building in the same district. No variance in a Flood Plain District should provide a lesser degree of flood protection than the Flood Protection elevation for that area.
4. Notification and Public Hearing for Variance Requests.
A. Application for any adjustment permissible under the provisions of this Section shall be made to the Zoning Administrator, in the form of a written application for a building permit or for a permit to use the property or premises as set forth in the application. An application for a variance shall be accompanied by payment of a fee as established by the City Council in addition to the regular building permit fee.
B. Upon receipt of any applications, such officer shall set a time and place for public hearing before the Zoning Board of Adjustment for such application. The Board shall fix a reasonable time for the hearing, and give not less than four (4) days or more than twenty (20) days’ public notice in a paper of general circulation in the City, and shall decide the same within ten (10) days.
C. Any person may appear or be represented by an agent or attorney.
D. The applicant shall be required to produce proof of notice to affected property owners immediately adjacent to the applicant’s property. Such proof may be by return receipt mail or by written approval by said affected property owners.
E. Within a reasonable time after the hearing, the Board shall make its order deciding the matter and serve a copy of such order upon the applicant or the petitioner by mail.
5. Duties of Zoning Administrator, Board of Adjustment, City Council and Courts on Matters of Appeal.
A. It is the intent of the Zoning Code that all questions of interpretation and enforcement shall be first presented to the Zoning Administrator and that such questions shall be presented to the Board of Adjustment only on appeal from the decision of the Zoning Administrator and that recourse from the decisions of the Board of Adjustment shall be to the City Council, then the Courts as established by Chapter 414 of the Code of Iowa. (See Section 165.08(2)(H)(2) of this Code of Ordinances)
B. The duties of the City Council in regard to the Zoning Code shall include hearing and deciding questions of interpretation and enforcement that may arise in such case where the decision of the Board of Adjustment is challenged. The City Council shall also have the duties of considering and adopting or rejecting proposed amendments to the repeal of the Zoning Code, as provided by law and establishing a schedule of fees and charges as stated in Section 165.13.
165.09 VIOLATIONS AND PENALTIES. Any person who shall violate any of the provisions hereof or who shall fail to comply with any of the provisions hereof or who shall make any false statement in any document required to be submitted under the provisions hereof, is guilty of a misdemeanor and, upon conviction therefor, shall be punished by a fine not to exceed one hundred dollars ($100.00) or by imprisonment for a period not to exceed thirty (30) days or both, and in addition shall pay all court costs. Each day that such violation continues shall constitute a separate offense.
165.10 AMENDMENTS TO THE ZONING CODE. The Council may on its own motion, or on request of the Commission, or a petition or appeal of the affected property owners:
1. Transfer land, or a portion thereof, from the district in which it is situated into another district, by amendment to the Zoning Code.
2. Change any of the regulations of the Zoning Code as to the use of land in any district, or as to the restrictions upon buildings or structures herein, by amendment to the Zoning Code.
165.11 PROCEDURE TO AMEND ZONING CODE.
1. An application for amendment shall be filed with the Zoning Administrator in duplicate, accompanied by a fee as determined by the City Council. The Zoning Administrator shall forward one (1) copy to the Commission.
2. The Commission shall take action on such application within thirty (30) days and transmit its recommendations to the City Council. The Commission may recommend that the application be granted as requested, or it may recommend a modification of the zoning amendment requested in the application, or it may recommend that the application be denied. These recommendations shall be certified to the Council.
3. The Commission shall give notice of the time and place of the public hearing. Notice shall be given not more than thirty (30) days or less than fifteen (15) days in advance of the hearings by publishing a notice thereof at least once in a newspaper of general circulation and by notifying by mail, at least fifteen (15) days prior to the meeting, the property owners within three hundred (300) feet of the subject property. The current County Assessor’s tax record shall be deemed sufficient for the location or certification of ownership of said properties.
4. All amendments concerning Floodway and Flood Fringe portions of the Flood Plain District must be submitted and approved by the Department of Natural Resources prior to adoption.
5. The City Council, upon receiving reports of the Commission, and without further public hearing, may vote on the adoption of any proposed amendment or it may refer it back to the Commission for further consideration. If no recommendation is transmitted by the Commission within thirty (30) days after the hearing, the City Council may take action without awaiting such notifications. In considering such recommendations, due allowances shall be made for existing conditions, for the conservation of property values, for the direction of building development to the best advantage of the entire City and for the uses to which the property affected is being devoted at the time; and no change shall be recommended unless it is required for the public good. The Council may over-rule the recommendations of the Commission by three-fourths (3/4) vote of the full membership of the Council.
165.12 CONDITIONAL USE PERMITS AND PROCEDURES. Conditional Use Permits may be issued for any and only the uses or purposes for which such permits are required or permitted by provisions of the Zoning Code.
1. Application. An application for the Conditional Use Permit shall be filed with the Zoning Administrator indicating the section of the Zoning Code under which the Conditional Use Permit is sought and stating the ground on which it is requested. The application shall be accompanied by such plans and elevations and site plans as prescribed by the Commission and presented by the Zoning Administrator to the Commission. A copy of all applications for a Conditional Use Permit under the provisions of the Floodway and/or Flood Fringe portions of the Flood Plain District shall be forwarded to the Department of Natural Resources ten (10) days prior to a public hearing.
2. Notification and Public Hearing. Upon receipt in proper form of the application and other requested material, the Commission shall hold at least one (1) public hearing in a location to be prescribed by the Commission at least fifteen (15) days in advance of each hearing, a notice of the hearing shall be published in the official newspaper of the City and like notification at least fifteen (15) days prior to the hearing to the owner or owners of property within three hundred (300) feet of the subject property. Notices of such hearings shall be posted at the City Hall at least fifteen (15) days prior to the public hearing. The County Assessor’s current tax records shall be deemed sufficient for the location or certification of ownership of said adjacent properties.
3. Findings. No conditional use shall be recommended by the Commission unless the Commission shall find:
A. That the conditional use will not be injurious to the use and enjoyment of other property in the immediate vicinity for the purpose already permitted, or substantially diminish and impair property values within the immediate vicinity.
B. That the establishment of a conditional use will not impede the normal and orderly development and improvement of surrounding vacant property values within the immediate vicinity.
C. That adequate utilities, access roads, drainage and other necessary facilities have been or are being provided.
D. The adequate measures have been or will be taken to provide sufficient off-street parking and loading space to serve the proposed use.
E. That adequate measures have been or will be taken to prevent or control offensive odor, fumes, dust, noise and vibration, so that none of these will constitute a nuisance and to control lighted signs and other lights in such a manner that no disturbance to neighboring properties will result.
4. Fees. To defray administrative costs for processing requests for Conditional Use Permits, a fee shall be paid by the applicant. Such fee shall be established by the City Council.
5. Conditions and Safeguards. The Planning Commission shall prescribe appropriate Conditions and Safeguards in conformity with the Zoning Code. The Commission shall prescribe a time limit within which the action for which the conditional use is required shall commence, or be completed or both. Failure to commence, or complete, or both, such action within the time limit set shall void the Conditional Use Permit.
6. Violations. Violations of such Conditions and Safeguards, when made part of the terms under which the Conditional Use Permit is granted, shall be deemed a violation of the Zoning Code and punishable under Section 165.09 of the Zoning Code.
165.13 BUILDING AND USE PERMITS. Except as hereinafter provided, no person, firm or corporation shall construct, erect, alter, wreck or move any building or structure or parts thereof within the jurisdiction of the Planning and Zoning Commission and the Board of Adjustment without first securing a building or use permit from the City. Application for permit shall apply as set forth in the City Building Code. Application for a building permit shall be made to the City on blank forms to be furnished by the City. Each application for a permit to construct or alter a building shall be accompanied by a plan drawn to scale showing the dimensions of the lot to be built upon and the size and location of the building and accessory buildings to be erected. Application shall contain such other information as may be deemed necessary for the proper enforcement of this or any other ordinance. The City shall issue or may direct the Director of Public Works to issue the building permit only after determining that the building plans together with the application comply with the terms of the Zoning Code. (Ord. 97-20 - Oct. 97 Supp.)
1. Certification of Occupancy.
A. No
land shall be occupied or used and no building hereafter erected,
reconstructed or structurally altered shall be occupied or
used, in whole or in part, for any purpose whatsoever, until a
Certificate of Occupancy shall have been issued by the Zoning
Administrator stating that the building and use complies with all of
the provisions of the Zoning Code applicable to the building or
premises or the use in the district in which it is to be located.
B. No change in use shall be made in any building or part thereof, now or hereafter erected, reconstructed or structurally altered, with or without a Certificate of Occupancy having been issued by the Zoning Administrator, and no such permit shall be issued to make such change unless it is in compliance with the provisions of the Zoning Code.
C. No vacant flood plain land shall be occupied or used and no building hereafter erected, altered or moved shall be occupied until the applicant submits to the appropriate local official a certification by a registered professional engineer, land surveyor or other qualified person designated by the local governing body that the finished fill and building floor elevations or other flood protection measures are in compliance with appropriate flood plain zoning provisions and other flood plain regulations.
D. Certification of Occupancy shall be applied for coincidentally with the application for a building permit and shall be issued within ten (10) days after the lawful erection, reconstruction or structural alteration is completed.
E. A record of all Certificates of Occupancy shall be kept on file in the Office of the Zoning Administrator, and copies shall be furnished upon request to any person having a proprietary or tenancy interest in the structure, building or land affected.
F. A temporary Certificate of Occupancy may be issued by the administrative official for a period not exceeding six (6) months, during alterations or partial occupancy of a building pending its completion, provided that such temporary certificate may require such conditions and safeguards as will protect the safety of the occupants and the public.
G. Failure to obtain a Certificate of Occupancy shall be considered a violation of the Zoning Code and subject to penalty under Section 165.09 of the Zoning Code.
2. Schedules of Fees, Charges and Expenses. The City Council shall establish a schedule of fees, charges, and expenses and a collection procedure, for building permits, certificates of occupancy, appeals, and other matters pertaining to the Zoning Code. The schedule of fees shall be posted in the office of the Zoning Administrator, and may be altered or amended only by the City Council. No permit, certificate, conditional use permit, or variance shall be issued unless or until such costs, charges, fees or expenses have been paid in full, nor shall any action be taken on proceedings before the Board of Adjustment unless or until preliminary charges and fees have been paid in full.
3. Complaints Regarding Violations. Whenever a violation of the Zoning Code occurs, or is alleged to have occurred, any person may file written complaint. Such complaint stating fully the causes and basis thereof shall be filed with the Zoning Administrator, who shall record properly such complaint, immediately investigate, and take action thereon as provided by the Zoning Code.
[The next page is 685]
ZONING CODE — ZONING DISTRICTS
|
166.01 Establishment of Districts |
166.06 R-2 Family or Multiple Family Residential District |
|
166.02 Zoning Map |
166.07 R-3 Mobile Home Residential District |
|
166.03 District Boundary Lines |
166.08 C-1 Commercial District |
|
166.04 Annexations |
166.09 C-2 Light Commercial Office District |
|
166.05 R-1 Single-Family Residential District |
166.10 I-1 Light Industrial District |
|
|
166.11 I-2 Heavy Industrial District |
166.01 ESTABLISHMENT OF DISTRICTS. For the purpose of the Zoning Code, the City is divided into the following Districts:
Residential Districts
R-1 Single-Family Residential
R-2 Two-Family or Multiple Family
R-3 Mobile Home Residential
Commercial District
C-1 Commercial
C-2 Light Commercial Office (Ord. 03-69 – Nov. 03 Supp.)
Industrial Districts
I-1 Light Industrial
I-2 Heavy Industrial
Flood Plain District
Flood Plain District (Overlay District)
166.02 ZONING MAP.
1. The boundaries of the district established by the Zoning Code are delineated on the Zoning Map; said Map and all notations, references and data shown thereon are hereby adopted and made part of the Zoning Code and will be on permanent file and for public inspection in the Office of the Zoning Administrator.
2. If in accordance with the provisions of the Zoning Code changes are made in district boundaries or other matter portrayed on the Official Zoning Map, such changes shall be made on said Map within thirty (30) days after official publication of the amendment.
3. No changes of any nature shall be made in the Official Zoning Map or matter shown thereon except in conformity with the procedures set forth in the Zoning Code. Any unauthorized change of any kind by any person shall be considered a violation of the Zoning Code and punishable as provided under Section 165.09 of this Zoning Code.
4. The Official Zoning Map on record in the City Clerk’s Office shall be the final authority as the current zoning status of land and water areas, buildings and other structures in the City.
5. The flood plain designation on zoning maps shall not be removed from flood plain areas unless and until it can be shown that the designation is in error or that the areas are filled to an elevation at or above the flood protection elevation and are contiguous to other lands lying outside the flood plain district. Special exceptions to this rule may be permitted by the Department of Natural Resources if they determine that, through other measures, lands are protected adequately for the intended uses.
(See Editor’s Note at end of this chapter for ordinances amending Zoning Map.)
166.03 DISTRICT BOUNDARY LINES. Whenever any uncertainty exists as to the boundary of any use district as shown on the Zoning Map incorporated herein, the following rules shall apply:
1. Where district boundary lines are indicated as following streets, highways, alleys, railroads, or similar rights-of-way, then shall be construed as following the centerlines thereof.
2. Where district boundary lines are indicated as approximately following lot lines or section lines, such lines shall be construed to be such boundaries.
3. Where district boundary lines are indicated as parallel to or extensions of features indicated above in this section, it shall be so construed.
4. Distances not specifically indicted on the Official Zoning Map shall be determined by the scale of the map.
5. Where physical or cultural features existing on the ground are at variance with those shown on the Official Zoning Map, or in other circumstances not covered by this section, the Board of Adjustment shall interpret the distance boundaries.
6. Where a platted lot held in one (1) ownership and of record at the effective date of the Zoning Code is divided by a district boundary line, the entire lot shall be construed to be within the least restrictive district.
7. Flood Plain District Boundaries: The exact boundaries of the Floodway and Flood Fringe portions of the Flood Plain District shall be determined on a case by case basis at the time a person applies for building permit or conditional use permit. At such time, the applicant shall submit a drawing indicating the existing and graded elevations of the site in question.
166.04 ANNEXATIONS. All territory hereafter annexed to the City which is not shown on the Official Zoning Map as part of the Zoning Code, shall, upon annexation, be classified in accordance with its established or contemplated use prior to annexation, and shall be subject to all regulations, notations, references and conditions applicable to such zone until such time that a determination may be made as to the official district classification and an amendment to the Zoning Code made to that effect.
166.05 R-1 SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL DISTRICT. The R-1 District is intended to provide for low density residential development. This district is designed to protect residential areas now developed with single-family detached dwellings and adjoining vacant areas likely to be developed for such purposes. The regulations are designed to stabilize such areas and to promote a suitable environment for family life.
1. Permitted principal uses.
A. Single family detached dwellings
B. Parks, playgrounds and community buildings owned or operated by public agencies.
C. Public libraries.
D. Golf courses, except miniature courses and driving tees operated for commercial purposes.
E. Churches or other places of worship, provided that no building shall be located within fifty (50) feet of any line of an abutting lot in any of the classes of residential districts.
2. Permitted Accessory Uses.
A. Uses of land or structure customarily incidental and subordinate to one of the principal uses unless otherwise excluded.
B. Private garages, parking spaces and carports for passenger cars.
C. Home occupations, as defined in Chapter 165.
D. Swimming pools (private).
E. Keeping of not more than two (2) boarders or roomers by a residential family.
F. The parking of one unoccupied recreational vehicle not exceeding thirty-two (32) feet in length.
G. Tool houses, sheds and similar buildings for storage of domestic supplies and noncommercial recreational equipment.
3. Conditional Uses.
A. Governmental and public utility buildings and structures necessary for the health, safety and general welfare of the community provided that:
(1) Conformity with the surrounding neighborhood is maintained and required setbacks and side yard requirements are met.
(2) Equipment is completely enclosed in a permanent structure with no outside storage.
B. Two-family attached dwellings.
C. Public or semi-private recreational buildings and neighborhood or community centers; public and private educational institutions limited to elementary, junior high and senior high schools, and religious institutions.
D. Convalescent and nursing homes.
E. Location of any new buildings, other than residence and garages, on existing acreages.
F. Mobile Home Park developments subject to the special conditions and requirements as set forth in Section 166.07, Mobile Home Residential District.
G. Cemetery or Memorial Gardens.
H. Bed and breakfast homes or bed and breakfast inns, providing that said use conforms to the provisions of Chapter 170A and 170B of the Code of Iowa and that a public hearing is held on each request before said facility is permitted in the use district. This conditional use must also provide one off-street parking space per guest room and one off-street guest space for the host or owner.
4. Height, Yard, Area and Lot Width Regulations.
A. Height. No building shall exceed two and one-half (2½) stories or thirty-five (35) feet in height.
B. Front Yard Regulations. There shall be a front yard having a depth of not less than twenty-five (25) feet on residential streets and forty (40) feet on collector streets or higher classifications. For the purposes of determining front yard requirements on corner lots and double frontage lots, all sides of a lot adjacent to streets shall be considered frontage. Porches without roofs, or with roofs no more than thirty percent (30%) solid, open and unenclosed porches or decks may extend ten (10) feet into the front yard. Whenever an addition to an existing structure will not extend any further into a front yard than the existing structure, then the addition may be allowed as long as all other side yard and rear yard setbacks are met.
C. Side Yard Regulations. There shall be a side yard on each side of a building having a width of not less than seven (7) feet. Wherever a lot of record existing at the time of the passage of the Zoning Ordinance has a width of fifty (50) feet or less, the side yard on each side of a building may be reduced to a width of not less than ten (10) percent of the width of the lot, but in no instance shall it be less than four (4) feet.
D. Rear Yard Regulations. The rear yard of each lot shall have a depth of not less than thirty (30) feet or twenty (20) percent of the depth of the lot, from the residence, whichever amount is greater. The sum total of all accessory buildings shall not exceed or utilize thirty percent (30%) of the entire rear yard as defined by this Zoning Code. In addition, no accessory building or any portion thereof shall be constructed within two (2) feet of the vertical line of the rear boundary of a lot.
(Ord. 97-20 - Oct. 97 Supp.)
E. Lot Area Regulations. Every lot or tract of land shall have an area of not less than seventy-two hundred (7,200) square feet.
F. Lot Width Regulations. Every lot or tract of land shall have a minimum width of sixty (60) feet.
5. General Regulations. Additional regulations applicable in the R-1 District are set forth in Chapter 168.
166.06 R-2 FAMILY OR MULTIPLE FAMILY RESIDENTIAL DISTRICT. The R-2 District is to provide for high density residential developments designed specifically for duplexes or multiple dwellings such as apartments, townhouses, row houses, condominiums, etc.
1. Permitted Principal Uses.
A. All uses permitted in the R-1 Single Family Residential District.
B. Duplex dwelling units.
C. Multi-family dwellings, including cooperative apartment houses and condominium dwellings.
D. Boarding and lodging houses.
E. Institutions of a religious, educational, eleemosynary or philanthropic nature, excluding any penal or mental institutions.
F. Hospitals, convalescent and nursing homes.
2. Permitted Accessory Uses. All permitted accessory uses allowed in a R-1 Single Family Residential District.
3. Conditional Uses.
A. Funeral homes.
B. Fraternities, sororities, private clubs, and lodges providing the chief activity is not a service customarily carried on as a business.
C. Bed and breakfast homes or bed and breakfast inns, providing that said use conforms to the provisions of Chapter 170A and 170B of the Code of Iowa and that a public hearing is held on each request before said facility is permitted in the use district. This accessory use must also provide one off-street parking space per guest room and one off-street guest space for the host or owner.
D. Conditional Uses. Governmental and public utility buildings and structures necessary for the health, safety and general welfare of the community provided that:
(1) Conformity with the surrounding neighborhood is maintained and required setbacks and side yard requirements are met.
(2) Equipment is completely enclosed in a permanent structure with no outside storage.
(Ord. 04-78 – Oct. 04 Supp.)
4. Height, Yard, Area and Lot Width Regulations.
A. Height Regulations. No building shall exceed four (4) stories or forty-five (45) feet in height except any variance to the provisions of this subsection shall require a setback from all yard lines required in this subsection an additional distance of one (1) foot for every one (1) foot that the building exceeds the allowable height.
B. Front Yard Regulations. The front yard regulations are the same as those in the R-1 Single-Family Residential District.
C. Side Yard Regulations. The side yard regulations are the same as those in the R-1 Single-Family Residential District, except for buildings exceeding thirty (30) feet in height, there shall be a side yard on each side of a building having a width of fifteen (15) feet plus one (1) foot of side yard for each one (1) foot of building over thirty (30) feet. Townhouses shall be exempt from the side yard regulations and shall be allowed to have zero (0) side yards in all interior lot lines as long as all exterior dimensions conform to the provisions of the R-2 district.
D. Rear Yard Regulations. The rear yard regulations are the same as those in the R-1 Single-Family Residential District. A lot on which there is erected a two-family dwelling shall contain an area of not less than thirty-six hundred (3,600) square feet per family, and an average width of not less than sixty (60) feet. Townhouses will be exempt from the provisions of the Zoning Code as it pertains to all interior lots of a townhouse site, providing that the area in which the townhouse is located conforms to the provisions of the Zoning Code. A lot on which there is erected a multiple dwelling shall contain an area of not less than one thousand (1,000) square feet per family, with a minimum of seventy-two hundred (7,200) square feet per lot, except that this regulation shall not apply to lodging houses, fraternities, or sororities where no cooking is done in individual rooms, or apartments, or townhouses, as defined by the Zoning Code.
5. Minimum Floor Area for Multiple Family Dwellings. The minimum floor area of any efficiency dwelling unit shall be not less than 300 net square feet; that of a one-bedroom dwelling unit shall be not less than 400 net square feet, and that of a two-bedroom dwelling unit shall be not less than 550 net square feet. Units containing three or more bedrooms shall have an additional 150 net square feet of floor area for each bedroom in excess of two bedrooms. For purposes of measurement, the net floor area of a dwelling unit shall mean that area within a building used as a single dwelling unit, and shall be measured from the inside walls to the center of partitions bounding the dwelling unit being measured, but shall not include public stairways, public entries, public foyers, public balconies, or unenclosed public porches, separate utility rooms, furnace areas or rooms, storage areas not within the apartment, or garages.
6. Design and Construction Requirements.
A. Design and Review. A building permit for a multiple dwelling must be approved by the Commission and the Council after review of the plans set forth in the Zoning Code in the manner set forth in Section 165.12, CONDITIONAL USE PERMITS. The Commission and Council may designate conditions or guarantees in connection therewith as will secure substantially the provisions of the District.
B. Building Design and Construction. A building permit for a multiple dwelling building containing more than four (4) dwelling units shall not be issued unless the applicant’s building plans, including the site plan, are submitted to the Commission and Council for approval. Any such building shall have its electrical, mechanical and structural systems approved. Provisions of this subsection shall in no way prohibit the preparation of the site plan by a professional site planner. Such plans shall include the following:
(1) Complete details of the proposed site development including location of building, driveways, parking spaces, dimensions of the lot, lot area and yard dimensions.
(2) Complete landscaping plans including species and size of trees and shrubs proposed.
(3) Complete plans for proposed sidewalks to service parking, recreation and service areas within the proposed development.
(4) Complete plans for storm water drainage systems sufficient to drain and dispose of all surface water accumulations within the area.
(5) Complete structural, electrical and mechanical plans for the proposed buildings.
(6) Complete plans and specifications for exterior wall finishes proposed for all principal and accessory buildings.
C. Sound. Party and corridor partitions and floor systems shall be of a type rated by a laboratory regularly engaged in such testing as capable of accomplishing an average sound transmission loss (using a 9 frequency test) of not less than 50 decibels. Door systems between corridors and dwelling units shall be of solid core construction and include gaskets and closure plates. Room relationships, hallway designs, door and window placements and plumbing and ventilating installations shall be such that they assist in the control of sound transmission from unit to unit.
D. Projecting Air Conditioning and Heating Units. Air conditioning or heating units projecting through exterior walls or windows shall be so located and designed that they neither unnecessarily generate or transmit sound nor disrupt the architectural amenities of the building. Units projecting more than fourteen inches beyond the exterior finish of a building wall shall be permitted only with the written consent of the building inspector, which shall be given when building structural systems prevent compliance.
E. Trash and Garbage Storage. Except with townhouses and multiple residence sites of four or less units no exterior trash or garbage disposal or storage shall be permitted. In the case of townhouses and multiple residences with four or less units, any storage shall be completely enclosed by walls and roof.
F. Elevators. Any multiple residence building of three stories or more shall be equipped with at least one public elevator.
G. Recreational and Open Space. Multiple Family Residential Projects shall contain an adequate amount of land for park, recreation or local open space use, exclusive of drainage areas which shall not be less than twenty (20) percent of the gross area of the property and shall consist principally of land within the building setback lines.
166.07 R-3 MOBILE HOME RESIDENTIAL DISTRICT. The Mobile Home Residential District is intended to promote health, safety, order, convenience and general welfare by enforcing minimum standards for homes and mobile home parks, and their design, construction, alteration and arrangement on said lots. The installation of all mobile home parks shall be governed by the City Building Code, City Electrical Code, and City Plumbing and Mechanical Code and other local rules and regulations concerning construction and installation of mobile homes and mobile home parks. Where the local chapter conflicts with provisions of the State Code, the local provisions pertaining to building, plumbing and electrical and other construction shall take precedence.
1. Mobile Home District Regulations. The Mobile Home Residential District is intended to provide for the proper placement of a mobile home meeting certain requirements on an individual lot within certain residential areas of the City where such use will be compatible with existing and future development. Within the R-3 District, as indicated on the zoning map, no building, land or premises shall be used, no buildings erected or altered which are arranged, maintained or designated to be used except for the following uses:
A. Principal Uses:
(1) Any use permitted in an R-1 Residential District, under regulations prescribed for that district.
(2) Any mobile home manufactured after June 15, 1976, shall be in compliance with Federal manufactured housing standards as evidenced by appropriate seals affixed to the unit and applicable State and local requirements.
B. Accessory Uses. All accessory uses permitted in an R-1 Residential District.
C. Conditional Uses. All uses requiring the granting of a special permit in accordance with the provisions of this chapter and permitted in R-1 Residential districts.
D. The lot area shall be as contained herein this chapter. Setbacks from private streets shall be as contained herein this chapter. However, any mobile home lots which front a public street, the setback from the public street shall be as required in an R-1 Residential District.
E. Signs. All signs shall conform to the requirements of the Zoning Chapter.
F. Off-Street Parking. All parking shall conform to the requirements of the R-1 Residential District.
G. Special Limitations. Any amendment of a zoning classification to R-3 Mobile Home Residential District shall be in accordance with the following:
(1) Any mobile home park is to be a minimum gross area of two (2) acres.
(2) All newly platted mobile home subdivisions shall comply with the requirements and procedures of the Subdivision Regulations of the City as stated in Chapter 170 of this Code of Ordinances.
(3) Occupancy shall not be permitted until all required improvements including utility services are installed and operating.
2. Definitions. For use in this section, the following terms are defined:
A. “Accessory Building” means any structure which is appurtenant to a mobile home such as utility shed, carport, garage, community building, elevated deck, roofed patio, or roofed porch.
B. “Community Building” means a structure which may house a toilet, bathing, laundry or other facilities for a mobile home park.
C. “Engineering Plans” means plans certified by an engineer registered in accordance with the requirements of Iowa Code Chapter 542B, professional engineers and land surveyors.
D. “Flood Plain” means any area of a community or locality which the Federal Insurance Administration has delineated as falling, wholly, or partly within flood hazard boundaries and zones or any other areas determined by responsible State or Federal agencies to be subject to periodic flooding.
E. “Independent Mobile Home Space” means a mobile home space which has both individual water and sewer connections.
F. “Mobile Home” means any vehicle without motive power used or so manufactured or constructed as to permit its being used as a conveyance upon the public streets and highways and so designed, constructed, or reconstructed as will permit the vehicle to be used as a place for human habitation by one or more persons, but shall also include any such vehicle with motive power not registered as a motor vehicle in Iowa.
G. “Mobile Home Space” is a plot of ground within a mobile home park designated for the accommodation of one mobile home.
H. “New Installations” means mobile home parks or additions thereto which are proposed for construction.
I. “Nonpublic Water Supply” means a system for the provision of water for human consumption which has less than fifteen service connections and serves less than twenty-five people or has less than fifteen service connections and serves more than twenty-five people for less than sixty days a year.
J. “Public Roadway” means a road or street owned and maintained by a Federal, State, or local government agency.
K. “Public Water Supply” means a system for the provision of piped water for human consumption, which has at least fifteen service connections or regularly serves an average of at least twenty-five individuals daily at least sixty days out of the year. Such a system would include the collection (including wells), treatment, storage, or distribution facilities.
L. “Refuse” means any solid waste including garbage, rubbish, trash, debris, or nonfunctioning equipment such as junked vehicles.
M. “Residential Mobile Home Park” means a mobile home park designed, established and maintained for year-round residency by mobile homes.
N. “Sewage Disposal System” means all equipment and devices necessary for proper collection, storage, treatment, and disposal of sewage from a mobile home park.
(1) Public systems collect and treat 1,500 or more gallons per day or serve eight or more mobile home spaces and,
(2) Nonpublic systems collect and treat less than 1,500 gallons/day or serve less than eight mobile home spaces.
3. Supervision/Management.
A. Each mobile home park should have personnel who are responsible for managing the park. These individuals should be identified by the park owner in writing and authorized to arrange for emergency repairs and services and for taking such other actions as may be necessary to comply with State and local requirements.
B. A permanent register of all tenants of the mobile home park must be maintain din accordance with Iowa Code, Chapter 435.
(1) This register is to be made available on the premises on request and open to the inspection by a duly authorized representative of any law enforcement agency.
(2) This register should contain a record of the number of mobile home units harbored, the owners’ names, and year and make of units.
(3) Semi-Annual (January-July) report shall be made to the County Treasurer of all mobile homes in the park. Reports of arrivals and departures with tax clearance forms will be reported to the County Treasurer at time of arrival and/or departure of the mobile home. Park owner liability ends with this report.
C. The owner is responsible for supervision of the park and for the implementation of the provisions of the Iowa Code Chapter 562B, Landlord and Tenant Act, for the removal of any person from the park who willfully or maliciously creates an unsanitary condition or does not adhere strictly to prescribed rules. The mobile home park should provide sanitation, health and safety rules and instructions as needed to protect the residents of the park.
D. Mobile home park management should require in writing that residents notify the park management of any planned excavation or installation of below-ground facilities, including gas, electric, water or sewer lines, mobile home tie-downs, or barrier posts.
(1) The management shall contact the utilities to locate for the resident any buried gas or electric lines; and water and sewer lines, as necessary.
4. Park Site.
A. Residential Mobile Home Park sites should be well drained and not located in a flood plain.
B. All sites should be free from obvious hazards.
C. Sites should not be located in or adjacent to swamps, marshes, or other breeding places of insects, rats, and mice.
D. Storm drainage should be provided in such a manner so as not to endanger any water supply or surface water course.
5. Roadways. Roadways should be maintained in a safe, unobstructed condition at all times.
A. Twenty-nine (29) feet wide if parking is permitted only on one side and so posted.
B. Thirty-six (36) feet wide with parking on both sides.
6. Spacing.
A. The number of mobile homes permitted in the park should not exceed the number of spaces which can be serviced by the sanitary facilities in the park.
B. Each mobile home space should be clearly numbered. Each mobile home should:
(1) Abut to a roadway and,
(2) Have clear, unobstructed access to a public roadway.
C. Existing mobile home spaces, which are located in parks that have been in continuous operation since prior to August 1, 1970, may be at least eight feet larger than the mobile home in both the lateral and longitudinal directions. New mobile home spaces added to these parks should meet the mobile home spacing criteria of Spacing, Item D.
D. Mobile home parks constructed and new spaces added to existing parks after January 1, 1996, should conform to the following mobile home spacing criteria:
A mobile home should not be located closer than:
(1) 15 feet from the side of another mobile home;
(2) 10 feet from the end of another mobile home;
(3) 10 feet from an accessory shed or building (except that an accessory shed or building may abut the owner’s mobile home and should be located or constructed in such a manner as to not impede egress from any doorway of the mobile home;
(4) 20 feet from the public curbline or as required by City ordinance;
(5) 5 feet from boundary of the mobile home park.
7. Water Supply.
A. A continuous supply of safe potable water under at least forty pounds pressure, P.S.I. (pounds per square inch), should be provided for each mobile home park.
(1) Where a municipal water supply having adequate capacity is available abutting the property, such water supply should be used.
(2) In mobile home parks where a municipal supply is not available, a private system shall be designed, constructed, and maintained in accordance with Chapter 455B.172 for nonpublic systems and with Iowa Department of Natural Resources, Iowa Code, Chapter 455B.173 for public systems.
(3) Detailed engineering plans should be on file for each park, especially for new construction.
(4) Design and operation of public water and nonpublic supply systems are to be consistent with the water supply requirements of the Iowa Department of Natural Resources, Chapters 455B.173 and 455B.172 Iowa Administrative Code.
B. All sources of potential contamination should be situated at a reasonable safe distance from drinking water wells. Minimum distances between all wells and named sources of pollutions should be as outlined in Table I.
TABLE I
RECOMMENDED LATERAL DISTANCES
FROM ANY
DRINKING WATER WELLS*
MINIMUM
LATERAL
SOURCES OF CONTAMINATION
DISTANCE
Solid waste disposal site
200 feet
Lagoons or waste treatment facilities
1000 feet
Cesspools (receiving raw sewage prohibited for
new construction)
150 feet
Preparation or storage area for spray materials,
commercial fertilizers or chemicals
150 feet
Drainage or improperly abandoned wells
100 feet
Soil absorption field, pit privy or similar disposal unit
100 feet
Confined feeding operations
100 feet
MINIMUM
LATERAL
SOURCES OF CONTAMINATION
DISTANCE
Septic tank, concrete vault privy, sewer of tightly
joined tile or equivalent material, sewer connected
foundation drain, or sewer under pressure
50 feet
Ditches, streams, or lakes
25 feet
Sewer of cast iron with leaded or mechanical joints,
independent clear water drains, or cisterns
10 feet
Well pumphouse floor drain draining to ground
surface
5 feet
*NOTE: The distances shown in Table I are minimum distances required by the Iowa Department of Natural Resources. For public water supplies, Iowa Department of Natural Resources requirements shall be complied with.
C. Pipes and fittings used in constructing water system distribution mains, laterals and water risers should be:
(1) Composed of materials meeting the requirements of the State Plumbing Code 661-16.400(103A) Iowa Administrative Code.
(2) Marked to indicate the approval by the National Sanitation Foundation Testing Laboratory (NSF).
(3) Installed and bedded in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions and specifications.
D. In new installations, the water distribution lines should be separated horizontally from sanitary sewers by at least ten feet of undisturbed or compacted earth, except as specified below.
(1) When water and sewer lines cross, the water line should be at least twelve inches above the top of the sewer line throughout a distance of ten feet horizontally, and no joints are to be made in the water line within this distance of ten feet.
(2) Water and sewer lines may be laid in the same trench providing:
(a) The bottom of the water line is laid at all points at least twelve inches above the top of the sewer line at its highest point;
(b) The water line is laid on a solid shelf excavated at one side of the common trench or on a solidly tamped backfill;
(c) The joints in the water line are kept at a minimum;
(d) The sewer is constructed of cast iron with leaded or mechanical joints or approved plastic, and shown to be watertight by test. In cases where cast iron or plastic is not suitable sewer material, other durable and corrosion-resistant material may be used provided it meets State Plumbing Code requirements.
(e) The size of water distribution mains may be as specified in Table II in new installations and as specified in Table VII for those constructed prior to June 1, 1980.
TABLE II
RECOMMENDED SIZE OF WATER PIPE
RESIDENTIAL
MINIMUM PIPE
MOBILE HOME
SIZE (INCHES)
SPACES SERVED
1
2 -
5
1¼
6 -
11
1½
12 -
14
2
15 -
50
2½
51 -
100
3
101 -
150
4
151 -
300
(f) Fire protection requirements for water supply shall be as required by the State or local authority having specific jurisdiction for the protection.
(g) Each mobile home space water riser and connection should:
(i) Terminate at least four inches above established grade.
(ii) Be provided with a control valve.
(iii) Be capped or otherwise protect when not in use.
(iv) Be provided with a watertight connection for attachment to the mobile home water line.
(v) Be protected against freezing if the park is operated throughout the year.
(vi) It is recommended that a curb stop valve be installed preceding each individual space water riser outlet in residential mobile home parks.
(h) The water supply system should be so installed as to eliminate all potential sources of contamination.
(i) Prior to installation, water pipes should not be stored where they will come in contact with sewage or other contamination.
(ii) During installation, disturbed soil should be compacted, and the grade should be sloped away from water risers.
(iii) Means should be provided to prevent backflow of contaminated water from appliances, fixtures, drains, and sewers.
(iv) No water system should be connected to a nonpotable or questionable water supply.
(v) Backflow preventers should be placed on all freezeless hydrants or faucets supplying potable water to mobile home spaces. Control valves of the “stop and waste” type should be prohibited for installation.
(vi) All water systems should be disinfected after installation and prior to use.
(i) Water Sample Analysis.
(i) The water supplied to mobile home sites should be demonstrated to be of satisfactory quality by means of sampling and laboratory analysis prior to initial use or after any repairs are made to the system.
(ii) Public water systems serving a mobile home park must be sampled by the owner of the water system with the frequency and for the contaminants required by the Iowa Department of Natural Resources, Chapter 455B.173, Iowa Code. More frequent sampling is recommended if known sources of contamination exist or if the analytical record shows a history of contamination.
(iii) It is recommended that the owner of a nonpublic water system serving a mobile home park sample the water system at least once per month and have the sample analyzed for coliform bacteria. Sampling and analysis for other contaminants should be at least as frequent as required for public water systems.
(iv) All residents should be notified in writing when the water supply has been found to be unsafe due to bacteriological, chemical, or other contamination. When the water supply has been determined to contain more than 45 mg/l of nitrate, the owner should notify the residents in writing that the water should not be used for infant feeding.
(j) Disinfection and treatment equipment, if employed, shall be approved by the Iowa Department of Natural Resources.
8. Sewage System.
A. Adequate facilities should be provided and maintained for the collection and treatment of sewage from all mobile homes, community buildings, and other facilities. Cesspools are prohibited for all mobile home park sewage systems constructed, reconstructed, or altered.
(1) Disposal of sewage and other water-carried wastes should be into a public sewer system where a public sewer system is available and abutting the property.
(2) Where a public sewer is not available, a sewage disposal system designed, constructed and maintained according to the Iowa Department of Natural Resources requirements for public sewage systems or according to the requirements of the Iowa Department of Natural Resources, Iowa Code, Chapter 455B.171-455B.192 for nonpublic systems must be provided.
(3) The connection between the mobile home drain and park sewer should be made with a leak-proof connector of durable, corrosion-resistant material attached at the inlet and outlet end with a water and gas-tight joint.
(4) Each sewer outlet should be tightly capped when not in use.
(5) No discharge of sewage or any other type of waste water from any mobile home or building should be permitted onto the ground surface.
(6) Means should be provided to prevent sewage odors from escaping out of any sewer connection or outlet.
(7) Cleanouts should be provided in accordance with Iowa Department of Natural Resources Design Standards for public sewage systems, and the State Plumbing Code, Chapter 661.16.400(103A), Iowa Administrative Code and Iowa Department of Natural Resources rules on nonpublic sewage systems, Chapter 455B.171-455B.192, Iowa Code. Alternatively, manholes may be used in accordance with Iowa Department of Natural Resources Design Standards for public sewage systems.
B. In new installations, each space sewer lateral should be connected to the park sewer main in the following manner:
(1) Through the use of an approved “Y” fitting.
(2) It should connect below the frost line.
(3) It should extend vertically to not less than three nor more than six inches above established grade.
(4) Individual risers should not be less than three inches in diameter.
C. In new installations the pipes and fittings used in constructing sewer mains, laterals, sewer risers, longsweep quarter bends, and the connecting length of lateral to each space should be:
(1) Composed of materials meeting the requirements of the State Plumbing Code Iowa Administrative Code, Chapter 661.16.400(103A).
(2) Installed and bedded in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications.
D. The minimum size and slope of sewer installations constructed should be determined in accordance with Table III.
TABLE
III
RECOMMENDED SIZE AND SLOPE OF SEWER
Sewer
Diameter
Mobile Homes Connected
Slope Per 100 Feet
(Inches)
(Number)
(Inches)
Residential
Recreational
4
2
- 15
2 -
30
15
6
16
- 60
31 -
120
8
8
61
- 100
121
- 200
5
9. Gas and Fuel Systems. The gas and fuel systems should be installed and operated so as not to create obvious hazards, such as unsecured gas bottles and unprotected gas meters. See item D under Supervision/Management for recommended action necessary to avoid potential hazards associated with buried gas or fuel lines.
10. Electrical System.
A. The electrical system should be installed and operated so as not to create obvious hazards such as poor connections, exposed or unprotected wiring. See item D under Supervision/ Management for action necessary to avoid potential hazards associated with buried electrical lines.
B. Obvious hazards, such as poor connections, exposed or unprotected wiring, should be eliminated.
C. Lighting should be provided for all streets, walkways, buildings, and other facilities subject to nighttime use.
(1) Illumination is to be provided in accordance with local requirements, or
(2) Where no local requirements exist, an average illumination level of 0.1 foot-candle should be maintained on all streets, and
(3) Potentially hazardous locations such as street intersections and steps or ramps should be individually illuminated with a minimum level of 0.3 foot-candle.
11. Community Buildings. Community buildings are not required, but if one is provided, it shall conform to local codes.
12. Public Swimming Pools.
A. Any swimming pools, wading pools or bath houses used in connection with pools should be constructed and operated in a safe and sanitary manner.
B. The design and operation of swimming pools is to be according to the Iowa Department of Public Health’s criteria.
C. In new installations, engineering plans and specifications must be submitted to the Department of Public Health.
13. Refuse Disposal.
A. The proper storage, collection and disposal of refuse should be the responsibility of the park owner or operator. Refuse disposal and the control of the growth of grass, bushes, and noxious plant should be accomplished in a manner to avoid creation of health hazards such as a rodent harborage, insect breeding areas or public health nuisance conditions.
B. The
park owner should be responsible to assure that sufficient
containers are available to provide storage space for all garbage
produced between collections.
All garbage and refuse should be stored in fly-tight,
water-tight, and rodent-proof containers having tight-fitting lids.
Each container should be maintained in good condition at all
times. A plastic bag
should
not be acceptable as a container and should only be used as a liner in a durable and otherwise satisfactory container.
(1) Garbage should be collected from the containers at least once a week.
(2) It should be transported to a disposal site approved by the Iowa Department of Natural Resources in a covered vehicle.
C. The park premises should be kept free of any refuse, plant overgrowth, or noxious weeds at all times.
D. Abandoned or junked vehicles should not be stored or accumulated within a park in accordance with local ordinance.
14. Chemical and Fuel Safety.
A. Application of pesticides should comply with current rules and guidelines of the Iowa department of Agriculture and the Iowa Department of Natural Resources.
(1) Pesticides should be stored in a safe location not accessible to children.
(2) Pesticides, fuel, or other hazardous chemicals should not be stored in a well house or a well frost pit.
B. Recreational fire should be supervised and only be permitted in designated safe areas.
C. Storage of flammable material and fuel or fuel containers should not be allowed beneath the mobile homes. Flammable material such as hay or straw should not be used for skirting or insulation of mobile homes.
D. Any garbage dumpsters utilized should be of the “child-safe” type and shall be so designated by the manufacturer.
15. Miscellaneous Recommendations.
A. The park’s rules should prohibit residents from permitting their pet animals to run at large and to create any health or safety hazard within a mobile home park.
B. In new installations, when skirting is provided around a mobile home, an access panel should be provided for inspection and maintenance of service connections. In existing installations, the park owner should insure accessibility through any skirting.
166.08 C-1 COMMERCIAL DISTRICT. The C-1 Commercial District is intended to provide a district for a wide range of services and goods which are basically retail in nature. The C-1 Commercial District is designed to accommodate retail and office activities and assembly in conjunction with retail sales.
1. Permitted Accessory Uses.
A. Accessory buildings and uses customarily incident to the uses permitted.
B. Off-street parking and loading as regulated by Section 168.07 of this Zoning Code.
C. Signs as regulated by Section 168.06(3) of this Zoning Code.
D. Multiple dwelling and apartment when located on the second floor or above; or if on first floor, it must be approved by the Board of Adjustment.
E. Additions, alterations or accessory buildings to be used with single-family dwellings existing at the time of passage of the ordinance codified herein.
2. Conditional Uses.
A. Public and private parking lots.
B. Bed and breakfast homes or bed and breakfast inns, providing that said use conforms to the provisions of Chapter 170A and 170B of the Code of Iowa and that a public hearing is held on each request before said facility is permitted in the use district. This conditional use must also provide one off-street parking space per guest room and one off-street guest space for the host or owner.
C. Any use permitted in R-1 or R-2 not allowed in subsection E of subsection 1 of this section.
D. Conditional Uses. Governmental and public utility buildings and structures necessary for the health, safety and general welfare of the community provided that:
(1) Conformity with the surrounding neighborhood is maintained and required setbacks and side yard requirements are met.
(2) Equipment is completely enclosed in a permanent structure with no outside storage.
(Ord. 04-78 – Oct. 04 Supp.)
3. Height, Yard and Area Regulations.
A. Height Regulations. No building shall be erected or structurally altered to exceed eighty (80) feet in height.
B. Yard Regulations and Lot Coverage Regulations. There shall be no specific yard requirements except as necessary to provide off-street parking and loading if required, or if a commercial district abuts the residential district. The yard requirements of the residential district shall govern. The yard requirements for a dwelling shall be the same as its respective district.
4. General Regulations. Additional regulations in the C-1 District are set forth in Chapter 168.
166.09 C-2 LIGHT COMMERCIAL OFFICE DISTRICT. The C-2 Light Commercial Office District is intended to provide office locations generally serving neighborhood or community needs. This District should be located adjacent to a C-1 Commercial District or an arterial or collector street and is designed to be compatible in scale and land use intensity with residential settings. The District allows for the integration of limited supporting commercial uses into office developments. The District is most appropriately located along collector and arterial streets in areas of transition between residential and higher intensity uses, and in areas of existing and new office development. The District is not intended to allow commercial or retail sales.
1. Permitted Uses. The following use types are permitted:
A. Office uses. (Business hours must be between 7:30 a.m. and 7:30 p.m.)
B. General offices.
C. Financial services.
D. Medical offices.
E. Professional services offices. (Businesses that require licensure by the State of Iowa such as legal, engineering, surveying, financial consulting, real estate)
F. Additions, alterations or accessory buildings to be used with single-family dwellings existing at the time of passage of Ordinance No. 03-69, codified herein.
G. Commercial uses such as (Business hours must be between 7:30 a.m. and 5:30 p.m.) business support services (such as information technology, computer programming and software, office machine repair service, janitorial services).
H. Civic uses such as:
(1) Administrative services.
(2) Convalescent services.
(3) Cultural services.
(4) Day care.
(5) Local utility services.
(6) Park and recreation services.
(7) Religious assembly.
2. Conditional Uses. The following use types are allowed, subject to approval of a conditional use permit:
A. Residential Uses. Any use permitted in R-1 or R-2 not allowed in Subsection F of Subsection 1 above.
B. Bed and breakfast homes or bed and breakfast inns, providing that said use conforms to the provisions of Chapter 170A and 170B of the Code of Iowa and that a public hearing is held on each request before said facility is permitted in the use district. This conditional use must also provide one off-street parking space per guest room and one off-street parking space for the host or owner.
C. Civic Uses:
(1) Community recreation.
(2) Group care facility.
(3) Postal facilities.
(4) Recreational clubs.
(5) Safety services.
D. Conditional Uses. Governmental and public utility buildings and structures necessary for the health, safety and general welfare of the community provided that:
(1) Conformity with the surrounding neighborhood is maintained and required setbacks and side yard requirements are met.
(2) Equipment is completely enclosed in a permanent structure with no outside storage.
(Ord. 04-78 – Oct. 04 Supp.)
3. Site Development Regulations. Each site in the office district shall be subject to the following site development regulations:
Regulator:
Lot Area
10,000 square feet minimum
Lot
Width 90 feet minimum
Front
Yard Same as those in the R-1
Single
Family
District
Street
Side Yard Same as those in the
R-1 Single
Family
District
Side
Yard (abutting commercial) 15
feet minimum
Rear
Yard (abutting residential) 30
feet minimum
Rear
Yard (abutting commercial) 15
feet minimum
Height
30 feet maximum
Building
Coverage Impervious Coverage 0.50 maximum
4. Additional Regulations.
A. Abutting Residential Zones. When abutting residential zones, the office zoned area shall be required to provide visual buffers in the side yard or rear yard setbacks. The buffers shall consist of earthen berms no less than 3 foot above the elevation at the property line of the abutting residential property, or landscaping with trees and shrubs or a combination thereof.
B. Commercial Uses. Certain commercial sales are allowed only if the sales relates directly to a professional service being provided at the location.
C. Signs. Signs shall conform to the general provisions for all districts. Where a sign is illuminated, the light source shall not be directed at residential areas and the source shall be indirect lighting from the ground surface. Signs shall only be lighted during business hours. Signs mounted on the building shall not project higher than the building and shall not project more than one foot (1') perpendicular from the building face. Ground set signs shall not be higher than eight feet (8') above ground surface and shall be set back a minimum of ten feet (10') from front yard lot line. The total sign surface shall be one-half of that allowed for C-1 Commercial Districts. Only one sign shall be allowed per parcel or lot regardless of number of businesses contained in the structure or on the parcel. For corner lots, the sign shall be placed so as to be visible from the street with the higher traffic volume.
D. Parking and Loading. The office district zone shall follow the current Parking and Loading Regulations in Section 168.07 of this Code of Ordinances.
E. Curb Cuts. No curb cut or driveway shall exceed forty-five feet (45') in width.
F. Fences or Walls. Fences or walls in the office district shall comply with Section 168.01(1), Fences or Walls in Residential Zones.
(Section
166.09 ‑ Ord. 03-69 – Nov. 03 Supp.)
166.10 I-1 LIGHT INDUSTRIAL DISTRICT The I-1 Light Industrial District is intended to establish areas in which light manufacturing may situate for administering, wholesaling, manufacturing and related uses which can maintain high standards of appearance, including open spaces and landscape and limit external effects such as noise, odors, smoke and vibration. The District will provide locations which offer adequate utilities and insure a functional relationship among various types of land uses.
1. Accessory Uses. Additions, alterations or accessory buildings to be used with single-family dwellings existing at the time of passage of the ordinance codified herein.
2. Conditional Uses.
A. Any manufacturing, production, processing, cleaning, storage, servicing, repair and testing of materials, goods or products similar to those described above which comply with the performance standards of this district.
B. Retail and service establishments essential to a Planned Industrial District and providing goods and services which are primarily for the use of persons employed in this District.
C. Bed and breakfast homes or bed and breakfast inns, providing that said use conforms to the provisions of Chapter 170A and 170B of the Code of Iowa and that a public hearing is held on each request before said facility is permitted in the use district. This conditional use must also provide one off-street parking space per guest room and one off-street guest space for the host or owner.
D. Any use permitted in R-1 or R-2, not allowed in Section 166.09(1).
E. Conditional Uses. Governmental and public utility buildings and structures necessary for the health, safety and general welfare of the community provided that:
(1) Conformity with the surrounding neighborhood is maintained and required setbacks and side yard requirements are met.
(2) Equipment is completely enclosed in a permanent structure with no outside storage.
(Ord. 04-78 – Oct. 04 Supp.)
3. Height, Yard and Area Regulations.
A. Height Regulations. No structure shall exceed eighty (80) feet in height, except that cooling towers and domes which do not contain usable space, water towers and smokestacks may be of any height which does not conflict with airport requirements.
B. Front Yard Regulations. There shall be a front yard having a depth of not less than thirty (30) feet, except yard requirements for dwellings shall be the same as their respective districts. Where that part of a district is adjacent to or across the street from a residential district there shall be a front yard having a depth of not less than fifty (50) feet.
C. Side Yard Regulations. There shall be a side yard on each side of a building, each yard having a width of not less than fifteen (15) feet; except where that part of a district abuts a residential district, the side yard shall have a width of not less than twenty-five (25) feet.
D. Rear Yard Regulations. There shall be a rear yard having a depth of not less than thirty (30) feet; except where that part of a district abuts a residential district, there shall be a rear yard having a depth of not less than fifty (50) feet.
E. Lot Area Regulations. Every individual lot, site, or tract shall have an area adequate for employee and customer parking and loading.
F. General Regulations. Additional regulations applicable to the I-1 District are set our in Chapter 168.
166.11 I-2 HEAVY INDUSTRIAL DISTRICT. The I-2 Heavy Industrial District is intended for general industrial uses which, due to their size and nature, would not be appropriate in the I-1 Light Industrial District.
1. Permitted Uses. Within an I-2 Heavy Industrial District, unless otherwise provided by the Zoning Code, no building or land shall be used except for general industrial uses.
2. Accessory Buildings and Uses.
A. Off-street parking and loading as regulated in Section 168.07.
B. Signs as regulated in Section 168.06.
C. Additions, alterations or accessory buildings to be used with single-family dwellings existing at the time of passage of the ordinance codified herein.
3. Conditional Uses. Within an I-2 Heavy Industrial District, buildings or land may be used for one or more of the following uses if granted a Conditional Use Permit as provided in Section 165.11.
A. Any manufacturing, production, processing, cleaning, storage, servicing, repair, and testing of materials, goods, or products that are hazardous, radioactive, emit odors or fumes, or dust.
B. Extraction, processing, or storage of sand and gravel, stone or other raw materials.
C. Retail and service establishments essential to the operation of a Heavy Industrial District.
D. Bed and breakfast homes or bed and breakfast inns, providing that said use conforms to the provisions of Chapter 170A and 170B of the Code of Iowa and that a public hearing is held on each request before said facility is permitted in the use district. This conditional use must also provide one off-street parking space per guest room and one off-street guest space for the host or owner.
E. Conditional Uses. Governmental and public utility buildings and structures necessary for the health, safety and general welfare of the community provided that:
(1) Conformity with the surrounding neighborhood is maintained and required setbacks and side yard requirements are met.
(2) Equipment is completely enclosed in a permanent structure with no outside storage.
(Ord. 04-78 – Oct. 04 Supp.)
4. Height, Yard and Area Regulations.
A. Height Regulations. No structure shall exceed eighty (80) feet in height.
B. Front Yard Regulations. There shall be a front yard having a depth of not less than thirty (30) feet, except yard requirements for dwellings shall be the same as their respective districts.
C. Side Yard Regulations. There shall be a side yard on each side of a building each having a minimum width of not less than fifteen (15) feet, except no building shall be located within fifty (50) feet of a residential district.
D. Rear Yard Regulations. There shall be a rear yard having a depth of not less than thirty (30) feet, except where that part of a district abuts a residential district, there shall be a rear yard having a depth of not less than fifty (50) feet.
E. Lot Area Regulations. Every individual lot, site, or tract shall have adequate area for customer and employee parking and loading.
|
EDITOR’S NOTE |
|
|
The
following ordinances have been adopted
amending the Official Zoning Map described
in Section 166.02 and have not been included
as a part of this Code of Ordinances but
have been specifically saved from repeal and
are in full force and effect.
|
|
|
ORDINANCE NUMBER |
DATE ADOPTED |
|
10.3 |
June 7,
1988 |
|
10.4 | |